Volkswagen Golf GTI 2016 Owner's Manual

page of 1342

/ 1342
Contents
Table of Contents
Bookmarks

Table of Contents

Quick Links

Download this manual

Table of Contents

Summary of Contents for Volkswagen Golf GTI 2016

Page 2 Golf GTI, Golf R U.S. Edition, Model Year 2016 Signs and symbols Indicates a reference to a section with important information and safety warnings that should always be heeded. Arrow indicating that the section continues on the next page. Arrow marking the end of a section. The symbol indicates situations in which the vehicle must be stopped as quickly as possible. The symbol indicates registered trademarks. However, the absence of this ® symbol does not constitute a waiver of any rights associated with intellectual property. → Cross-reference to a red, orange, or yellow warning in the same section or → on the stated page, pointing out possible risks that can cause serious personal injuries and how to help prevent them. → Cross reference to a Notice about possible property damage, in the same → section or on the stated page. Used on vehicle labels and indicates the availability of additional important information and warnings in this Owner’s Manual.
Page 3 DANGER Texts with this symbol contain information regarding hazardous situations which will cause death or severe injuries if not avoided. WARNING Texts with this symbol contain information regarding hazardous situations which could cause death or severe injuries if not avoided. CAUTION Texts with this symbol contain information regarding hazardous situations which could cause minor or moderate injuries if not avoided.
Page 4 NOTICE Texts with this symbol contain information regarding situations which could cause vehicle damage if not avoided. Texts with this symbol contain information about the environment and how you can help to protect it. Texts with this symbol contain supplementary information.
Page 5 We thank you for buying a Volkswagen vehicle This Volkswagen vehicle provides advanced technology incorporating many convenience features for you to enjoy in your daily driving. Please carefully read and follow the information in this Owner's Manual. It will help you both to become more familiar with your vehicle and to recognize and avoid situations that could endanger you and others. If you have questions about your vehicle or if you believe that the manual is not complete, please contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer or your authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Authorized Volkswagen dealers and authorized Volkswagen Service Facilities always welcome your questions, suggestions, and constructive criticism. We hope you enjoy your vehicle and we wish you many years of safe and enjoyable driving. Volkswagen AG Volkswagen de México, S.A. de C.V.
Page 6 About this Manual At the end of this Manual, you will find an alphabetical index. The list of Abbreviations at the end of the Manual explains the technical abbreviations and designations. Directions (left, right, front, back) refer to the driving direction unless noted otherwise. Illustrations are only for orientation and are merely used to help explain the text descriptions and instructions. Any technical modifications to the vehicle that were introduced after the editorial deadline can be found in a supplement to this Manual. All options and models are described without identification as optional equipment or model versions. Some of the described equipment may not be installed on your vehicle or may be available at a later time or only in certain markets. Please consult the sales documents regarding your vehicle's equipment and options and contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized...
Page 7 Volkswagen Service Facility for more information. All information in this Manual corresponds to information available as of the editorial deadline. Due to ongoing vehicle development, there may be differences between your vehicle and the information in this Manual. No legal obligations or commitments can be derived from the information, illustrations, or descriptions in this Manual. If you sell or lend your vehicle, please make sure that the complete Manual set is in the vehicle. Standard Manual set includes: Warranty and Maintenance booklet Owner's Manual The Manual set may also include: Supplement Radio, Navigation System Mobile Phone Package Other inserts...
Page 8 Vehicle overview Exterior views Side view Fig. 1 Vehicle side overview.
Page 9 Key to → Fig. 1 : Fuel filler flap → Refueling Roof antenna → Consumer information Outside door handles → Doors Outside mirror → Mirrors - Additional turn signal light → Lights Lift points for the jack → Changing a wheel ...
Page 10 Front view Fig. 2 Vehicle front overview. Key to → Fig. 2 : Inside mirror with sensor or camera on the mirror base for: - Rain sensor (if equipped) → Windshield wipers and washer - Low-light sensor (if equipped) → Lights - Lane Assist (if equipped) → Lane Assist ...
Page 11 Windshield wipers → Windshield wipers and washer Engine hood release → Working in the engine compartment Headlights (on left and right) → Lights Fog lights/static cornering lights (on left and right, if equipped) → Lights Threaded hole for the front towing eye (behind cover) → Towing Side marker lights (on left and right) → Lights Sensors for: - Park Distance Control (PDC) (if equipped) → Park Distance Control (PDC) - Park Assist (if equipped) → Park Assist Sensor for: - Adaptive Cruise Control System (if equipped) → Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) - Front Assist (if equipped) → Front Assist ...
Page 12 Rear view Fig. 3 Vehicle rear overview. Key to → Fig. 3 : Rear window: - Rear window defroster → Heating and air conditioning High-mounted brake light → Braking and parking Taillights (on left and right) → Lights ...
Page 13 Volkswagen emblem for opening the rear hatch → Rear hatch License plate lights Threaded hole for the rear towing eye (behind cover) → Towing Roof antenna → Consumer information Rear windshield wiper → Windshield wipers and washer Sensors for: - Park Distance Control (PDC) (if equipped) → Park Distance Control (PDC) - Park Assist (if equipped) → Park Assist Area for the Rear View Camera system (if equipped) → Rear View Camera system Sensors for the Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert (on left and right, if equipped) → Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert ...
Page 14 Passenger compartment Driver door overview Fig. 4 Overview of controls in the driver door. Key to → Fig. 4 :...
Page 15 Door handle → Doors Power locking button for locking and unlocking the vehicle – → Power locking system Knob for adjusting the outside mirrors → Mirrors - Adjusting outside mirrors – – - Outside mirror heating Switches for operating the power windows → Power windows - Power windows - Safety switch for rear power windows (4-door models only) Indicator light for the power locking system → Power locking system Lever for releasing the engine hood → Working in the engine compartment Storage compartment → Storage areas Bottle holder → Cup holders Reflector...
Page 16 Driver side overview Fig. 5 Driver side overview. Key to → Fig. 5 : Instrument cluster: - Instruments → Instrument cluster - Display → Instrument cluster - Warning and indicator lights → Warning and indicator lights ...
Page 17 Headlight switch → Lights - Off position - Automatic headlights (if equipped) - Parking lights (if equipped) - Low beams - Fog lights (if equipped) Lever for → Lights - Turning high beams on or off – - Headlight flasher - Turn signals Windshield wiper and washer lever → Windshield wipers and washer - Windshield wiper – - Intermittent operation for the front windshield wipers - Interval settings for the wipers or sensitivity for the rain sensor - Windshield wiper - One-tap wiping x - Windshield wiper - Automatic wipe/wash for windshield...
Page 18 - Rear window wiper - Rear window automatic wipe/wash Multi-function steering wheel controls → Volkswagen Information System , → Cruise control - Volume setting for radio, navigation system notifications (if – applicable), or telephone calls - Voice control activation - Display Phone main menu or accept telephone calls – - Audio, navigation - Control buttons for the Volkswagen Information System – – (Premium version) - Cruise control buttons – - Ignition switch (vehicles without Keyless Access) or location for the emergency start feature for the Keyless Access system → Starting and stopping the engine Dimmer control for the instrument and switch illumination → Lights Lever for the adjustable steering wheel → Adjusting the seating position Horn...
Page 19 Pedals → Shifting Driver front airbag → Airbag system Air vents – – → Heating and air conditioning Storage compartment → Storage areas ...
Page 20 Center console overview Upper center console Fig. 6 Overview of the upper center console. Key to → Fig. 6 : Button for the emergency flashers → In an emergency PASSENGER AIR BAG light (front airbag for front seat passenger) → Airbag system Infotainment system → Infotainment system - User information display → Infotainment system ...
Page 21 - Radio ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System, - Navigation system ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System, Controls for: - Manual air conditioning → Heating and air conditioning - Climatronic → Heating and air conditioning Air vents – – → Heating and air conditioning Passenger seat heating button → Seat functions Driver seat heating button → Seat functions Lower center console Fig. 7 Overview of the lower center console (Golf GTI models only).
Page 22 Fig. 8 Overview of the lower center console (Golf R models only). Key to → Fig. 7 (Golf GTI models only): Lever for: - Manual transmission → Shifting - Automatic transmission → Shifting Parking brake lever → Braking and parking Storage compartment with cup holders → Cup holders Storage compartment → Storage areas - With AUX-in jack and/or USB port ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System, – – Starter button (for vehicles with...
Page 23 Keyless Access) → Starting and stopping the engine Center armrest → Center armrest (Golf GTI) - With storage compartment → Storage areas - With 12 Volt socket → Power outlets Buttons for: - Driving Mode Selection (if equipped) → Driving Mode Selection - Anti-slip regulation (ASR) → Braking and parking - Park Assist (if equipped) → Park Assist - Park Distance Control (if equipped) → Park Distance Control (PDC) 12 Volt socket → Power outlets Coin holders → Coin holders in the front center console (Golf GTI) Key to → Fig. 8 (Golf R models only): Lever for: - Manual transmission → Shifting - Automatic transmission → Shifting Electronic parking brake → Braking and parking ...
Page 24 Storage compartment with cup holders → Cup holders Storage compartment → Storage areas - With AUX-in jack and/or USB port ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System, – – Starter button (for vehicles with Keyless Access) → Starting and stopping the engine Center armrest → Center armrest (Golf R) Buttons for: - Driving Mode Selection (if equipped) → Driving Mode Selection - Anti-slip regulation (ASR) → Braking and parking - Park Assist (if equipped) → Park Assist - Park Distance Control (if equipped) → Park Distance Control (PDC) 12 Volt socket → Power outlets Auto Hold button → Starting assistance systems ...
Page 25 Front passenger side overview Fig. 9 Overview of the front passenger side. Key to → Fig. 9 : Passenger front airbag location in the instrument panel (approximate) → Airbag system Opening handle for the glove compartment → Storage areas Air vent – – → Heating and air conditioning ...
Page 26 Symbols on the roof console Symbol Meaning Interior and reading lights → Lights . Power sunroof → Power sunroof . 3-button module for vehicles with Car-Net → Volkswagen Car-Net .
Page 27 Instrument cluster and instrument panel Warning and indicator lights Warning and indicator lights notify you of warnings → , malfunctions → , or certain functions. Some warning and indicator lights come on when the ignition is switched on and should go out when the engine is running or when the vehicle is moving. Additional text messages appear in the instrument cluster of appropriately equipped vehicles to give more information or prompt you to take certain actions → Instrument cluster . Depending on the vehicle options, a symbol may appear in the instrument cluster instead of a warning light. In addition, a warning chime or other acoustic warning sounds when certain warning and indicator lights go on.
Page 28 Symbol Refer to Meaning → , → Central warning light: Read and follow the text messages – in the instrument cluster display. Stop! Parking brake engaged. → Braking and parking Stop! Brake fluid level too low or brake system malfunction. Stop! → Engine coolant Engine coolant level too low, engine coolant temperature too high, or engine coolant system malfunction. Stop! → Engine oil Engine oil pressure too low. Stop! Lights up: Steering system malfunction. → Steering Stop! Flashes: Electronic steering column lock malfunction. Driver and/or passenger safety belts not buckled. → Safety belts → Vehicle battery Alternator malfunction. Brake or take action to avoid the vehicle ahead! Front → Front Assist Assist Forward Collision Warning (if equipped). → Adaptive Cruise Brake! Depress brake pedal. ACC driver intervention warning. Control (ACC) Lights up: ESC malfunction or ESC switched off by the system.
Page 29 OR: the vehicle battery has been reconnected. Flashes: ESC or ASR is working. → Braking and parking ASR manually deactivated. OR: ESC Sport mode manually activated. ABS malfunction. Electronic parking brake malfunction (if equipped). Central caution light: Read and follow the text messages – in the instrument cluster display. → Replacing light One or more driving lights burned out. bulbs → Lights Light malfunction, excluding AFS. → Windshield Not enough windshield washer fluid. wipers and washer Lights up: Engine control malfunction. Flashes: Misfire. → Engine control and emission Engine control malfunction. control system Engine speed (rpm) limited (if equipped, to help prevent overheating). Problem with the steering. → Steering → Tires and Lights up: Tire pressure too low. wheels → Tire Pressure Flashes: Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Monitoring System malfunction. (TPMS) Fuel tank almost empty. → Refueling Fuel filler cap not properly closed.
Page 30 Lights up: Engine oil level too low. → Engine oil Flashes: Engine oil system malfunction. Airbag and safety belt pretensioner system malfunction. → Airbag system Passenger front airbag turned off (PASSENGER AIR BAG light). → Shifting Transmission malfunction. → Front Assist Front Assist switched off (if equipped). → Blind Spot Blind Spot Monitor malfunction. Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert → Adaptive Cruise Adaptive cruise control (ACC) currently not available. Control (ACC) Lane Assist switched on, not active. → Lane Assist Dynamic Chassis Control (DCC) system malfunction (if → Driving Mode equipped). Selection Turn signals, left or right. → Lights → In an Emergency flashers switched on. emergency Fog lights switched on (if equipped, indicator light on the → Lights headlight switch). Lights up: Depress brake pedal! → Starting and stopping the engine Flashes: The release button in the selector lever is not → Shifting engaged. → Braking and parking ...
Page 31 → Cruise control OR: Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) switched on. → Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Lane Assist is switched on and active. → Lane Assist → Starting The vehicle is being held by the Auto Hold feature (if assistance equipped). systems High beams switched on or headlight flashers in use. → Lights → Service Service reminder display. reminder display Charge level of the mobile phone battery. Applies only to ⇒ BookletMobile models with a factory-installed mobile phone package. Phone Package, Outside temperature colder than +39 °F (+4 °C). → Displays Refer to the Owner's Manual. –...
Page 32 WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Park the vehicle at a safe distance from moving traffic and where no part of the hot catalytic converter and exhaust system can come into contact with flammable materials under the vehicle, such as dry grass, brush, spilled fuel, etc. A broken down vehicle presents a high accident risk for itself and others. Switch on emergency flashers and set up a warning triangle to warn oncoming traffic. Before opening the engine hood, always switch off the engine and let the engine cool down. Always be very careful when working in the engine compartment, which is a potentially dangerous area in any motor vehicle and can cause serious personal injury → Working in the engine compartment .
Page 33 NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. Displayed in color on an instrument cluster with color display. A separate display appears in the instrument cluster if there is an AFS malfunction.
Page 34 Instrument cluster Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Instrument overview → Displays → Service reminder display More information: Warning and indicator lights → Warning and indicator lights Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Infotainment system → Infotainment system Shifting → Shifting Service reminder information ⇒ BookletWarranty and Maintenance,...
Page 35 WARNING Driving on today's roads demands the full attention of the driver at all times. Driver distraction causes accidents, collisions and serious personal injury! Never use the buttons in the instrument cluster while driving. Instrument overview Fig. 10 Instrument cluster in the instrument panel. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Instrument explanations → Fig. 10 :...
Page 36 Speedometer. Tachometer (shows engine revolutions per minute in thousands when the engine is running). The red zone at the end of the scale indicates maximum permissible engine rpm (revolutions per minute) for all gears after the break-in period. Before reaching the red zone, select the next higher gear or selector lever position D/S, or ease your foot off the accelerator → . Displays → Displays . Reset, set, and display button → Displays . Fuel gauge → Refueling . Engine coolant temperature display → Engine coolant . NOTICE To help prevent engine damage, always avoid high engine speeds, full throttle acceleration, and heavy engine loads when the engine is cold. To help prevent engine damage, the tachometer needle should only enter the red zone (warning zone) briefly, for example, when accelerating rapidly. Upshifting early into the next higher gear saves fuel and reduces engine noise.
Page 37 Displays Fig. 11 In the instrument cluster display: : Open engine hood, : Open rear hatch, : Open front driver side door, : Open rear passenger side door. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Depending on vehicle equipment, different information may be shown in the instrument cluster display. Open doors, engine hood, or rear hatch → Fig. 11 Warning and information texts Odometer displays Time Outside temperature...
Page 38 Compass display Selector lever position → Shifting Gear recommendation → Shifting Driving data and menus for different settings → Volkswagen Information System Service reminder display → Service reminder display Engine code Radio and navigation information ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System, Telephone information ⇒ BookletMobile phone package, Open doors, hood, or rear hatch The instrument cluster display indicates if any doors, the engine hood, or rear hatch are open once the vehicle has been unlocked, and while the vehicle is in motion. There may also be an audible warning chime. Different models and equipment versions may have different displays. Key to → Fig. 11 → Working in the Stop! engine The engine hood is open or not properly closed. compartment Stop!
Page 39 → Rear hatch The rear hatch is open or not properly closed. Stop! → Doors One or more vehicle doors open or not properly closed. Warning and information texts The status of various vehicle functions and components is monitored when the ignition is switched on and while driving. Malfunctions are indicated by red and yellow warning symbols with text messages in the instrument cluster display ( → Warning and indicator lights ). In some cases, they may also be signaled acoustically. The display can vary depending on the instrument cluster model. Symbol Type of Explanation notification color Symbol flashing or lit – sometimes with acoustic warnings. Stop! → . Check malfunction and take corrective action. Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Priority 1 Service Facility for assistance if necessary. warning message Menus cannot be accessed when a priority 1 warning message is displayed. The warning message will turn off automatically after a few seconds. You can confirm and turn...
Page 40 Symbol flashing or continuously lit – sometimes with acoustic warnings. Malfunctions or low operating fluid levels may cause vehicle Priority 2 warning Yellow damage and vehicle breakdown → . message Check malfunction as soon as possible. Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance if necessary. Information text – Information about various vehicle situations. Odometer displays The odometer indicates the total distance driven by the vehicle. The trip odometer (trip) shows the distance driven since the last time the trip odometer was reset. The last digit indicates 1/10 mile (100 meters). Press the button in the instrument cluster briefly → Instrument overview to reset the trip odometer to 0. Time To set the time, press and hold the button in the instrument cluster → Instrument overview until the word Time appears in the...
Page 41 display. The doors must be closed. Release the button. The time is shown in the instrument cluster display and the hour setting is highlighted. Press the button repeatedly until the correct hour is displayed. Press and hold the button to scroll through quickly. Once you have set the hour, wait a few seconds until the minutes display is highlighted. Press the button repeatedly until the correct minutes are displayed. Press and hold the button to scroll through quickly. Release the button to finish setting the clock. On appropriately equipped vehicles, you can also set the time in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the Time and date and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Outside temperature display At outside temperatures below about +39 °F (+4 °C), a snowflake symbol appears in the display. The symbol remains on until the outside temperature rises above +43 °F (+6 °C) → . When the vehicle is not moving or when you are driving at very low...
Page 42 speeds, the temperature displayed may be slightly higher than the actual outside temperature. The measurement range is from -49 °F (-45 °C) to +169 °F (+76 ℃). Compass display On vehicles equipped with compass display, the current compass direction is indicated in the instrument cluster display when the ignition (or the navigation system, if equipped) is switched on. Selector lever position (automatic transmission) The selector lever position is shown both on the side of the selector lever and in the instrument cluster display. The respective gear may ® be shown in the instrument cluster display in Tiptronic mode → Shifting . Gear recommendation When the vehicle is moving, a fuel economy gear recommendation may appear in the instrument cluster display → Shifting .
Page 43 Speed warning A display in the instrument cluster indicates when the set maximum speed has been exceeded → Volkswagen Information System . On appropriately equipped vehicles, the speed warning can also be set and changed in the Infotainment system by pressing the Tires button followed by the and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Engine identification code Press and hold the button in the instrument cluster → Instrument overview for about 15 seconds to display the vehicle's engine identification code. You must do this when the ignition is on, but the engine is not running.
Page 44 WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Park the vehicle at a safe distance from moving traffic and where no part of the hot catalytic converter and exhaust system can come into contact with flammable materials under the vehicle, such as dry grass, brush, spilled fuel, etc. A broken down vehicle presents a high accident risk for itself and others. Switch on emergency flashers and set up a warning triangle to warn oncoming traffic.
Page 45 WARNING Roads and bridges may be dangerously icy even if the outside air temperature is above freezing. If you use the outside temperature display to tell you about frost conditions, remember that roads can even ice over at temperatures above +39 °F (+4 °C). Always remember: even if the snowflake symbol is not displayed, there could still be black ice on the road. Never rely exclusively on the outside temperature display. NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. The instrument cluster displays and their arrangement may vary depending on the vehicle model and engine. For displays without warning and information messages, malfunctions are only signaled with indicator lights. Depending on vehicle equipment, some settings and displays may also appear in the Infotainment system.
Page 46 If there are multiple warning messages, the symbols are displayed for several seconds in order of importance. The symbols are displayed until the cause has been corrected. If warning messages are displayed when the ignition is switched on, it may not be possible to adjust some settings as described, or the information display may appear differently. If this happens, take the vehicle to an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance. Displayed in color on an instrument cluster with color display. Service reminder display Fig. 12 In the instrument cluster display: Example of the service reminder when a service is due.
Page 47 Fig. 13 In the Infotainment system display: Example of the service reminder. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The maintenance service reminder is shown in the instrument cluster display → Fig. 12 and in the Infotainment system → Fig. 13 . Versions and displays can vary depending on the instrument cluster or the Infotainment system version equipped with the vehicle. For information on maintenance service intervals, please see the ⇒ BookletWarranty and Maintenance, . For vehicles with time- or distance driven-dependent service, only fixed service intervals are displayed. Service reminder...
Page 48 If service is due in the near future, a service reminder is displayed when the ignition is switched on. The number of miles (km) or amount of time shown correspond to the maximum number of miles (km) or maximum time that can still be driven before the next service. Service event For a scheduled oil service or a scheduled inspection there is an audible chime when the ignition is switched on. The wrench symbol also appears for several seconds in the instrument cluster display along with one of the following messages → Fig. 12 : Oil service now! Inspection now! Oil service and inspection now! Viewing service message The current service message can be accessed when the ignition is switched on, the engine is switched off, and the vehicle is stopped: Press and hold the button in the instrument cluster → Instrument overview until the word Service appears in the...
Page 49 Release the button. The current service message appears in the display. You can also view service information → Fig. 13 in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the Service function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Resetting the service reminder display If the service was not performed by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility, the service reminder can be reset as follows: Switch off the ignition. Press and hold the button in the instrument cluster → Instrument overview . Switch on the ignition. Release the button. If one of the following messages appears in the display: Reset oil service? Do you really want to reset inspection?
Page 50 Confirm the request by pressing the button in the instrument cluster. A confirmation message appears in the display when the service reminder has been reset. Do not reset the service reminder between service intervals; otherwise, incorrect information will be displayed. The service reminder disappears after a few seconds when the engine is running or after the button on the multi-function steering wheel is pressed → Volkswagen Information System .
Page 51 Volkswagen Information System Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Menu structure – overview → Using the instrument cluster menus → Driver assistance systems button → Main menu → Driving data → menu → Lap timer When the ignition is switched on, you can display different types of information in the instrument cluster and control certain vehicle features. The number of menus and information in the instrument cluster display depends on the electronics and equipment on the vehicle. An authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility may be able to add or modify functions depending on your vehicle's equipment.
Page 52 As long as a priority 1 warning message is displayed, no menus can be accessed. To display menus, acknowledge the warning by pressing the button on the multi-function steering wheel. More information: Infotainment system → Infotainment system Driver assistance systems → Driver assistance systems Radio or Navigation system ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System, Mobile phone package ⇒ BookletMobile Phone Package, WARNING Driving on today's roads demands the full attention of the driver at all times. Driver distraction causes accidents, collisions and serious personal injury! Never access menus when the vehicle is moving. Emergency starting and starting the engine with a very weak vehicle battery or after the vehicle battery has been replaced may change or delete system settings (including time, date, and programming). Check the settings and correct as necessary once the vehicle battery has built up a sufficient charge.
Page 53 Menu structure – overview Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The following list shows how the Volkswagen information system menus on the instrument cluster display are structured. The size and layout of the Volkswagen information system menu depends on the vehicle electronics and the vehicle equipment. Driving data → Driving data Travel time Conv. consumer Range Avg. consumption Consumption Oil temperature Speed warning Digital speed display Average speed Distance Assist systems → Assist systems menu ...
Page 54 Lane Assist Blind Spot Rear Traffic Front Assist Back Navigation ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System, Audio ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System, Telephone ⇒ BookletMobile Phone Package, Vehicle status → Main menu Lap timer → Lap timer Using the instrument cluster menus Fig. 14 Right side of the multi-function steering wheel: Controls for the menus and information in the instrument cluster display.
Page 55 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The instrument cluster menus are controlled with buttons on the right side of the steering wheel → Fig. 14 . Accessing the instrument cluster menus and information displays Switch on the ignition. If a message or the vehicle icon is displayed, push the button ( → Fig. 14 ) on the right side of the multi-function steering wheel until a main menu appears in the instrument cluster display. For a list of main menus, see → Menu structure – overview . Push buttons to move to another main menu, and push the arrow up and down buttons and to navigate inside the current main menu. To open the menu or information display shown in the selection menu, press the button on the multi-function steering wheel → Fig. 14 , or wait until the menu or information display opens automatically after a few seconds. Selecting a setting...
Page 56 Use the arrow up and down buttons on the multi- function steering wheel → Fig. 14 to navigate through the available options. A frame may appear around the selected option. Push the button to select a setting. Returning to the main menu Press the or button → Fig. 14 . If warning messages are displayed when the ignition is switched on, it may not be possible to adjust some settings as described, or the information display may appear differently. If this is the case, take the vehicle to an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance. Driver assistance systems button Fig. 15 On the turn signal and high beam lever: Driver assistance...
Page 57 systems button. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle may have a driver assistance systems button, which allows you to switch the driver assistance systems on or off in the Assist systems menu using the button in the turn signal lever. Switching individual driver assistance systems on or off Press the button → Fig. 15 (arrow) to open the Assist systems menu. Using the arrow up and down buttons on the multi- function steering wheel, select the driver assistance system (for example, Lane Assist, if equipped). A check mark indicates if the selected driver assistance system is switched on. Confirm the selection by pressing the button on the multi- function steering wheel. On appropriately equipped vehicles, you can switch driver assist systems on and off in the infotainment system by pressing the Driver Assist button followed by the and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) .
Page 58 Main menu Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Main menu Function Multifunction Display (MFD) information and → Driving data settings. Driving data → Menu and Display of current warning or information messages and other system components system settings depending on the equipment level. (SETUP) → Assist Assist systems Turn driver assistance systems on or off. systems menu Current driving direction (vehicles without Compass navigation system). Information displays for the navigation system (if equipped). When route guidance is active, turn arrows and ⇒ BookletRadio, proximity bars similar to the symbols shown in Navigation Navigation the navigation system are displayed. System, If route guidance is turned off, the direction of travel (compass) and the current street name are displayed. Station display or station list in radio mode. ⇒ BookletRadio, Audio Navigation Track display in media mode.
Page 59 This menu item only appears when warning or Vehicle status cluster information messages are available. Time your own laps on a track, store the data, Lap timer → Lap timer and compare with previous best times. Driving data Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction When the ignition is on, the Driving data menu provides a variety of travel and fuel consumption data. Navigate through the data as described on → Using the instrument cluster menus Switching between the displays Use the arrow up and down buttons ( and ) on the right side of the steering wheel → Fig. 14 . Trip memories The display has 3 automatic memories: Since start Extend. period...
Page 60 Since refuel The currently selected memory is shown in the display. The trip memories are in addition to the trip odometer, which is displayed in the bottom part of the instrument cluster and controlled . using the button → Fig. 10 ④ . Press the button on the multi-function steering wheel to toggle between the 3 memories when the ignition is on. The memory accumulates and stores information about distance driven and fuel used from the time the ignition was switched on until the time it was switched off. Since start If the ignition stays off for 2 hours or more, stored information is automatically deleted. If the trip is continued within 2 hours after the ignition was switched off, the new values are added. Depending on the instrument cluster version, the memory displays and stores the accumulated driving and fuel consumption data of any number of single trips up to a total driving time of either 19 hours and 59 minutes 99 hours and Extend. period 59 minutes, and up to a total distance of either 1,999 km or 9,999 km. If one of the maximum values is exceeded, then the memory is automatically cleared and starts again from 0. The memory accumulates and stores information about distance Since refuel driven and fuel used from the time the vehicle is refueled. The memory is deleted automatically during refueling. Manually erasing a trip memory...
Page 61 Select the memory to be erased. Press and hold the button on the multi-function steering wheel for about 2 seconds. Enabling and disabling displays On appropriately equipped vehicles, you can set which displays should appear in the instrument cluster by pressing the Instrument cluster button followed by the and function keys in the Infotainment system → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . The units in which data is displayed can also be changed. Possible driving data menu displays Display Function Driving time in hours (h) and minutes (min) corresponding to trip Travel time memories 1, 2, and 3 (toggle). Displays any convenience equipment in the vehicle that is Conv. consumer currently affecting fuel consumption. Range -- mi Estimated distance in miles (km) that the vehicle can go with the fuel left in the tank the way you are currently driving. Takes Range -- km account of the current fuel consumption, among other things. Avg. consumption Average fuel consumption in miles per gallon (l/100 km) on trips per trip memories 1, 2, and 3 (toggle). For the since start trip --.- mpg memory, the value is displayed once the vehicle has been driven about 330 feet (100 m). Until then, dashes appear instead of a Avg. consumption...
Page 62 number. The value displayed is updated every second. --.- l/100 km Consumption Current fuel consumption in miles per gallon (l/100 km) while driving. --.- mpg When units are set to miles, dashes appear instead of a number when the engine is running and the vehicle is standing still. Consumption When units are set to kilometers, the display shows liters consumed per hour when the engine is running and the vehicle is --.- l/100 km standing still. Oil temperature --- °F Digital display of the current engine oil temperature. Oil temperature --- °C Speed warning When the set speed (from 20–155 mph or 30–250 km/h) is --- mph exceeded, an acoustic warning sounds and a visual message Speed warning may also appear in the instrument cluster display. --- km/h Speed --- mph Digital display of the current vehicle speed. Speed --- km/h Average speed Average speed on trips per trip memories 1, 2, and 3 (toggle). For -- mph the since start trip memory, the value is displayed once the vehicle has been driven about 300 feet (100 m). The value Average speed displayed is updated every 5 seconds. -- km/h Distance --- mi Distance driven in miles (km) per trip memories 1, 2, and 3 (toggle). Distance --- km...
Page 63 Storing speed for the speed warning Select the Speed warning display. Press the button on the multi-function steering wheel to save the current speed and to activate the warning. If necessary, set the desired speed within about 5 seconds with the buttons on the multi-function steering wheel. Then press the button on the multi-function steering wheel a second time or just wait a few seconds. The speed is saved and the warning is activated. To deactivate, press the button on the multi-function steering wheel. The set speed is deleted. May differ depending on the instrument cluster version. Assist systems menu Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Assist systems Function menu Switch the Lane Assist system on or off (if equipped) → Lane Lane Assist Assist . Switch the Blind Spot monitor on or off (if equipped) → Blind Spot Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert .
Page 64 Switch the Rear Traffic Alert on or off (if equipped) → Blind Spot Rear Traffic Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert . Switch the Front Assist system on or off (if equipped) → Front Front Assist Assist . Lap timer Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle may be equipped with a lap timer that you can control via the main menu in the instrument cluster → Using the instrument cluster menus . With the lap timer, you can time your own laps manually, store lap times, and compare the times to one another. The following menus can be displayed: Lap timer Lap 1 (or current lap number) Statistics Switching between the menus...
Page 65 Press the button on the multi-function steering wheel → Fig. 14 . Menu Submenu Function Timing starts. If laps have already been completed and are recorded Start in the statistics, timing will start from the next lap. A new first lap can only be started if the statistics are Lap timer reset in the Statistics menu. Timing starts when the vehicle begins driving. Since start If the vehicle is already in motion, timing will begin after the vehicle has come to a temporary stop. Statistics Statistics display in the menu. Stop Active timing is interrupted. This will not end the lap. Timing of the current lap is interrupted and a new lap New lap begins. The time of the completed lap is carried over to the statistics. A split time displays for about 5 seconds. Active timing Split time continues in parallel. Lap 1 (or Resume Paused timing resumes. current lap Timing of the current lap is interrupted and a new lap number) New lap begins. The time of the completed lap is carried over to the statistics. Timing of the active lap ends and the lap is deleted. It is Stop lap not entered into the statistics.
Page 66 – Fastest – Slowest – – Average – Total time Statistics A maximum of 99 laps and a maximum overall duration of 99 hours, 59 minutes, and 59 seconds can be recorded. – If one of the two limits is reached, timing can only start again after the statistics are reset. Back Go back to the previous menu. Reset All stored statistics data is reset. WARNING Driving on today's roads demands the full attention of the driver at all times. Driver distraction causes accidents, collisions and serious personal injury! Never set the lap timer when the vehicle is moving.
Page 67 WARNING Rapid acceleration can cause skidding and loss of traction, especially on slippery roads, resulting in a loss of vehicle control, collisions, and serious personal injury. Only use the lap timer or fast acceleration if visibility, weather, road, and traffic conditions permit and other drivers will not be endangered by your driving and the vehicle's acceleration. NOTICE To help prevent engine damage, always avoid high engine speeds, full throttle acceleration, and heavy engine loads when the engine is cold.
Page 68 Infotainment system Menu and system settings (SETUP) Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Vehicle settings menu Additional information and warnings: Instrument cluster → Instrument cluster Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Power locking system → Power locking system Power windows → Power windows Lights and vision → Lights Windshield wipers and washer → Windshield wipers and washer Mirrors → Mirrors Tires and wheels → Tires and wheels ...
Page 69 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Brakes → Braking and parking Starting assistance systems → Starting assistance systems ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System, General information on operating the unit The following section contains information on the settings that can be adjusted in the Vehicle settings menu. You can find information on operating the Infotainment system as well as warning and safety instructions in a separate manual. See ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System, . Vehicle settings and information After pressing the Infotainment button, you can tap the corresponding function key on the Infotainment screen to display information or adjust the following settings: Selection (Vehicle information) Driving data Convenience consumers...
Page 70 Vehicle status Radio or Media (Radio station or media selection) Setup (Vehicle settings) → Vehicle settings menu WARNING Driving on today's roads demands the full attention of the driver at all times. Driver distraction causes accidents, collisions and serious personal injury! Never let yourself be distracted when setting, adjusting, or using the Infotainment system. Always drive attentively and responsibly. Use the Infotainment system only if road, traffic, and weather conditions permit and you will not be distracted from your driving. After starting the engine with a discharged vehicle battery, or after the battery has been changed, system settings (time, date, and programming) may have been changed or deleted. Check and correct the settings as necessary once the vehicle battery has been sufficiently charged. Vehicle settings menu...
Page 71 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Opening the Vehicle settings menu Switch on the ignition. If necessary, switch on the Infotainment system. Press the Infotainment button. Tap the function key to open the Vehicle settings menu. Tap the corresponding function key to open additional menus in the Vehicle settings menu, or to adjust settings in the menu points. If the box in the function key is checked , the respective function is switched on. Changes made in settings menus are automatically applied immediately after entry. Tapping the function key takes you back to the previous menu. Menu overview The following menu overview is an example of the Infotainment...
Page 72 Menu Submenu Setting options Turn the following systems on or off: → Braking and ESC system – – Anti-slip regulation (ASR) parking – ESC sport mode (ESC Sport) → Tire Pressure Tire Pressure Monitoring Store the tire pressures (SET). Monitoring System System Tires (TPMS) Turn the speed warning on or off. → Tires and Winter tires wheels Set the speed warning. → Adaptive Adjust the distance or save last ACC (adaptive Cruise Control cruise control) distance selected (if equipped). (ACC) Turn the following features on or off (if equipped): Front Assist – Front Assist (forward → Front Assist...
Page 73 → Blind Spot Blind Spot Monitor with Turn the Blind Spot Monitor on or off (if Monitor equipped). Rear Traffic Alert Turn automatic ParkPilot (PDC) activation on or off (if equipped). Adjust the following: – Front volume → Park ParkPilot Distance – Front pitch Control (PDC) Parking and – Rear volume maneuvering – Rear pitch – Audio volume lowering → Blind Spot Monitor with Turn the Rear Traffic Alert on or off (if Rear Traffic Alert equipped). Rear Traffic Alert Turn the following systems on or off: – Light Assist (if equipped) – Adaptive front lighting (AFS) (if equipped) – Automatic headlights during rain Light Assist (headlights turn on with rain sensor) – Convenience indicating (lane change feature) Adjust the following feature:...
Page 74 Lights → Lights – Turn-on time for automatic headlights ( Adjust the following features: Interior lighting – Door ambient lighting – Footwell lighting Set the following: – Duration that the Coming Home Coming/Leaving feature is switched on home function – Duration that the Leaving Home feature is switched on Turn the following features on or off: – Synchronous mirror adjustment (if Mirrors equipped) → Mirrors – Passenger side mirror lowering in Mirrors and reverse gear (if equipped) wipers Turn the following features on or off: → Windshield – Automatic wiping during rain (rain Windshield wipers and wipers sensor) washer – Wipe rear window in reverse gear Set door unlocking. Turn the following features on or off: → Power – Lock automatically (Auto lock Open and Central locking locking system feature) close ...
Page 75 Display or hide the following data in the Multifunction display: – Current fuel consumption – Average fuel consumption – Convenience consumers – Eco tips – – Travel time – Distance traveled → Volkswagen Instrument Information – Average speed cluster System – Digital speed display – Speed warning – Oil temperature Reset the following data in the Multifunction display: – Driving data for Since start trip – memory – Driving data for Extended period trip memory Select and set the following data: – Clock time source (manual, GPS)
Page 76 – Time – Daylight savings time Time and date – – – Time zone – Time format (12 hour, 24 hour) – Date – Date format Set the units for the following: – Distance – Speed Units – – Temperature – – Volume – Consumption – Pressure Display the following data: – Vehicle identification number (VIN) → Instrument Service – cluster – Date of next inspection service – Date of next oil change service Reset the following features: – All settings – Assistance systems...
Page 77 Factory – Parking and maneuvering – – settings – Lights – Mirrors and wipers – Open and close – Instrument cluster...
Page 78 Volkswagen Car-Net Volkswagen Car-Net: Connecting you and your vehicle Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Volkswagen Car-Net service → Features → Application software (“apps”) → 3-button module Volkswagen Car-Net services are provided by Verizon Telematics, Inc. (VzT) and are available only on select models. Automatic Crash Notification (ACN) may be engaged for up to 6 months without activating a trial or paid subscription; Manual Emergency Call service and all other Volkswagen Car-Net services require a trial or paid subscription. Volkswagen Car-Net may collect location...
Page 79 Data Collection and Privacy Vehicle location information is transmitted to Volkswagen and our Volkswagen Car-Net service provider, Verizon Telematics, Inc. (VzT), anytime you press a Volkswagen Car-Net in-car button, when an ACN event occurs or periodically in connection with the operation of Volkswagen Car-Net. Unless Volkswagen Car-Net equipment is disabled in the vehicle, it is possible for Volkswagen and VzT to determine the car’s location if required to do so by law, court order, subpoena or other legal requirement. For more information, please contact the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center at 1-877-820-2290. Calls may be monitored or recorded. Volkswagen collects, processes, transmits, uses, and shares information about you and your vehicle in accordance with the Volkswagen Car-Net Terms of Service and Privacy Policy. See the Volkswagen Car-Net Terms of Service and Privacy Policy at (http://www.vw.com/carnet) for more details.
Page 80 More information: Declaration of Compliance → Declaration of Compliance, Telecommunications and Electronic Systems WARNING Application software and Volkswagen Car-Net services that are unsuitable or improperly used can cause accidents, serious personal injury and vehicle damage. Volkswagen Car-Net services can be used only where adequate cellular and GPS signals are available. Volkswagen recommends using only services and application software that are provided by Volkswagen or Verizon Telematics, Inc. (VzT) specifically for your vehicle. Protect the mobile device and its application software from misuse. Never modify application software and Volkswagen Car-Net services. Always read and heed the operating instructions for the mobile device.
Page 81 WARNING Driver distraction causes accidents, collisions and serious personal injury! Using application software and Volkswagen Car- Net services while driving can distract the driver from traffic. Always drive attentively and responsibly. Volkswagen Car-Net service Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle has equipment to enable Volkswagen Car-Net, a suite of connected vehicle services that makes driving and owning a Volkswagen vehicle more convenient. Volkswagen Car-Net allows you to seamlessly connect your car and your life by offering the following services: Safe & Secure – Receive support and assistance in the moment of need. Family Guardian – Keep track of family members driving your...
Page 82 Remote Vehicle Access – Interact with your vehicle through your ® ® Volkswagen Car-Net iPhone or Android app, computer or a Volkswagen Car-Net Customer Specialist (text and data rates apply). Diagnostics & Maintenance – Manage your vehicle health with diagnostic checks and service scheduling. You can access Volkswagen Car-Net services via your Volkswagen ® ® Car-Net iPhone or Android app (text and data rates apply) and the Volkswagen Car-Net website (http://www.vw.com/carnet). If you have a question or would like to subscribe, please either press the → Fig. 18 ① or → Fig. 19 ① button in your vehicle or contact the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center at 1-877-820-2290. For more information or to log on to your Volkswagen Car-Net account, visit http://www.vw.com/carnet. Note: Please review the Volkswagen Car-Net Terms of Service and Privacy Policy at http://www.vw.com/carnet. Subscription required Automatic Crash Notification (ACN) may be engaged for up to 6 months, starting from the date of new vehicle sale, without...
Page 83 The Manual Emergency Call service and all other Volkswagen Car- Net features require a trial or paid subscription. To begin your trial or paid subscription, authentication and activation are required. For more information, please visit the website (http://www.vw.com/carnet), press the → Fig. 18 ① or → Fig. 19 ① button in the 3-button module in your vehicle or contact the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center at 1-877-820-2290. The LED light in the 3-button module will be green during the trial period and whenever you have an active subscription. The LED light will go off if the trial period is over and the customer has not subscribed to the Volkswagen Car-Net services. The LED light will be red only during a VW Car-Net hardware malfunction or fault → 3- button module . Once a trial or paid Volkswagen Car-Net subscription has been activated, please advise all who use the vehicle that different kinds of data can be sent and received automatically by the vehicle, including speed, location and more.
Page 84 WARNING Vehicle health reports do not replace the information provided by the vehicle warning and indicator lights. Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Park the vehicle at a safe distance from moving traffic and where no part of the hot catalytic converter and exhaust system can come into contact with flammable materials under the vehicle, such as dry grass, brush, spilled fuel, etc. A broken down vehicle presents a high accident risk for itself and others. Switch on emergency flashers and set up a warning triangle to warn oncoming traffic. Before opening the engine hood, always switch off the engine and let the engine cool down. Always be very careful when working in the engine compartment, which is a potentially dangerous area in any motor vehicle and can cause serious personal injury.
Page 85 NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. Volkswagen collects, processes, transmits, uses and shares information about you and your vehicle in accordance with the Volkswagen Car-Net Terms of Service and Privacy Policy. See the Volkswagen Car-Net Terms of Service and Privacy Policy at http://www.vw.com/carnet for more details. Volkswagen Car-Net services use a system based on a wireless communication network. If all technical and other conditions are met and Volkswagen Car-Net still does not work properly, please try using the service again later. Features Fig. 16 In the roof console: 3-button module to access Volkswagen...
Page 86 Car-Net service operators (Version 1). Fig. 17 In the roof console: 3-button module to access Volkswagen Car-Net service operators (Version 2). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The following listed features are available after Volkswagen Car-Net registration either through the 3-button module → 3-button module , a mobile device → Application software (“apps”) , the Volkswagen Car-Net website (http://www.vw.com/carnet) or by contacting the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center at 1-877-820-2290. They are divided into 4 categories: Safe & Secure, Family Guardian, Remote Vehicle Access and Diagnostics & Maintenance Services. Always refer to the Volkswagen Car-Net website for the most up-to- date information regarding Volkswagen Car-Net services. Safe & Secure: Feature Description...
Page 87 Automatic Crash Notification is initiated in the event of airbag deployment or rollover. When the feature is activated the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center is notified of your location Automatic Crash and contacts your vehicle to determine the risk of injury and to Notification (ACN) dispatch help. Help is dispatched even if the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center does not connect to the vehicle's occupants. Automatic Crash Notification may be engaged for up to 6 months without activating a trial or paid subscription. In the case of an emergency, press the button ③ in the 3-button Manual Emergency module: The Volkswagen Car-Net device initiates a connection to Call the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center. The location of the vehicle and customer data for identification is sent at the same time. Press the button ② in the 3-button module: The vehicle will connect Roadside directly to the Volkswagen Roadside Assistance Call Center. The Assistance vehicle’s location is also transmitted in order to more quickly provide assistance. Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance After you have reported your vehicle as stolen to law enforcement, For use by law you may provide the case information to the Volkswagen Car-Net enforcement Response Center. Once the information has been verified, the VW authorities only. Car-Net Customer Specialist will be able to provide law See Terms of enforcement with vehicle location data sent by the VW Car-Net Service at module. www.vw.com/carnet for details. Family Guardian: Feature Description By logging on to your Volkswagen Car-Net account, you can designate an area on a map as a “virtual fence.” The vehicle owner can then...
Page 88 Speed Alert can select to be informed through multiple channels, including text messages and email (text and data rates apply). Remote Vehicle Access: Feature Description You can send a request to unlock the vehicle doors through your ® ® Volkswagen Car-Net iPhone or Android app, the Volkswagen Car- Remote Door Net website or by calling the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center Unlock (text and data rates apply). If none of the vehicle doors are opened within about 30 seconds, the car will lock again. You can send a honk and flash signal to the car using the Volkswagen ® ® Remote Honk Car-Net website or the VW Car-Net iPhone or Android app (text and and Flash data rates apply). The car will honk the horn and blink the headlights and emergency flashers for up to 10 seconds. You can locate your last parked location using your Volkswagen Car- Last Parked ® ® Location Net iPhone or Android app (text and data rates apply). Destinations Points of Interest (POIs) or other destinations can be imported remotely Only applicable into the factory-installed navigation system (if equipped) from a for vehicles ®...
Page 89 Current information about the vehicle can be viewed through a ® ® computer or your Volkswagen Car-Net iPhone or Android app (text Remote Status and data rates apply). You can find out if the doors, luggage Check compartment and engine hood are open or closed, whether the car lights are on or off, the level of fuel in the tank, when the vehicle needs to be serviced next and more. Diagnostics & Maintenance: Feature Description Press the button ① in the 3-button module: The vehicle will initiate a call to the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center where a Volkswagen Dealer Car-Net Customer Specialist will connect you with an authorized Scheduling Volkswagen dealer to schedule your service appointment. The address of the dealer’s location can also be sent by the Customer Specialist to your factory-installed navigation system (if equipped). View a vehicle health report to proactively manage maintenance and Vehicle Health other services and to receive up-to-date diagnostics in a monthly email Report report or by immediate request.
Page 90 WARNING Refer to your vehicle's warning and indicator lights for the most current diagnostic information. Always consult this manual for maintenance guidelines. Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Park the vehicle at a safe distance from moving traffic and where no part of the hot catalytic converter and exhaust system can come into contact with flammable materials under the vehicle, such as dry grass, brush, spilled fuel, etc. A broken down vehicle presents a high accident risk for itself and others. Switch on emergency flashers and set up a warning triangle to warn oncoming traffic. The Volkswagen Car-Net website (http:// www.vw.com/carnet) contains the most up- to-date information and instructions about Volkswagen Car-Net services. Please regularly visit the website to learn about changes to services and new features. Volkswagen Car-Net features can be modified, discontinued,...
Page 91 deactivated, reactivated or expanded without any further notice. Application software (“apps”) Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Many mobile devices are equipped to load application software (apps) into the device. Apps can make it possible to display additional information on the factory-installed Radio or Navigation system or activate, control or deactivate specific vehicle features. Application software, its usage and the wireless connection required to use application software may be billable services. Apps may be provided by third parties. Therefore you should refer to the terms of use and privacy statements associated with the apps for information about how the apps collect, use and share information about you, your vehicle or your mobile device. The application software provided may be designed to be used for a variety of purposes and be specific to your vehicle and country → . The content, range of software provided and application software provider can vary. Some application software is also subject to the availability of services provided by third parties. In order for some...
Page 92 application software to work, wireless service reception must be strong enough to handle the data exchange involved (text and data rates apply). Application software descriptions may be provided by the service provider. Due to the multitude of mobile devices and fast pace of software development, the application software provided may not run on all mobile devices and their operating systems. This may even apply for the same model of a mobile device. For example, application software may run on version 2 of the device's operating system but not on version 3. Application software can be modified, discontinued, deactivated, reactivated or expanded without any further notice. In order for some application software to work, the wireless or cable connection between the factory-installed Radio or Navigation system and a compatible, functioning mobile device must be strong enough and uninterrupted.
Page 93 NOTICE Volkswagen is not responsible for vehicle damage caused by inferior-quality or malicious application software, poorly programmed application software, insufficient wireless service reception, data loss during transmission or misuse of mobile devices. 3-button module Fig. 18 In the roof console: 3-button module to access Volkswagen Car-Net service operators (Version 1).
Page 94 Fig. 19 In the roof console: 3-button module to access Volkswagen Car-Net service operators (Version 2). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The buttons in the 3-button module provide access to several Volkswagen Car-Net features and pressing a button will initiate a connection to the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center. Calls may be monitored or recorded. In general, the Volkswagen Car-Net Customer Specialist will end the call. → Fig. 18 Function → Fig. 19 Press and hold for longer than 2 seconds: Connects to the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center and a Volkswagen Car-Net Customer Specialist. ① Press again: End the call. Press and hold for longer than 2 seconds: Assistance in the event of a breakdown by connecting to the Volkswagen Roadside Provider. ②...
Page 95 Press again: End the call. Press and hold for longer than 2 seconds: Activate emergency call. ③ Press again: End the call. LED light in the 3-button module The LED light in the 3-button module will be green during the trial period and whenever you have an active subscription. The LED light will go off if the trial period is over and the customer has not subscribed to the Volkswagen Car-Net Services. The LED light will be red only during a VW Car-Net hardware malfunction or fault.
Page 96 WARNING Application software and Volkswagen Car-Net services that are unsuitable or improperly used can cause accidents, serious personal injury and vehicle damage. Volkswagen Car-Net services can be used only where adequate cellular and GPS signals are available Volkswagen recommends using only services and application software that are provided by Volkswagen or Verizon Telematics, Inc. (VzT) specifically for your vehicle. Protect the mobile device and its application software from misuse. Never modify application software and Volkswagen Car-Net services. Always read and heed the operating instructions for the mobile device.
Page 97 WARNING Driver distraction causes accidents, collisions and serious personal injury! Using application software and Volkswagen Car- Net services while driving can distract the driver from traffic. Always drive attentively and responsibly.
Page 98 NOTICE The system does not support simultaneous Volkswagen Car-Net and mobile phone calls via the mobile phone package. When a Volkswagen Car-Net service is accessed through the 3-button module call buttons any calls on a mobile device connected to the vehicle’s mobile phone package will be automatically disconnected. Initiating or accepting a call on a mobile device connected to the vehicle's mobile phone package could end any connection to the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center made through the 3-button module. Calls on a mobile device connected to the vehicle's mobile phone package cannot be accepted or initiated during an automated emergency connection to the Volkswagen Car-Net Response Center; for example, because an airbag has deployed.
Page 99 Before driving Some basics Driving checklists and warnings Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Getting ready and driving safely → Driving in other countries → Driving through water on roads More information: Sitting properly and safely → Sitting properly and safely Transporting → Transporting Starting and stopping the engine → Starting and stopping the engine Saving fuel and helping the environment → Saving fuel and...
Page 100 helping the environment Consumer information → Consumer information WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs, narcotics and some medications may cause collisions and other accidents, severe personal injuries and even death. Alcohol, illegal drugs, narcotics and some medications may severely affect perception, reaction times and safe driving, which may result in the loss of vehicle control. Getting ready and driving safely Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Checklist Observe the following points before and during every drive for your own safety, the safety of all passengers and others → : Check proper function of lights and turn signals.
Page 101 Check tire pressure ( Tires and wheels Tires and wheels Tires See Tires and wheels_4 ) and fuel level ( Refueling Refueling ). Make sure that all windows are clean. Make sure that the engine is not covered by blankets or other materials and that the engine air intake is free of obstacles. Store items and all luggage safely in the storage compartments, in the luggage compartment and, where applicable, on the roof Transporting Transporting . Always make sure that nothing keeps the pedals from moving freely. Make sure that children are properly secured by a restraint system appropriate for their size and weight Child safety and child restraints Child restraints Child seats See Child restraints LATCH See Child restraints UCRA See Child restraints . Properly adjust front seats, all head restraints and mirrors to the correct height Adjusting the seating position Sitting . Wear shoes that give your feet a good grip and that give you a feel...
Page 102 for the pedals. Make sure that the floormat on the driver side is properly fastened and cannot interfere with the pedals. Assume a proper seating position before the vehicle starts to move and keep this position while driving. Make sure that all passengers do the same Adjusting the seating position Sitting . Properly fasten your safety belt before driving the vehicle and wear your safety belt properly at all times while driving. Make sure that all passengers do the same Safety belts Safety belts . Only transport as many passengers as there are seats and safety belts available. Never drive if your driving ability has been impaired, for example, by medication, alcohol, or illegal drugs. Never let passengers or phone calls distract you while driving and never take your attention off the road while using vehicle software or adjusting vehicle equipment or accessories. Always adapt your speed and driving style to visibility, weather, road, and traffic conditions.
Page 103 Always obey traffic laws and speed limits. On long trips make frequent rest stops – at least once every 2 hours. Secure animals in the vehicle with a system that corresponds to their weight and size. WARNING Always observe traffic rules and posted speed limits and use common sense. Your good judgment can mean the difference between arriving safely at your destination and being seriously injured in a crash or other kind of accident. Regular service and maintenance of your vehicle is important both for operational and driving safety and to help prolong your vehicle's service life. Always follow the scheduled maintenance intervals in the ⇒ Booklet Warranty and Maintenance , , especially for changing the brake fluid. Hard use, frequent stop-and-go driving, driving in very dusty areas, trailer towing, and other factors may make it necessary to have the vehicle serviced more frequently. Ask an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for more information. Driving in other countries...
Page 104 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Checklist Some countries have special safety standards and emissions requirements that your vehicle may not meet. Before taking your vehicle to another country, Volkswagen therefore recommends that you ask your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility about the following issues with regard to the country to which you would like to travel: Should the vehicle be technically prepared for the trip abroad, such as masking or adjusting headlights? Are maintenance, repair facilities, necessary tools and testing equipment as well as spare parts readily available for your vehicle? Are there authorized Volkswagen dealers and authorized Volkswagen Service Facilities in the countries where you will be driving? For gasoline engines: Is unleaded fuel with the right octane rating readily available?
Page 105 Are engine oil ( Engine oil Engine oil Engine compartment Engine oil_3 Oil See Engine oil_3 ) and other operating fluids that meet Volkswagen quality and performance requirements available where you will be driving? For more information, please see Warranty and Maintenance . Does the factory-installed navigation system work in the countries where you will be driving, and is navigation data available? Are special or heavy-duty tires necessary for the kind of driving expected? NOTICE Volkswagen is not responsible for mechanical damage that may result from substandard fuel or service or the unavailability of Genuine Volkswagen parts. Driving through water on roads Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 106 Note the following to help prevent vehicle damage when driving through water, for example on flooded roads: Check the depth of the water before driving through it. The water must not be any higher than the bottom of the vehicle body → . Do not drive faster than walking speed. Never stop the vehicle, and do not drive in reverse or switch the engine off when driving through water. Oncoming vehicles may create waves that raise the water level and make it too deep for your vehicle to drive through safely. WARNING After driving through water, mud, sludge, etc., the brakes react slower and need longer stopping distances. Always dry the brakes and clean off any ice coatings with a few careful applications of the brake. Make sure not to endanger other motorists or cyclists or disobey legal requirements. Avoid abrupt or sudden braking maneuvers immediately after driving through water.
Page 107 NOTICE Vehicle components such as the engine, transmission, suspension or electrical system may be severely damaged by driving through water. Never drive through salt water. Salt causes vehicle corrosion. Thoroughly rinse with fresh water all vehicle parts that were exposed to salt water.
Page 108 Technical data Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Important vehicle labels → Engine data → Dimensions Your vehicle's engine type is shown on the vehicle identification label. The specifications in this Manual refer to the base model. The stated values may vary, depending upon different equipment or models, as well as with respect to special vehicles and vehicles exported to different countries. More information: Transporting → Driving tips Tires and wheels → Tires and wheels Saving fuel and helping the environment → Saving fuel and helping the environment ...
Page 109 Fuel → Fuel Engine oil → Engine oil Engine coolant → Engine coolant Consumer information → Consumer information WARNING Disregarding or exceeding stated values for weights, loads, dimensions and maximum speed may result in accidents and serious personal injuries. Important vehicle labels Fig. 20 Vehicle identification label: Shown in the example with engine identification code CBFA ③.
Page 110 Fig. 21 Vehicle identification number (VIN). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Factory-installed safety certificates, stickers, and signs containing important information regarding vehicle operation can be found in the engine compartment and on certain vehicle components, such as inside the fuel filler flap, on the passenger sun visor, in the driver door jamb, or on the luggage compartment floor. Do not remove, alter, or render unusable or illegible any safety certificates, stickers, and labels. If vehicle components bearing safety certificates, stickers, or labels are replaced, make certain that the firm doing the work attaches new conforming certificates, stickers, or labels to the same part of the new components.
Page 111 Vehicle identification number (VIN) The vehicle identification number is on a plate on top of the instrument panel on the driver side, and is visible from the outside through the windshield → Fig. 21 (arrow). The view window is on the side at the bottom of the windshield. The vehicle identification number is also stamped into the top of the right drip channel in the engine compartment. The drip channel is between the spring strut tower and the right fender. Open the engine hood to read the vehicle identification number → Working in the engine compartment . The vehicle identification number can be displayed in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the Service and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Vehicle identification label The vehicle identification label → Fig. 20 is affixed to the area of the spare wheel well underneath the luggage compartment floor panel and contains the following information: Vehicle identification number (VIN)
Page 112 Vehicle type, engine output, and transmission Engine and transmission identification codes, paint number, and interior type. In the example, the engine identification code is CBFA → Fig. 20 . Optional equipment and part numbers Safety Compliance Certification Label A safety certificate affixed to the door jamb in the driver door confirms that at time of production all necessary safety standards and requirements of the traffic safety agency of the respective country were met. The month and year of production as well as the vehicle identification number may be listed as well. Radiator fan and high voltage warning sticker A warning sticker about the radiator fan and the high voltage of the electrical system is located in the engine compartment next to the engine hood release. The vehicle ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002. Tire inflation pressure label...
Page 113 A tire inflation pressure label is on the driver door jamb → Tires and wheels . Fuel grade sticker An information sticker listing the correct fuel grade for your vehicle → Refueling . Engine data Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Golf GTI No. of Engine Maximum power Maximum Injection cylinders technology output torque code Displacement 210 hp at 4300– CNTA 258 lb-ft at 1600– 4 cylinder 6200 rpm 4200 rpm ® CXCA 121 CID (155 kW at 4300– (350 Nm at 1600– 6200 rpm) 2.0T 4200 rpm) (1984 ccm) 220 hp at 4300–...
Page 114 (162 kW at 4300– 2.0T (350 Nm at 1600– 6200 rpm) 4200 rpm) (1984 ccm) Golf R No. of Engine Maximum power Maximum Injection cylinders technology output torque code Displacement 292 hp at 5400– 280 lb-ft at 1900– 4 cylinder 6200 rpm CYFB 5300 rpm ® 121 CID (215 kW at 5400– 2.0T (380 Nm at 1900– 6200 rpm) 5300 rpm) (1984 ccm) Fuel recommendations for gasoline engines Using gasoline that does not meet minimum octane requirements can cause loss of engine performance, while the use of poor quality gasoline or octane levels below 87 can also cause engine damage. If Regular gasoline is recommended for your engine, you may be able to enhance engine performance by using Premium gasoline. Engine performance data using Premium grade gasoline → Fuel Dimensions...
Page 115 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Length 167.8–168.3 inches (4264–4276 mm) Width (2-door) 70.5 inches (1790 mm) Width (4-door) 70.8 inches (1799 mm) Height (unloaded) about 56.5–57.7 inches (1436–1466 mm) Wheelbase 104.3 inches (2651 mm) Minimum turning circle diameter (wall to about 36.4 feet (11.1 m) wall) 60.1–70 inches (1527–1549 mm) Track , front 58.9–59.8 inches (1498–1520 mm) Track , rear about 5.0–5.2 inches (128–133 mm) Ground clearance (unloaded)
Page 116 NOTICE Please be careful when parking your vehicle in areas with parking barriers or curbs. These vary in height and could damage your bumper and related parts if the front of your vehicle hits a barrier or curb that is too high while you are getting into or out of a parking spot. Always be careful when you enter a driveway or drive up or down steep ramps or over curbs or other obstacles. Parts of the vehicle close to the ground may be damaged (such as bumper covers, spoilers, and parts of the engine, suspension, and exhaust systems). Slight differences to these figures are possible, depending on wheel and tire size fitted, tire inflation pressure, equipment level, driving situation, and other factors.
Page 117 Opening and closing Vehicle key set Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Remote control vehicle keys → Indicator light in the remote control vehicle key → Replacing the remote control vehicle key battery → Synchronizing the remote control vehicle key More information: Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Power locking system → Power locking system Starting and stopping the engine → Starting and stopping the engine Consumer information → Consumer information ...
Page 118 Emergency closing and opening → Emergency closing and opening DANGER 20 mm button cells and other lithium batteries will cause serious personal injury and even death within a short time if swallowed. Always keep remote control vehicle key fobs with batteries, spare batteries, as well as dead button cell and larger 20 mm batteries out of the reach of children. Get medical attention immediately if you suspect that a battery has been swallowed. WARNING Improper use of vehicle keys can result in serious personal injury. Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle. It can be used to start the engine and operate vehicle systems such as the power windows, leading to serious personal injury. Children or other unauthorized persons could also lock the doors and the luggage compartment. Never leave children, disabled persons, or anyone who cannot help themselves in the vehicle. The doors can be locked with...
Page 119 help themselves in the vehicle. The doors can be locked with the remote control vehicle key. This could leave people trapped in the vehicle in an emergency. Depending on the time of year, people trapped in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures. A closed vehicle can become very hot or very cold, depending on the season. Particularly in the summer, heat buildup in the passenger and luggage compartment of a parked vehicle can result in temperatures in the vehicle that are much higher than the outside temperatures. Temperatures can quickly reach levels that can cause unconsciousness and death, particularly to small children. Never remove the key from the ignition switch or turn off the ignition with the starter button while the vehicle is moving or rolling to a stop. The electronic steering column could suddenly lock, you would not be able to steer, and you could lose control of the vehicle, crash, and seriously injure yourself and others. Remote control vehicle keys...
Page 120 Fig. 22 Remote control vehicle key with panic button. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Remote control vehicle key The remote control vehicle key can unlock and lock the vehicle from a distance → Power locking system . The remote transmitter and battery are inside the remote control vehicle key. The receiver is inside the passenger compartment. The operating range of the remote control vehicle key for a fresh battery is several yards (meters) around the vehicle. If the remote control vehicle key will not lock or unlock your vehicle, you probably need to replace the battery in the remote control vehicle key → Replacing the remote control vehicle key battery . If this is not the problem, the key should be resynchronized by an authorized Volkswagen dealer, an authorized Volkswagen Service...
Page 121 Facility, or another qualified workshop. See also → Synchronizing the remote control vehicle key . Folding the key bit in or out Pressing button → Fig. 22 ① releases the key bit and folds it out. To fold the key bit in press button ① while pressing the key bit back until it clicks. Panic button Press the panic button → Fig. 22 ② only in emergencies! After pushing the panic button, the horn will sound and the turn signals will flash. Press the panic button again or press the button on the remote control vehicle key to switch off the panic feature. Replacement vehicle keys The vehicle identification number is required to get a replacement key or an additional remote control vehicle key. Each new vehicle key contains a microchip and must be coded with the data from the vehicle's electronic immobilizer. A vehicle key will...
Page 122 You can obtain additional or duplicate remote control vehicle keys from authorized Volkswagen dealers, authorized Volkswagen Service Facilities, and from certain independent repair facilities and locksmiths which are qualified to make remote control vehicle keys. Each vehicle key must be programmed by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility in order for it to work with your vehicle. To find the nearest qualified independent repair facility, locksmith, or Volkswagen dealer which can cut and code replacement vehicle keys, call the VW Customer Care Hotline at 1-800-822-8987 or visit http://www.vw.com and search for replacement keys. Canadian customers can contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or Volkswagen Service Facility or call the Volkswagen Canada Customer CARE Center at 1-800-822-8987.
Page 123 NOTICE The remote control vehicle keys contain electrical components. Protect them from damage, moisture and rough handling. Do not press the buttons on the remote control vehicle key unless you actually want to use the function in question. Since terrain and conditions vary, pressing a button on the remote control vehicle key when it is not necessary may unlock the vehicle or set off the panic alarm, even if you think you are out of range. Remote control vehicle key functions can be temporarily disrupted by interference from transmitters near the vehicle that use the same frequency range (such as radio equipment or mobile phones). Things between the remote control vehicle key and vehicle, bad weather, as well as a weak battery can reduce the operating range. If the remote control vehicle key buttons → Unlocking or locking the vehicle from the outside or the power locking buttons → Unlocking or locking the vehicle from the inside are pushed repeatedly in quick succession, the power locking system is switched off for a brief period to help keep it from being overloaded. The vehicle is then unlocked for about 30 seconds. Unless a door or the rear hatch is opened in this span of time, the vehicle is automatically locked afterwards.
Page 124 Indicator light in the remote control vehicle key Fig. 23 Indicator light in the remote control vehicle key. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction If a button on the remote control vehicle key is pressed briefly, the indicator light → Fig. 23 (arrow) will flash once briefly. If you push and hold a button, it flashes repeatedly. If the indicator light in the remote control vehicle key does not light up when the button is pressed, the battery inside the key must be replaced → Replacing the remote control vehicle key battery . A Declaration of Compliance with United States FCC and Industry Canada regulations is found in the Consumer information section of this Manual → Consumer information .
Page 125 Replacing the remote control vehicle key battery Fig. 24 Remote control vehicle key: Open battery compartment cover. Fig. 25 Remote control vehicle key: Remove old battery. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Volkswagen recommends having the battery in the remote control vehicle key changed by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. The battery is on the back of the remote control vehicle key under a...
Page 126 cover → Fig. 24 . When changing the battery, pay attention to the correct polarity and use the same type of battery → . Replacing the battery Unfold the key bit on the remote control vehicle key → Remote control vehicle keys . Remove the cover on the back of the remote control vehicle key in the direction of the arrow → Fig. 24 using a suitable object such as a coin → . Use a thin object to pry the battery out of the battery compartment → Fig. 25 . Position the new battery in as shown → Fig. 25 and press it into the battery compartment (opposite direction of the arrow) → . Position the cover as shown → Fig. 24 and press it down (opposite direction of the arrow) until you hear it click into place.
Page 127 NOTICE Changing the battery improperly can damage the remote control vehicle key. Using the wrong battery can damage the remote control vehicle key. Replace a dead battery with a new one that has the same voltage, size, and specifications. Make sure the plus and minus poles of the battery are correctly positioned. Dispose of old batteries in an environmentally responsible manner and keep them out of the reach of children. Batteries of the type used in your remote control vehicle key may contain Perchlorate Material . Special handling may apply – see http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Obey all legal requirements regarding handling and disposal of these batteries. Authorized Volkswagen dealers and authorized Volkswagen Service Facilities are familiar with the requirements, and we recommend that you have them perform this service for you. Synchronizing the remote control vehicle key Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 128 If the button is pressed often while outside the operating range, it is possible that the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked anymore with the remote control vehicle key. Synchronize the vehicle key as follows: Unfold the key bit on the remote control vehicle key → Remote control vehicle keys . Remove the cap from the outside door handle on the driver door → Emergency closing and opening . Press the button on the remote control vehicle key. Stand immediately next to vehicle while doing so. Manually unlock the vehicle using the key bit within 1 minute. The synchronization is complete. Reinstall the cap on the driver door handle.
Page 129 Power locking system Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Indicator light in the driver door → Description of the power locking system → Unlocking or locking the vehicle from the outside → Unlocking or locking the vehicle from the inside → Unlocking or locking the vehicle with → Anti-theft alarm system The power locking system works properly only when all doors and the rear hatch are completely closed. When the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the remote control vehicle key. For vehicles equipped with Keyless Access with push-button start, the vehicle can be locked only if the ignition is switched off and the driver door is closed. Leaving the vehicle unlocked for longer periods of non-use (for example, in your garage) can cause the vehicle battery to drain so that the engine can no longer be started.
Page 130 More information: Exterior views → Exterior views Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Vehicle key set → Vehicle key set Doors → Doors Rear hatch → Rear hatch Power windows → Power windows Power sunroof → Power sunroof Trailer towing → Trailer towing Emergency closing and opening → Emergency closing and opening WARNING Improper use of power locks can result in serious personal injury. The power locking button locks all doors. Locking the doors from the inside can help prevent unintended door opening during a collision and can also prevent unwanted entry from the outside. Locked doors can, however, delay assistance to vehicle occupants and rescue from the outside in an accident or other emergency.
Page 131 Never leave children or anyone who cannot help themselves behind in the vehicle. All doors can be locked from the inside with the power lock button. This could leave people trapped in the vehicle in an emergency. Depending on the time of year, people trapped in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures. A closed vehicle can become very hot or very cold, depending on the season. Particularly in the summer, heat buildup in the passenger and luggage compartment of a parked vehicle can result in temperatures in the vehicle that are much higher than the outside temperatures. Temperatures can quickly reach levels that can cause unconsciousness and death, particularly to small children. Never allow passengers to remain in a locked vehicle. In an emergency any person still inside the vehicle might not be able to get out. Indicator light in the driver door Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The indicator light for the power locking system is in the driver door → Passenger compartment .
Page 132 After the vehicle is locked Meaning The red LED light flashes for about The vehicle is locked. 2 seconds in short intervals, then slower. Red LED light flashes for about Locking system malfunction. See an 2 seconds in short intervals, then lights authorized Volkswagen dealer or an up continuously for about 30 seconds. authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. Description of the power locking system Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The power locking system lets you unlock and lock all doors and the rear hatch: From the outside with the vehicle key → Unlocking or locking the vehicle from the outside . From the outside with Keyless Access (if equipped) → Unlocking or locking the vehicle with Keyless Access .
Page 133 From the inside with the power locking button → Unlocking or locking the vehicle from the inside . When the vehicle is locked from the outside, the fuel filler flap is also locked. Certain central locking functions can be turned on and off in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the Open and close and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) , or by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. The doors and the rear hatch can be locked manually if the remote control vehicle key or the power locking system is not working → Emergency closing and opening . Automatic locking (Auto lock) The vehicle locks automatically when it reaches a speed of about 10 mph (15 km/h). When the vehicle is locked, the indicator light comes on in the power locking button → Fig. 27 . Automatic unlocking (Auto unlock)
Page 134 All doors automatically unlock when you switch off the ignition or open a door from inside the vehicle. On vehicles with automatic transmission, the doors will also unlock when the selector lever is in Park (P). Auto unlock works only if the vehicle has been automatically locked with the Auto lock feature. The indicator light goes out in the power locking button when the doors unlock → Fig. 27 . Locking the vehicle after airbag inflation If the airbags are activated during a collision, the entire vehicle is unlocked. Depending on the severity of the damage, the vehicle can be locked after a collision when the airbags have deployed as follows: Function Action – Switch the ignition off. Locking the vehicle with the – Open and close a door once. power locking button: – Press the power locking button – Switch the ignition off. OR: Remove the vehicle key from the ignition. Locking the vehicle with the remote control vehicle key: – Open a door once. – Lock the vehicle with the remote control vehicle key.
Page 135 If the vehicle key buttons → Unlocking or locking the vehicle from the outside or the power locking buttons → Unlocking or locking the vehicle from the inside are pushed repeatedly in quick succession, the power locking system is switched off for a brief period to help keep it from being overloaded. The vehicle is then unlocked for about 30 seconds. Unless a door or the rear hatch is opened during this time, the vehicle is automatically locked afterwards. Unlocking or locking the vehicle from the outside Fig. 26 Remote control vehicle key with panic button. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Using the buttons on the remote Function control vehicle key → Fig. 26 Unlock the vehicle: Press the button. Lock the vehicle: Press the button. Unlock the rear hatch: Press the button → Rear hatch .
Page 136 Note: Depending on the settings for the power locking system that have been set in the Infotainment system, it may be necessary to press the button on the remote control vehicle key twice to unlock all doors and the rear hatch → Volkswagen Information System . The vehicle key unlocks or locks the vehicle only when the battery in the remote control vehicle key has enough power, and the remote control vehicle key is within a few yards/meters of the vehicle. All turn signals flash once and the horn beeps once to confirm that the vehicle has been locked. On appropriately equipped vehicles, the horn beep can be disabled in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the Open and close function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . All turn signals flash twice to confirm that the vehicle has been unlocked. If the turn signals do not flash to confirm locking, one or more doors or the rear hatch is not locked. If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the remote control vehicle key.
Page 137 If the vehicle was unlocked with the remote control vehicle key and the door or the rear hatch has not been opened within several seconds, the vehicle is automatically locked again. This feature helps prevent you from leaving the vehicle unlocked unintentionally. Unlocking or locking the vehicle from the inside Fig. 27 In the driver and passenger doors: Power locking button. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Press button → Fig. 27 : Unlock the vehicle. Lock the vehicle. The power locking button works whether the ignition is switched on or off but only when all doors are closed. If the vehicle is locked with the vehicle key, the power locking button...
Page 138 is deactivated. If the vehicle is locked with the power locking button: The yellow indicator light in the power locking button comes on to indicate that all doors are locked → Fig. 27 . If the vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft alarm, the system is not turned on. Opening doors or the rear hatch from the outside is not possible, at a traffic light, for example. Doors can be unlocked and opened separately from inside the vehicle by pulling the door handle to open the door. The indicator light goes out. The unopened doors and rear hatch remain locked and cannot be opened from the outside. An open driver door will not be locked. This helps keep the driver from being locked out of the vehicle. The vehicle is unlocked if you push the button while the vehicle is standing still. It also unlocks when you switch off the ignition or open a door from inside the vehicle (Auto unlock). On vehicles with automatic transmission, the doors will also unlock when the selector lever is in Park (P). Auto unlock works only if the vehicle has been automatically locked with the Auto lock feature.
Page 139 Unlocking or locking the vehicle with Keyless Access Fig. 28 Ranges of the Keyless Access system. Outside the vehicle: Unlocking range. Inside the vehicle: Starting range. Fig. 29 Keyless Access system: Sensor for unlocking Ⓐ on the inside of the front door handles. Sensor for locking Ⓑ on the outside of the front door handles. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle may be equipped with Keyless Access with push-...
Page 140 All you have to do is touch a sensor surface on one of the front outside door handles → Fig. 29 or push the Volkswagen emblem on the rear hatch → Opening the rear hatch when a valid remote control vehicle key is within range → . General information When a valid vehicle key comes within range → Fig. 28 , the Keyless Access system recognizes a valid vehicle entry request as soon as a door handle sensor is touched on the driver or front passenger door or the Volkswagen emblem on the rear hatch is pressed. The following functions are then enabled without active use of the remote control vehicle key: Keyless Entry: Unlocking the vehicle with the sensor surfaces on the outside door handles of the driver or front passenger door → Fig. 29 Ⓐ or by using the Volkswagen emblem on the rear hatch. Keyless Go: Start the engine and drive. For this, you just have to press the starter button and a valid remote control vehicle key must be inside the vehicle → Starting and stopping the engine . Keyless Exit: Locking the vehicle via the door handle sensor on...
Page 141 the driver or front passenger door → Fig. 29 Ⓑ . The power locking system works like the standard unlocking and locking system. Only the way that the systems are operated is different. All turn signals flash twice to confirm that the vehicle has been unlocked and once to confirm that it has been locked. If the vehicle is unlocked and within the next several seconds no door or the rear hatch has been opened, the vehicle is automatically locked again. To help prevent you from locking yourself out, the vehicle will not lock immediately in the following situation: When you press the lock button on the remote control vehicle key when a passenger door or the rear hatch is still open, and You leave the remote control vehicle key you just used inside the vehicle when you close all doors and the rear hatch. The vehicle does not lock. All turn signals flash four times. Take the remote control vehicle key out of the vehicle and lock the vehicle again.
Page 142 The vehicle will lock again after a short time if you do not open one of the doors or the rear hatch. Unlocking and opening doors (Keyless Entry) Grasp the door handle of the driver or front passenger door so that you touch the unlocking sensor surface → Fig. 29 Ⓐ . Open the door. Closing and locking doors (Keyless Exit) Switch the ignition off. Close the driver door. Touch the sensor surface in the door handle on the driver or front passenger door → Fig. 29 Ⓑ o ne time. The vehicle is locked. The door being locked must be closed. Unlocking and locking the rear hatch If the vehicle is locked and a valid remote control vehicle key is within range → Fig. 28 of the rear hatch, it unlocks automatically when opened. Open and close the rear hatch as you would a standard rear hatch → Rear hatch .
Page 143 The rear hatch locks automatically when it is closed except in the following situations: The vehicle is completely unlocked. The most recently used vehicle key is inside the vehicle. All turn signals flash four times. Locking with a second vehicle key If the vehicle is locked from the outside with a second valid vehicle key, any key located inside the vehicle cannot start the engine → Starting and stopping the engine . A key that was inside the vehicle when it was locked from the outside can be reactivated by pressing the button on the deactivated key → Fig. 26 . Automatic deactivation of sensors If the vehicle has not been unlocked or locked for a longer period of time, the proximity sensors in the door handles are automatically deactivated. If a sensor on the door handle of a locked vehicle is activated too often, for instance by a bush or hedge that rubs against the vehicle, that sensor may be switched off for a short time.
Page 144 The door handle sensors become active again if one of the following events occurs: A short time has passed. OR: The vehicle is unlocked using the button in the remote control vehicle key. OR: The rear hatch is opened. OR: The vehicle is mechanically unlocked with the vehicle key. Convenience features Your vehicle may be equipped with the convenience closing feature. To use the convenience closing feature to close all power windows and the sunroof, hold your finger on the lock sensor surface on the outside of the door handle → Fig. 29 Ⓑ for a few seconds until the windows and sunroof close. Remove your finger from the lock sensor surface to stop the function. Pinch protection is active during convenience closing of the windows and the power sunroof.
Page 145 NOTICE The door handle sensor surfaces can be activated by a strong stream of water or steam if a valid vehicle key is within range of the vehicle. All windows may open if you turn the spray of water or steam away from and then back onto the door handle sensor surface in quick succession. If at least one power window is opened and the sensor is continuously activated, convenience closing is started. The door may not open if the outside and inside door handles are used at the same time. If the vehicle battery or the battery in the remote control vehicle key is weak or dead, it might not be possible to unlock and lock the vehicle using Keyless Access. The vehicle can still be manually locked or unlocked with the key bit → Manually unlocking and locking the driver door . To help make sure that the vehicle stays locked after you press the locking sensor on the door handle, the unlocking function on that door handle is deactivated for about 2 seconds after locking the vehicle. A driver information message may appear in the instrument cluster display if there is...
Page 146 A driver message appears in the instrument cluster display if there is no remote control vehicle key inside the vehicle or if the system does not recognize the remote control vehicle key. The key may not be recognized, for example, if it is covered by something that interferes with the signal (such as a briefcase), or if the remote control vehicle key battery is weak. Electronic devices such as mobile phones can also interfere with the signal. Dirt on the door handles that contains a lot of salt (especially in winter) can affect the way the door handle sensors work. Cleaning the door handles can help with this problem → Exterior care and cleaning . If the automatic transmission is not in Park (P) position, the electronic steering column lock will not lock and the vehicle will not lock via sensors in the front door handles or the remote control vehicle key. Anti-theft alarm system Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle may be equipped with an anti-theft alarm system or pre-equipped for anti-theft alarm system installation. If the vehicle is pre-equipped for installation of the anti-theft alarm system, the...
Page 147 The anti-theft alarm system makes it more difficult for someone to break into or steal the vehicle. The anti-theft alarm system is automatically activated when the vehicle is locked by pressing the lock button on the remote control vehicle key. When is the alarm triggered? The anti-theft alarm system sounds and the turn signals flash for up to 5 minutes if the following occurs with respect to the locked vehicle: In vehicles with an open lock cylinder: A door unlocked mechanically with the vehicle key bit is opened and the ignition is not switched on within about 15 seconds. In vehicles with a covered lock cylinder: A door unlocked mechanically with the vehicle key bit is opened. Forcibly opening a door. Forcibly opening the engine hood. Forcibly opening the rear hatch.
Page 148 Switching on the ignition with an invalid key. Disconnecting the vehicle battery. Deactivating the alarm Unlock the vehicle with the unlock button on the remote control vehicle key or switch on the ignition with a valid remote control vehicle key. For vehicles with Keyless Access, the alarm can also be deactivated by grasping one of the front door handles when a valid vehicle key is in range or by holding the remote control vehicle key to the right of the steering column trim and pressing the starter button → Starter button . After the alarm has stopped and the vehicle is opened again in the same or a different area that is protected by the alarm, the alarm is triggered again. For example, the alarm will sound again if the rear hatch is opened after one of the doors has been opened. The anti-theft alarm system is not activated when the vehicle is locked with the power lock switch on the inside of the driver or front passenger doors. If the driver door is mechanically unlocked using the vehicle key bit, only the driver door is unlocked, not the entire vehicle. Switching on the ignition deactivates the anti-theft alarm system and activates the central locking button. To unlock the doors, use the central...
Page 149 locking button or remote control vehicle key. If the vehicle battery is dead or weak, the anti-theft alarm system will not work properly.
Page 150 Doors Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Display → Child safety lock More information: Exterior views → Exterior views Instrument cluster → Instrument cluster Vehicle key set → Vehicle key set Power locking system → Power locking system Power windows → Power windows Emergency closing and opening → Emergency closing and opening ...
Page 151 WARNING A door that is not closed properly may open suddenly when the vehicle is moving and cause severe injuries. Stop immediately and close the door. Make sure that the door is safely and completely latched when closed. The closed door must be flush with the surrounding auto body parts. Open or close doors only if no one is in the way. WARNING A door kept open with the door stop may close in strong winds or on inclines and cause injuries. Always hold doors by the door handle while opening and closing. Display Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 152 heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Lights up Possible cause Proper response Icon Stop! appears in At least one vehicle door is open the display or improperly closed. Open and close the door again. → Displays When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. If a door is not closed properly, the vehicle icon appears in the instrument cluster display showing an open door → Fig. 11 . Depending on your vehicle's equipment and options, the icon may still be displayed even after the ignition is switched off as long as the key has not been taken out of the ignition. The instrument cluster display goes out about 15 seconds after the vehicle has been locked. Child safety lock...
Page 153 Fig. 30 In the left rear door: Child safety lock Ⓐ deactivated, Ⓑ activated. Fig. 31 In the right rear door: Child safety lock Ⓐ deactivated, Ⓑ activated. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Slot position → Fig. 30 or → Fig. 31 :...
Page 154 Child safety lock disengaged. Child safety lock engaged. The child safety lock keeps the rear doors from being opened from the inside, so that children cannot open them accidentally. When the child safety lock is engaged, the rear doors can only be opened from the outside. Engaging or disengaging child safety lock Unlock the vehicle and open the respective rear door. Unfold the key bit from the remote control vehicle key. Using the key bit, move the slot into the desired position.
Page 155 WARNING When the child safety lock is engaged, that rear door cannot be opened from the inside. Never leave children, disabled persons, or anyone who cannot help themselves, in the vehicle when locking the doors. This could result in people being locked in the vehicle. This could result in people being trapped in the vehicle in an emergency. Depending on the time of year, people trapped in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures. A closed vehicle can become very hot or very cold, depending on the season. Particularly in the summer, heat buildup in the passenger and luggage compartment of a parked vehicle can result in temperatures in the vehicle that are much higher than the outside temperatures. Temperatures can quickly reach levels that can cause unconsciousness and death, particularly to small children.
Page 156 Rear hatch Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Display → Opening the rear hatch → Closing the rear hatch More information: Exterior views → Exterior views Instrument cluster → Instrument cluster Power locking system → Power locking system Transporting → Driving tips Emergency closing and opening → Emergency closing and opening WARNING Accidents and severe personal injuries can result if you unlock, open, or close the rear hatch when someone is in the way. Only open or close the rear hatch if no one is in the way.
Page 157 Never close the rear hatch by pushing on the rear window with your hand. The rear window could break and cause injuries. After closing the rear hatch, always make sure that it is properly closed and locked so that it cannot open suddenly when the vehicle is moving. The closed rear hatch must be flush with the surrounding auto body parts. Always keep the rear hatch closed while driving to help keep poisonous exhaust gas from being drawn into the vehicle. Never open the rear hatch when a luggage rack is installed and loaded. If, for example, there are bicycles on a carrier on the rear hatch, it is possible that the rear hatch will be difficult to open. An open rear hatch may fall on its own because of the additional weight. If necessary, prop open the rear hatch. Remove the weight from the luggage rack first. Close and lock the rear hatch and all doors when the vehicle is not in use. First, make sure that no one is left inside the vehicle. Never leave your vehicle unattended or let children play around your vehicle, especially when the rear hatch is open. A child could crawl into the vehicle and pull the rear hatch shut, becoming trapped and unable to get out. A closed vehicle can become very hot or very cold, depending on the season. Particularly in the summer, heat buildup in the passenger and luggage compartment of a parked vehicle can result in temperatures in the vehicle that are much higher than the...
Page 158 temperatures in the vehicle that are much higher than the outside temperatures. Temperatures can quickly reach levels that can cause unconsciousness and death, particularly to small children. Never leave children or anyone who cannot help themselves behind in the vehicle. They may lock the vehicle with the vehicle key or the power locking button and lock themselves NOTICE Before opening or closing the rear hatch, make sure there is enough room to do so, for example, when the vehicle has a trailer or is in a garage. NOTICE Never use the gas strut to hold or clamp a load in place. This can damage the rear hatch and make it impossible to close. Display...
Page 159 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Lights up Possible cause Proper response Icon Stop! appears in Rear hatch open or improperly the display closed. Open the rear hatch and then close it → Displays again. When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. If the rear hatch is not closed properly, the vehicle icon appears in the instrument cluster display showing an open rear hatch → Fig. 11 . Depending on your vehicle's equipment and options, the icon may still be displayed even after the ignition is switched off as long as the key has not been taken out of the ignition. The instrument cluster display goes out about 15 seconds after the vehicle has been locked.
Page 160 WARNING If the rear hatch is not closed properly, it may open suddenly when the vehicle is moving and cause severe injuries. Stop immediately and close the rear hatch. Always make sure the rear hatch is securely latched after you close it. Opening the rear hatch Fig. 32 In the remote control vehicle key: Button to unlock the rear hatch.
Page 161 Fig. 33 Opening rear hatch from the outside. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Always remove any item(s) being transported on the rear hatch before opening it → . Unlocking with the vehicle key Press and hold the button on the remote control vehicle key → Fig. 32 to unlock the rear hatch. Then open the rear hatch using the Volkswagen emblem. Opening with the Volkswagen emblem Unlock the vehicle or the rear hatch, or open a door. Using your thumb, press the top of the Volkswagen emblem → Fig. 33 and move the top of the emblem down. Grasp the...
Page 162 bottom part of the emblem and pull to lift the rear hatch. WARNING Improper or unsupervised unlocking or opening of the rear hatch can cause severe injuries. Never open the rear hatch when someone is in the way. If a bicycle or luggage rack is installed on the rear hatch, it may be hard to see that the rear hatch is unlatched. An unlatched rear hatch may open suddenly when the vehicle is moving. At temperatures below +32 °F (0 °C), the rear hatch may be difficult to open after you unlock it. Closing the rear hatch Fig. 34 Opened rear hatch: Recessed grips for closing.
Page 163 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Closing the rear hatch Grasp one of the recessed grips in the rear hatch trim → Fig. 34 (arrows). Pull the rear hatch down and close it securely so that the latch engages. Check the rear hatch to make sure it is securely latched. Locking the rear hatch If you unlock the vehicle with the vehicle key, but do not open either a door or the rear hatch within several seconds, the vehicle is automatically locked again. This feature helps prevent you from leaving the vehicle unlocked unintentionally. It is only possible to lock the rear hatch when it is securely closed and latched. The power locking system also locks the rear hatch. If the rear hatch of a locked vehicle is unlocked with the button → Fig. 32 on the remote control vehicle key, it will lock within several seconds after it is closed. The anti-theft alarm...
Page 164 system, if equipped, is activated after the vehicle is locked → Power locking system . A closed but unlocked rear hatch automatically locks at speeds above about 5 mph (10 km/h). WARNING Improper or unsupervised closing of the rear hatch can cause severe injuries. Never close the rear hatch when someone is in the way. Never leave your vehicle unattended or let children play around your vehicle, especially with the rear hatch left open. A child could crawl into the vehicle and pull the rear hatch shut, becoming trapped and unable to get out. A closed vehicle can become very hot or very cold depending on the season. Temperatures can quickly reach levels that can cause unconsciousness or death, particularly to small children. Make sure that the remote control vehicle key is not in the luggage compartment before closing the rear hatch.
Page 165 Power windows Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Opening or closing power windows → Power windows – features → Power window pinch protection More information: Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Infotainment system → Infotainment system Power locking system → Power locking system ...
Page 166 WARNING Improper use of power windows can result in serious personal injury. Never let anyone get in the way of a power window when closing it. When locking the vehicle from the outside, make sure that no one, especially children, remains in the vehicle. The windows will not open in case of an emergency. Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle. You can still use the power windows for several minutes after the ignition is switched off as long as the driver or front passenger door has not been opened. Always use the safety switch when children are in the back seat to disable the rear power windows and keep them from being opened and closed.
Page 167 NOTICE If you leave the windows open, rain or other precipitation may enter the vehicle from outside and can damage the vehicle interior. Opening or closing power windows Fig. 35 In the driver door: Switches for the front and rear power windows (4-door version shown). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Switches in the driver door Key to → Fig. 35 :...
Page 168 For the windows in the front doors. For the windows in the rear doors. Safety switch. Opening or closing windows Function Action Opening: Press the switch. Closing: Pull the switch. Stopping automatic Press/pull the respective switch again. movement: The safety switch → Fig. 35 ③ deactivates the power windows in the rear doors. The yellow indicator light in the switch lights up (4-door models only). The power windows function only when the ignition is switched on. You can still use the power windows for several minutes after the ignition is switched off as long as the driver or front passenger door has not been opened. When the vehicle key has been removed from the ignition and the driver door has been opened, the power windows cannot be opened or closed. A separate switch for controlling the passenger side window is located in the front passenger door.
Page 169 Power windows – features Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction One-touch opening and closing The one-touch feature automatically opens/closes a power window all the way. The window switch does not have to be held down/up. For one-touch opening: Press the switch for the window down briefly as far as it goes. For one-touch closing: Pull the switch for the window up briefly as far as it goes. Stopping automatic movement: Pull/press the switch again. Reactivating the one-touch feature If the vehicle battery is disconnected or dead and the windows are not completely closed, the one-touch feature will not work and must be reactivated: Switch on the ignition.
Page 170 Close all windows and doors. Pull the switch for the respective window up and hold it for at least 2 seconds in this position. Release the switch, pull up and hold again. The one-touch feature is now reactivated. The one-touch feature can be reactivated for one or more windows at the same time. Convenience closing Your vehicle may be equipped with the convenience closing feature. The convenience closing feature lets you close the windows and the power sunroof when the ignition is switched off: Vehicles with Keyless Access: Hold your finger on the lock sensor surface on the outside of the door handle for a few seconds until the windows and power sunroof close → Unlocking or locking the vehicle with Keyless Access .
Page 171 WARNING Improper use of power windows can result in serious personal injury. Never let anyone get in the way of a power window when closing it. When locking the vehicle from the outside, make sure that no one, especially children, remains in the vehicle. The windows will not open in case of an emergency. Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle. You can still use the power windows for several minutes after the ignition is switched off as long as the driver or front passenger door has not been opened. Always use the safety switch when children are in the back seat to disable the rear power windows and keep them from being opened and closed. If the power windows malfunction, the one-touch feature, as well as pinch protection may not work properly. See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility right away. Convenience closing only works when the one-touch feature is active.
Page 172 Power window pinch protection Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Pinch protection can help reduce the risk of pinching injuries when closing a power window → . If one-touch window closing meets resistance or there is something in the way, the window will stop and go down again. Check why the window did not close. Try one-touch window closing again. If the window meets resistance a second time, so that it stops and goes back down, one-touch closing is deactivated for about 10 seconds. If you pull the power window button up all the way and hold it during this 10 second interval, the window will close without pinch protection → . Closing the window without pinch protection Try to close the window again within 10 seconds by holding the switch. Pinch protection is turned off for a short distance in the window track! If closing takes longer than about 10 seconds, pinch protection is...
Page 173 If the window still will not close, please see an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. WARNING Without pinch protection, power windows will close with enough force to cause serious personal injury. Always be careful when closing power windows. Always make sure that no one is in the way when overriding pinch protection to close power windows! Pinch protection cannot prevent fingers or other parts of the body from being pressed against the window frame; injuries may result. Pinch protection is also active during convenience closing of the windows and the power sunroof → Power windows – features .
Page 174 Power sunroof Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Opening or closing the power sunroof → Power sunroof – convenience closing feature → Pinch protection for the power sunroof Depending on equipment, your vehicle may be equipped with a Panoramic sliding and tilting sunroof. More information: Infotainment System → Infotainment system Power locking system → Power locking system Emergency closing and opening → Emergency closing and opening ...
Page 175 WARNING Improper use of the power sunroof can result in serious personal injury. Always make sure that no one is in the way of the power sunroof when it is closing. Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle. Never leave children or disabled persons in the vehicle – particularly if they have access to the vehicle key. Unsupervised use of the remote control vehicle key makes it possible to lock the vehicle, start the engine, turn on the ignition and operate the sunroof. You can still open or close the power sunroof for several minutes after you switch off the ignition, as long as the driver or front passenger door has not been opened.
Page 176 NOTICE To help prevent damage, remove ice and snow from the sunroof before opening or tilting it in winter weather. Always close the sunroof before leaving the vehicle or if it begins raining. If the sunroof is open or tilted, rain could enter the vehicle interior and cause extensive damage to the electrical system. This could result in further vehicle damage. Remove leaves and other objects from the sunroof guiderails regularly either by hand or using a vacuum cleaner. If the power sunroof malfunctions, pinch protection may not function properly. See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Opening or closing the power sunroof...
Page 177 Fig. 36 In the headliner: Power sunroof switch. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction You must switch on the ignition to operate the power sunroof. After switching off the ignition, you can still open or close the power sunroof for several minutes as long as the driver or front passenger door has not been opened. The switch → Fig. 36 has 2 detents for each switch position (Ⓐ, Ⓑ, Ⓒ, and Ⓓ), which are described in the following table. Press the switch to the first detent to completely or partially tilt, open, or close the sunroof. Press the switch briefly to the second detent to activate the one-touch feature (automatic operation). Press the switch again to stop the one-touch feature. Tilting, opening, and closing the power sunroof Function Action → Fig. 36 Press the rear area of the switch Ⓑ upward to the first detent. Tilt the power sunroof Briefly press the switch to the second detent to activate the one-touch feature. Press the front area of the switch Ⓐ upward to the first...
Page 178 detent. Close the tilted sunroof Briefly press the switch to the second detent to activate the one-touch feature. Stop the one-touch feature Press the button again at position Ⓐ or Ⓑ. during tilting/closing Press the switch rearward Ⓒ to the first detent. Open the power sunroof Briefly press the switch to the second detent to open the roof to the comfort position with the one-touch feature. Press the switch forward Ⓓ to the first detent. Close the power sunroof Briefly press the switch to the second detent to activate the one-touch feature. Stop the one-touch feature Press the switch again at Ⓒ or Ⓓ. during opening/closing Opening and closing the sunshade The sliding sunshade must be opened and closed manually. Use the handle at the front of the shade to slide it to the required position. It does not open or close automatically with the power sunroof. Emergency closing of the power sunroof If your power sunroof will not close properly, do not try to close it yourself, doing so can cause serious and expensive damage that...
Page 179 Service Facility help you close and repair the power sunroof. The comfort position provides sufficient ventilation without loud wind noise. Power sunroof – convenience closing feature Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Convenience closing Your vehicle may be equipped with the convenience closing feature. The convenience closing feature lets you close the windows and the power sunroof when the ignition is switched off: Vehicles with Keyless Access: Hold your finger on the lock sensor surface on the outside of the door handle for a few seconds until the windows and power sunroof close → Unlocking or locking the vehicle with Keyless Access .
Page 180 Pinch protection for the power sunroof Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Pinch protection can help reduce the risk of pinching injuries when closing the power sunroof → . If the power sunroof closing meets resistance or there is something in the way, the power sunroof opens again immediately. Check why the power sunroof did not close. Try to close the power sunroof again. If the power sunroof still cannot close, the power sunroof will stop where the resistance is located. The power sunroof will close the next time without pinch protection. Closing the power sunroof without pinch protection Press the button → Fig. 36 within about 5 seconds after the sunroof has stopped and hold it in the direction of the arrow Ⓓ at the second detent until the power sunroof closes completely. The power sunroof will now close without pinch protection! If the power sunroof still will not close, please see an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility.
Page 181 WARNING Without pinch protection, the power sunroof will close with enough force to cause serious personal injury. Always be careful when closing the power sunroof. Always make sure that no one is in the way when overriding the pinch protection to close the power sunroof! Pinch protection cannot prevent fingers or other parts of the body from being pressed against the edge of the roof; injuries may result. Pinch protection is also active during convenience closing of the windows and the power sunroof → Power sunroof – convenience closing feature . If the power sunroof malfunctions, pinch protection may not function properly. See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance.
Page 182 Sitting properly and safely Adjusting the seating position Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Examples of improper seating positions → Proper seating position → Manual controls on the driver and front passenger seats → Electrical controls on the driver and front passenger seats → Adjusting the front and rear head restraints → Removing and reinstalling the front head restraints → Removing and reinstalling the rear head restraints → Adjusting the steering wheel position → Center armrest (Golf GTI) → Center armrest (Golf R) Number of seats The vehicle has a total of 5 seating positions: 2 in front and 3 in the...
Page 183 rear. Each seating position has a safety belt. More information: Infotainment system → Infotainment system Seat functions → Seat functions Safety belts → Safety belts Airbag system → Airbag system Child safety and child restraints → Child safety and child restraints Storage areas → Storage areas ...
Page 184 WARNING Improper seating positions increase the risk of severe or fatal injuries in a crash or other accidents, especially when the airbag deploys. All occupants must sit properly and be properly restrained at all times. Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seating positions with safety belts available. Always secure children in the vehicle with an approved and suitable restraint system appropriate for their age, weight, and height → Child safety and child restraints , → Airbag system Always keep your feet on the floor in front of the seat. Never rest them on the seat, instrument panel, out of the window, etc. The airbag system and safety belt will not be able to protect you properly and can even increase the risk of injury in a crash. WARNING Always adjust seat, safety belts, and head restraints properly...
Page 185 Push the passenger seat as far back as possible. Always be sure that there are at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the front passenger's breastbone and the instrument panel. Always adjust the driver's seat and the steering wheel so that there are at least 10 inches (25 cm) between your breastbone and the steering wheel. Adjust the driver's seat so that you can easily push the pedals all the way to the floor while keeping your knee(s) slightly bent. If these requirements cannot be met for physical reasons, contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility to see whether adaptive equipment is available. Always hold the steering wheel on the outside of the steering wheel rim with your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to help reduce the risk of personal injury if the driver's airbag inflates. Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with your hands at other places inside the steering wheel rim or on the steering wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way can cause serious injuries to the hands, arms, and head if the driver's airbag inflates. Pointing the steering wheel toward your face decreases the...
Page 186 Pointing the steering wheel toward your face decreases the ability of the driver's airbag to help protect you in a collision. Never drive with backrests reclined or tilted back farther than necessary to drive comfortably. The farther back the backrests are tilted, the greater the risk of injury caused by incorrect positioning of the safety belts and improper seating position. Never drive with the front seat passenger backrest tilted forward. If the front airbag deploys, the front backrest can be forced backward and injure passengers on the rear seat. Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel and the instrument panel. Always sit upright with your back against the backrest with the front seats properly adjusted. Never lean against or place any part of your body too close to the area where the airbags are located. Rear seat passengers who are not properly seated and restrained are more likely to be seriously injured in a crash.
Page 187 WARNING Improper adjustment of the seats can cause accidents and severe injuries. Never adjust the seats while the vehicle is moving. Your seat may move unexpectedly and you could lose control of the vehicle. In addition, you will not be in the correct seating position while adjusting the seats. Adjust the front seat height, angle and longitudinal direction only if the seat adjustment area is clear. The adjustment of the front seats must not be restricted by things in the footwell in front or behind the seats.
Page 188 WARNING Some kinds of cigarette lighters can be lit unintentionally, or crushed causing a fire that can result in serious burns and vehicle damage. Always make sure that there are no lighters in the seat tracks or near other moving parts before adjusting the seats. Before closing a storage compartment, always make sure that no cigarette lighter can be activated, crushed, or otherwise damaged. Never leave a cigarette lighter in a storage compartment, on the instrument panel, or in other places in the vehicle. Heat buildup in the passenger and luggage compartment of a parked vehicle can result in temperatures in the vehicle that are much higher than the outside temperatures, particularly in summer. High temperatures could cause the cigarette lighter to catch fire. Examples of improper seating positions Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 189 Not wearing or improperly fastening safety belts increases the risk of severe or fatal injuries. Safety belts can work only when they are properly positioned on the body. An improper seating position significantly impairs the protection provided by safety belts. This can cause severe or even fatal injuries. Improper seating positions also increase the risk of serious injury or death when an airbag deploys and strikes an occupant who is not in the proper seating position. The driver is responsible for all passengers and especially children riding in the vehicle. The following are only some examples of seating positions that will increase the risk of serious injury or death. Therefore, whenever the vehicle is moving: Never stand up in the vehicle. Never stand on the seats. Never kneel on the seats. Never ride with the seat backrest reclined. Never lean up against the instrument panel. Never lie down on the rear seat. Never sit on the edge of the seat. Never sit sideways.
Page 190 Never lean out the window. Never put your feet out the window. Never put feet on the instrument panel. Never rest your feet on the seat cushion or back of the seat. Never ride in the footwell. Never sit or stand on an armrest. Never ride without your safety belt properly fastened. Never ride in the luggage compartment. WARNING Contact with parts of the vehicle interior can cause serious personal injury in a crash. Always make sure that all vehicle occupants stay in a proper seating position and are properly restrained whenever the vehicle is moving. Improper seating positions increase the risk of serious and fatal injury, especially when an airbag deploys and strikes a passenger in an improper seating position.
Page 191 Proper seating position Fig. 37 The driver should never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm) of the steering wheel. Fig. 38 Proper safety belt positioning and head restraint adjustment. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 192 The following describes the proper seating positions for the driver and passengers. If you have a physical impairment or condition that prevents you from sitting properly on the driver seat with the safety belt properly fastened and reaching the pedals, special modifications to your vehicle may be necessary. Only the proper seating position ensures optimum protection by the safety belt and airbag. Contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility or call the Volkswagen Customer CARE Center at 1-800-822-8987 for information about possible modifications to your vehicle. For your own safety and to reduce injuries in the event of sudden braking maneuvers or accidents, Volkswagen recommends the following seating positions: Applies to all vehicle occupants: Adjust head restraints so that the upper edge of the head restraint is at least at eye level or higher. Position the back of your head as close as possible to the head restraint → Fig. 37 and → Fig. 38 . Push the head restraint completely down for short people, even if...
Page 193 the top of the head is then below the upper edge of the head restraint. Tall people should pull the head restraint all the way up. Adjust the seat backrest angle to an upright position so that your back is in full contact with it when the vehicle is moving. Always keep both feet on the floor and in the footwell whenever the vehicle is moving. Always adjust and fasten safety belts properly → Safety belts . Driver - seat and steering wheel adjustment: Adjust the steering wheel so that there are at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the steering wheel and your breast bone → Fig. 37 . When adjusting the proper distance to the steering wheel, grasp the top of the steering wheel with your elbows slightly bent. Always hold the steering wheel on the outside of the steering wheel rim with your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to help reduce the risk of personal injury if the driver's airbag inflates. Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with your hands at other places inside the steering wheel rim or on the steering wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way can cause serious injuries to the hands, arms, and head if the...
Page 194 driver's airbag inflates. Adjust the steering wheel so that the steering wheel cover points at your chest and not at your face. Pointing the steering wheel toward your face decreases the ability of the driver's airbag to help protect you in a collision. Adjust the driver's seat so that you can easily push the pedals all the way to the floor while keeping your knee(s) slightly bent. Adjust the seat height so that the top point of the steering wheel can be reached. Always keep both feet in the footwell so that you are in control of the vehicle at all times. Passenger - front seat adjustment: Push the passenger seat as far back as possible in order to ensure optimum protection if the airbag is deployed. Manual controls on the driver and front passenger seats...
Page 195 Fig. 39 Driver seat: Manual seat adjustment controls. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The manual controls on the front passenger seat either mirror those on the driver seat or there may be different combinations of manual and electrical controls, depending on vehicle equipment. The illustration and information in this section describes all possible seat controls. The number of controls may vary depending on the version of the seat. There may be manual and electrical controls on the same seat. Function Action → Fig. 39 ...
Page 196 Folding forward: Pull lever and fold seat backrest forward. Push the seat forward at the same time. Fold the seat backrest Folding back into place: Slide the seat back ① forward or back into place (2- as far as it will go until it clicks into place. door vehicles only) The backrest releases automatically and can be folded backwards. Engage the seat backrest in an upright position. ② Adjust the lumbar support Push the lever forward or pull it backward. Lean forward and turn the adjuster wheel forward or backward. ③ Adjust the backrest angle. If the vehicle has an electrical control for adjusting the backrest angle, see → Fig. 40 ② . ④ Adjust the seat height. Move the lever several times up or down. Pull the lever up and move the front seat. Move the front seat forward ⑤ The front seat must lock in place after the or back. lever is released! Electrical controls on the driver and front passenger seats Fig. 40 Driver seat: Electrical controls to move the seat backward or forward, and adjust seat cushion height and backrest angle (if...
Page 197 equipped). Fig. 41 Lumbar support control (if equipped). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction If your vehicle is equipped with electrical controls for the front seats, the controls on the front passenger seat either mirror those on the driver seat or there may be different combinations of electrical and manual controls. There may be manual and electrical controls on the same seat. Press the switch in the direction of the arrow → Fig. 40 : Ⓐ Slide the seat forward or back. ① Ⓑ Adjust the seat cushion angle. Ⓒ Raise or lower the seat cushion. ② Ⓓ Adjust the backrest angle. Press the switch in the corresponding area → Fig. 41 :...
Page 198 ① or ② Adjust the curve of the lumbar support. ③ or ④ Adjust the height of the lumbar support. WARNING Improper use of electrical seat controls can cause serious personal injuries. The front seats in your vehicle can be electrically adjusted even when the vehicle key has been removed from the ignition or, on a vehicle with Keyless Access, even if there is no key in the vehicle. Never leave children and persons who need help in the vehicle alone because the unsupervised use of the electric seat adjustments can result in serious personal injury. Always make sure that no one is in the way while the front seats are being adjusted, or while calling up the stored memory settings for the front seats. In an emergency, stop automatic seat adjustment by pressing a seat adjustment switch.
Page 199 NOTICE To help prevent damage to electrical parts in the seat, do not kneel on the front seats or apply concentrated pressure to a small area of the seat or backrest. If the vehicle battery is too weak, the electrical seat adjustment controls may not work. When entering and exiting the vehicle, be careful not to come into contact with any switches that could change the seat adjustment. Adjusting the front and rear head restraints Fig. 42 Adjusting the front head restraints.
Page 200 Fig. 43 Adjusting the rear head restraints. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction All seats are equipped with head restraints. The rear center head restraint is designed only for the center seat on the rear bench. Therefore, only install the center head restraint in the center position. There are notches in the head restraint guide rods so that the head restraint can lock into place. Only properly installed head restraints can lock into place at the adjustment range notches. In order to prevent inadvertent removal of the head restraints after installation, there are stops at the top and bottom of the adjustment range. Adjusting the height...
Page 201 Pull the head restraint up in the direction of the arrow, or push it down while pressing the button → Fig. 42 ① or → Fig. 43 ① → . The head restraint must lock securely in the position selected. Proper head restraint adjustment Adjust head restraints so that the upper edge of the head restraint is at least at eye level or higher. Position the back of the head as close as possible to the head restraint. Adjusting the head restraint for shorter people Push the head restraint down as far as it will go, even if this means the person's head is still below the top edge of the head restraint. A small gap may remain between the head restraint and the backrest when the head restraint is all the way down. Adjusting the head restraint for taller people Pull the head restraint up as far as it will go.
Page 202 WARNING Driving without head restraints or with improperly adjusted head restraints increases the risk of serious injuries in a collision. Always drive with the head restraints in place and properly adjusted to help minimize the risk of neck injury in a crash. Every person in the vehicle must have a properly adjusted head restraint to minimize the risk of neck injury in a crash. Each head restraint must be adjusted according to the occupants' size so that the upper edge is even with the top of the person's head, but no lower than eye level. Always sit so that the back of your head is as close as possible to the head restraint. Never adjust head restraint while driving. Removing and reinstalling the front head restraints...
Page 203 Fig. 44 Removing the front head restraints. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction All seats are equipped with head restraints. For instructions on removing and reinstalling the rear head restraints, see → Removing and reinstalling the rear head restraints . Removing the front head restraints Sit in the back seat behind the head restraint you want to remove. Pull the head restraint all the way up → . Recline the backrest with the head restraint so that there is enough overhead clearance to remove it. Slide a flat object, such as a plastic credit card, underneath the right side of the cap (left side if sitting behind the head restraint) on the right-hand seat guide rod → Fig. 44 ① to unlock the head...
Page 204 restraint. Push the flat object (plastic card) in against the guide rod to depress a release button located under the cap (not visible). Use one hand to hold the release button in with the flat object. With your other hand, lift the same guide rod slightly to expose a notch in the rod at the bottom (can be seen and felt with fingers). The right-hand guide rod is now released. To release the left-hand guide rod, press the flat object in (towards guide rod) and hold. Pull the head restraint out completely. Installing the front head restraints Position head restraint properly over the head restraint guides of the respective seat backrest and insert the head restraint into the guides. Push the head restraint down → Fig. 44 . Adjust the head restraint according to the occupant's size → Adjusting the front and rear head restraints .
Page 205 WARNING Driving without head restraints or with improperly adjusted head restraints increases the risk of serious injuries in a collision. Always drive with the head restraints in place and properly adjusted to help minimize the risk of neck injury in a crash. Always reinstall head restraints as soon as possible so that vehicle occupants are properly protected. NOTICE When removing or reinstalling the head restraint, take care that the head restraint does not strike the headliner or other parts of the vehicle. The headliner or other parts of the vehicle could otherwise be damaged. Removing and reinstalling the rear head restraints...
Page 206 Fig. 45 Removing the rear head restraint (version A). Fig. 46 Removing the rear head restraint (version B). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction All seats are equipped with head restraints. The rear center head restraint is designed only for the center seat on the rear bench. Therefore, only install the center head restraint in the center position. For instructions on removing and reinstalling the front head...
Page 207 restraints, see → Removing and reinstalling the front head restraints Removing the rear head restraint (Version A) Unlock the backrest of the rear seat bench and fold it forward → Luggage compartment . Pull the head restraint all the way up → . Push button → Fig. 45 ① in the direction of the arrow and hold it in this position. At the same time press button ② while a second person pulls out the head restraint completely. Fold the backrest of the rear seat bench back so that it locks securely. Removing the rear head restraint (Version B) Unlock the backrest of the rear seat bench and fold it forward → Luggage compartment . Pull the head restraint all the way up → . If necessary, press the flat blade of the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit into the slit of the trim cap → Fig. 46 ② in the direction of the arrow and hold it in this position. At the same time press button ② while a second person pulls out...
Page 208 the head restraint completely. Fold the backrest of the rear seat bench back so that it locks securely. Reinstalling the rear head restraint (both versions) Unlock the backrest of the rear seat bench and fold it forward → Luggage compartment . Position head restraint properly over the head restraint guides of the respective seat backrest and insert the head restraint into the guides. Push the head restraint down while pressing button → Fig. 45 ② or → Fig. 46 ② . Fold the backrest of the rear seat bench back so that it locks securely. Adjust the head restraint according to the occupant's size → Adjusting the front and rear head restraints .
Page 209 WARNING Driving without head restraints or with improperly adjusted head restraints increases the risk of serious injuries in a collision. Always drive with the head restraints in place and properly adjusted to help minimize the risk of neck injury in a crash. Always reinstall head restraints as soon as possible so that vehicle occupants are properly protected. NOTICE When removing or reinstalling the head restraint, take care that the head restraint does not strike the headliner or other parts of the vehicle. The headliner or other parts of the vehicle could otherwise be damaged. Adjusting the steering wheel position...
Page 210 Fig. 47 Manual adjustment for the steering wheel position. Fig. 48 Steering wheel: 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is not moving. Push down on the lever → Fig. 47 ① . Adjust the steering wheel so that it can be held with hands at the...
Page 211 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions on the outside of the steering wheel rim and with the arms slightly bent at the elbow → Fig. 48 . Pull the lever up firmly until it is flush with the steering column → . WARNING Improper use of the steering column adjustment feature can result in serious personal injury and even death. Always pull the lever → Fig. 47 ① firmly upward after adjusting the steering column so that the steering wheel does not change position suddenly while the vehicle is moving. Never adjust the steering column while the vehicle is moving. If you find that you need to adjust the steering wheel while driving, stop the vehicle in a safe place and make the proper adjustment. Never adjust the steering wheel so that it points toward your face. Always make sure that the steering wheel points toward your chest. Otherwise, the airbag system cannot protect you properly in the event of a crash. Always hold the steering wheel on the outside of the steering wheel rim with your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions → Fig. 48 to help reduce the risk of serious personal injury if the driver's airbag inflates.
Page 212 Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with your hands anywhere inside the steering wheel or on the steering wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way increases the risk of severe injury to the arms, hands, and head if the driver airbag deploys. Center armrest (Golf GTI) Fig. 49 Front center armrest.
Page 213 Fig. 50 Folding down the rear center armrest (arrow). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Front center armrest There may be a small storage compartment under the front center armrest → Storage areas . To raise the center armrest, push the release button, pull the armrest up, and latch upward in the direction of the arrow → Fig. 49 ① . To lower the center armrest, first lift it all the way up. Then you can push the center armrest down until it latches in place. To move the center armrest forward and backward, pull it forward in the direction of the arrow ②, or slide it backward until it clicks into place. Rear center armrest There may be a fold-down armrest in the backrest of the center rear seat → Fig. 50 .
Page 214 To fold down, pull the loop in the direction of the arrow → Fig. 50 . To fold up, push the center armrest up as far as it will go. WARNING The center armrest can restrict the driver's arm movement and cause crashes and serious personal injury. Always keep storage compartments in the center armrest closed while driving. Never let a passenger, especially a child, ride on the center armrest. Improper seating position can increase the risk of serious personal injury in a crash. Never put hot drinks or other liquids in the cup holders. Hot liquids can spill when the vehicle is moving as well as during braking or other sudden maneuvers. Center armrest (Golf R)
Page 215 Fig. 51 Front center armrest. Fig. 52 Folding down the rear center armrest (arrow). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Front center armrest There is a front center armrest between the driver and front passenger seats → Fig. 51 .
Page 216 To move the center armrest forward and backward, pull it forward in the direction of the arrow or slide it backward until it clicks into place. Rear center armrest There may be a fold-down armrest in the backrest of the center rear seat → Fig. 52 . To fold down, pull the loop in the direction of the arrow → Fig. 52 . To fold up, push the center armrest up as far as it will go.
Page 217 WARNING The center armrest can restrict the driver's arm movement and cause crashes and serious personal injury. Always keep storage compartments in the center armrest closed while driving. Never let a passenger, especially a child, ride on the center armrest. Improper seating position can increase the risk of serious personal injury in a crash. Never put hot drinks or other liquids in the cup holders. Hot liquids can spill when the vehicle is moving as well as during braking or other sudden maneuvers.
Page 218 Seat functions Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Seat heating More information: Adjusting the seating position → Adjusting the seating position Safety belts → Safety belts Airbag system → Airbag system Child safety and child restraints → Child safety and child restraints Climate control → Heating and air conditioning ...
Page 219 WARNING Improper use of seat adjustment controls can cause severe personal injuries. Always sit properly at all times before starting to drive and while the vehicle is moving. Make sure all passengers, especially children, are properly seated whenever the vehicle is moving. Keep hands, fingers, feet and other body parts away from moving parts and adjustment areas of the seats. Seat heating Fig. 53 In the center console: Seat heating buttons for the front seats. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 220 Your vehicle may be equipped with a seat heating feature. When the ignition is switched on, the front seats can be electrically heated by heating elements that warm the seat backrest and cushion. Do not use the seat heating if any of the following conditions apply: If the seat is not being used. If there is a child restraint installed on the front passenger seat. If there is a blanket or seat cover on the front passenger seat. If the seat is damp or wet. If the outside temperature or the temperature inside the passenger compartment is +77 °F (+25 °C) or more. Function Action for seat heating → Fig. 53 Press the button. Seat heating is switched on to Switch on: maximum. Adjust the heating Press the button repeatedly until the desired heating level: level is set. Press the button repeatedly until all indicator lights in Switch off: the button are off. Special seat heating features...
Page 221 On the driver and the passenger side, the seat heating will resume at the setting that was set when the ignition was last switched off. However, this feature only works if the key is not taken out of the ignition switch, or, for vehicles with Keyless Access, the driver door is not opened or the vehicle is not locked. People suffering from a low level of perceived pain or a lowered awareness of pain as from medication, paralysis, or chronic illness (e.g. diabetes) should NEVER use the seat heating feature → ! The use of seat heating by persons with these conditions could result in burns to the back, buttocks, and legs that may take a long time to heal and may never heal completely. If you have any of these conditions, you should take regular breaks and get out of the vehicle, particularly on long trips. Consult your doctor for advice regarding your specific condition.
Page 222 WARNING Certain medical conditions, such as paralysis and diabetes, and certain medications can increase the risk of serious burns when the seat heating feature is switched on. Vehicle occupants who have a low level of perceived pain or a lowered awareness of pain can receive serious burns to the back, buttocks, and legs that take a long time to heal or may never heal completely. Never use the seat heating feature if you or your passengers are at risk of being burned because of a medical condition. Take regular breaks and get out of the vehicle, particularly on long trips. Consult your doctor for advice regarding your specific condition. Never let exposed skin remain in contact with the seat upholstery when the seat heating is being used.
Page 223 WARNING A wet seat can cause the seat heating to malfunction and increase the risk of serious burns. Always make sure the seats are dry before using the seat heating. Never sit on the seat with wet clothes. Never put damp or wet things including clothes on the seat. Never spill liquids on the seats.
Page 224 NOTICE To help prevent damage to electrical and other parts in the seat, do not kneel on the front seats or apply concentrated pressure to a small area of the seat or backrest. Liquids, sharp objects and things that do not let the heat in the seat escape into the air, including, for example, a child restraint, a blanket, or seat covers on the seat can damage seat heating. If you smell an odor, immediately shut off seat heating and have it checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Never install leather upholstery on a vehicle with seat heating that originally had cloth upholstery. The seat heating elements for seats with cloth seats will overheat if the cloth upholstery is replaced with leather upholstery. Switch off seat heating when it is not needed to help reduce unnecessary fuel consumption.
Page 225 Safety belts Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Warning light → Frontal collisions and laws of physics → What happens to passengers not wearing a safety belt → Safety belts protect → Using safety belts → Fastening and unfastening safety belts → Safety belt position → Safety belt height adjusters → Safety belt extender → Safety belt retractor, pretensioner, load limiter → Service and disposal of belt pretensioners Properly worn safety belts are the single most effective means of reducing the risk of serious injury and death in a collision or other accident. Damage to safety belts reduces their overall effectiveness and increases the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever the vehicle is being used.
Page 226 Check the condition of all safety belts regularly. If a safety belt shows damage to webbing, bindings, retractors or buckles, have the safety belt replaced by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility → . More information: Adjusting the seating position → Adjusting the seating position Airbag system → Airbag system Child safety and child restraints → Child safety and child restraints Interior care and cleaning → Interior care and cleaning Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications WARNING Not wearing a safety belt or wearing an improperly positioned safety belt increases the risk of severe personal injury or death. Safety belts offer optimum protection only when they are used properly. Properly worn safety belts are the single most effective means...
Page 227 of reducing the risk of serious injury and death in a collision or other accident. For this reason, always wear your safety belt properly and make sure all passengers wear their safety belts properly as well whenever the vehicle is moving. The driver must always make sure that every person in the vehicle is properly seated on a seat of his or her own, properly fastens the safety belts belonging to that seat before the vehicle starts to move, and keeps the belts properly fastened while riding in the vehicle. This applies even when just driving around town. Therefore, always wear your safety belts and make sure that everybody in your vehicle is properly restrained. Always secure children in the vehicle with a restraint system appropriate for their age, weight and height → Child safety and child restraints . Always fasten safety belts correctly before driving off and make sure that all passengers are properly restrained. Never attach the safety belt to the buckle of another seat. Attaching the safety belt to the wrong buckle will reduce safety belt effectiveness and can cause serious personal injury. Never let any objects or liquids get into the safety belt latch and prevent it from working properly. Never remove a safety belt while the vehicle is moving. Doing so will increase your risk of being injured or killed.
Page 228 Never strap more than one person, including small children, into any single safety belt. Never let children or babies ride sitting on your lap, and never place a safety belt over a child sitting on your lap. Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as eyeglasses, pens, keys, etc., as these may cause injury. Several layers of heavy clothing (such as a coat worn over top of a sports jacket) may interfere with proper positioning of the safety belt and reduce the overall effectiveness of the system. Never use comfort clips or devices that create slack in the shoulder belt. However, special clips may be required for the correct use of some child restraint systems. Safety belts offer optimum protection only when the seat backrest is upright and belts are correctly positioned on the body. WARNING Damage to safety belts reduces their overall effectiveness and increases the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever the vehicle is being used. Never let safety belts become damaged by being caught in the...
Page 229 Never let safety belts become damaged by being caught in the door or seat hardware. Torn or frayed safety belts can tear, and damaged safety belt hardware can break in an accident. Inspect belts regularly for damage. If webbing, bindings, buckles, or retractors are damaged, have the belts replaced immediately with the correct replacement belts approved by Volkswagen for your vehicle, model, and model year. Safety belts that were subject to stress in an accident and stretched must be replaced with a correct, new safety belt, preferably by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Replacement after a crash may be necessary even if a safety belt shows no visible damage. Anchorages that have been loaded must also be inspected. Damaged safety belts must be replaced; they cannot be repaired. Never try to repair a damaged safety belt yourself. Never remove or modify the safety belts in any way. Have safety belts, bindings, retractors and buckles replaced by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Always keep the belts clean. Dirty belts may not work correctly and can impair the function of the inertia reel.
Page 230 and can impair the function of the inertia reel. Warning light Fig. 54 Warning light in the instrument cluster. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Lights up or Possible cause Proper response flashes Driver and front passenger have not fastened their safety belts, if front Fasten safety belts. passenger seat is occupied. When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. A warning chime also sounds.
Page 231 The safety belt warning light comes on for 6 seconds when the ignition is switched on. A warning chime also sounds for up to 6 seconds if the driver's safety belt is not buckled. The chime stops sooner if the driver buckles his or her safety belt. The warning light and the chime go out when both driver and front passenger have buckled their safety belts. If the driver and front seat passenger do not both fasten their safety belts within about 24 seconds after the chime stops and the vehicle is moving at a speed of more than about 15 mph (25 km/h), the chime will again sound for about 6 seconds, then go off for about 24 seconds, then sound again for about another 6 seconds. The same thing happens if one of the safety belts is fastened and then unfastened while the vehicle is moving. The safety belt warning light also flashes. The warning chime continues to sound at 24 second intervals for up to 2 minutes. No chime sounds at speeds of less than about 5 mph (8 km/h). If the ignition is switched on, the safety belt warning light stays on until the driver and front passenger have both buckled their safety belts.
Page 232 WARNING Not wearing a safety belt or wearing an improperly positioned safety belt increases the risk of severe personal injury or death. Safety belts offer optimum protection only when used correctly. Frontal collisions and laws of physics Fig. 55 A vehicle with passengers not wearing safety belts approaches a wall. Fig. 56 A vehicle with passengers not wearing safety belts hits a...
Page 233 wall. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The physical principles of a frontal collision are simple. Both the moving vehicle and the passenger possess energy → Fig. 55 , which varies with vehicle speed and body weight. Engineers call this energy kinetic energy. The higher the speed of the vehicle and the greater the vehicle's weight, the more energy has to be absorbed in a crash. Vehicle speed is the most significant factor. If your speed doubles (for example, from 15 mph to 30 mph – 25 km/h to 50 km/h), the energy increases 4 times! Because the occupants of the vehicle in the above example are not using safety belts, they are not attached to the vehicle. In a frontal collision, they will keep moving at the same speed the vehicle was moving just before the crash, until something stops them - here, the inside of the passenger compartment. Because the occupants of the vehicle in the example are not wearing safety belts, their entire kinetic energy will be absorbed by impact with the wall → Fig. 56 . The same principles apply to people in a vehicle that is in a frontal...
Page 234 collision on the highway. Even at city speeds of 20–30 mph (30– 50 km/h), the forces acting on the body can reach one ton (2,000 lbs or 1,000 kg) or more. At greater speeds, these forces are even higher. Of course, the laws of physics don't apply just to frontal collisions; they determine what happens in all kinds of accidents and collisions. What happens to passengers not wearing a safety belt Fig. 57 The unbelted driver is thrown forward.
Page 235 Fig. 58 Unbelted passengers in the rear seats are thrown forward on top of the belted driver. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Many people believe that it is possible to resist the forces of an impact by holding tight or bracing themselves. That is simply not true! Even at low collision speeds, the forces acting on the body are too much for the body to be held in the seat with the arms and hands. In a frontal collision, unrestrained occupants will slam violently into the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield or anything else in the way → Fig. 57 . Never rely on airbags alone for protection. Even when they deploy, airbags provide only additional protection. Airbags are not supposed...
Page 236 to deploy in all kinds of accidents. Even if your vehicle is equipped with airbags, all vehicle occupants, including the driver, must wear safety belts correctly in order to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in a crash, regardless of whether a seating position has an airbag or not. An airbag will deploy only once. Safety belts are always there to offer protection in those accidents in which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have already deployed. Unbelted occupants can also be thrown out of the vehicle, causing even more severe injuries or death. It is also important for occupants in the rear seats to wear their safety belts properly since they can be thrown violently forward through the vehicle in the event of an accident. Unbelted passengers in the rear seats endanger not only themselves but also the driver and other passengers in the vehicle → Fig. 58 . Safety belts protect...
Page 237 Fig. 59 Belted driver secured by the correctly worn safety belt in the event of a sudden braking maneuver. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Used properly, safety belts can make a big difference. Safety belts help to keep passengers in their seats, gradually reduce energy levels applied to the body in a collision, and help prevent the uncontrolled movement that can cause serious injuries. In addition, safety belts reduce the danger of being thrown out of the vehicle → Fig. 59 . Safety belts attach passengers to the car and give them the benefit of being slowed down more gently or softly through the give in the safety belts, crumple zones, and other safety features (such as airbags) engineered into today's vehicles. The front crumple zones and other passive safety features (such as the airbag system) are...
Page 238 Although these examples are based on a frontal collision, safety belts can also substantially reduce the risk of injury in other kinds of crashes. So, whether you're on a long trip or just going to the corner store, always buckle up and make sure that others do, too. Accident statistics show that vehicle occupants properly wearing safety belts have a lower risk of being injured and a much better chance of surviving a collision. Properly using safety belts also greatly increases the ability of the supplemental airbags to do their job in a collision. For this reason, wearing a safety belt is required by law in most countries including the United States and Canada. Although your Volkswagen is equipped with airbags, you still have to wear the safety belts provided. Front airbags, for example, are activated only in some frontal collisions. The front airbags are not activated in all frontal collisions, in side and rear collisions, in rollovers, or in cases when the conditions for deployment stored in the electronic control unit are not met. The same goes for the other airbag systems on your Volkswagen. So always wear your safety belt and make sure that everybody in...
Page 239 your vehicle is properly restrained! Using safety belts Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Checklist Using safety belts → Damage to safety belts reduces their overall effectiveness and increases the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever the vehicle is being used. Check the condition of all safety belts regularly. Keep safety belts clean. Keep objects and liquids away from safety belt webbing, the safety belt buckle tongue, and the safety belt buckle latch and opening. Do not pinch or damage the safety belt or buckle tongue (for instance, when closing a door).
Page 240 Never modify, disassemble or try to repair safety belts and safety belt anchorages. Always fasten your safety belt properly before driving and keep it fastened whenever the vehicle is moving. Twisted safety belt If it is difficult to pull the safety belt out of the belt guide, the belt may be twisted inside the side trim because the belt retracted too quickly when it was taken off. Hold the safety belt tongue, slowly and carefully pull safety belt all the way out. Untwist the safety belt and slowly return the belt by hand. If you cannot untwist the safety belt, wear it anyway. Make sure that the safety belt is twisted in a spot where it does not come in direct contact with your body. Have the safety belt untwisted immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Lockable safety belt The retractors for the rear seat safety belts and the front passenger...
Page 241 safety belt have a switchable locking feature for child restraints in addition to the emergency locking feature. Whenever a child restraint is installed with a safety belt, the safety belt must be locked so that the safety belt webbing cannot unreel. The switchable locking feature lets you lock the belt so that a child restraint can be properly installed and, for example, so that it can't tip to the side when the vehicle goes around a corner → Child safety and child restraints . To see whether a safety belt is lockable, pull the safety belt all the way out of the safety belt retractor. You should then hear a clicking sound as the belt winds back into the retractor reel. Test the switchable locking feature by pulling on the belt. When the switchable locking feature is active, you should no longer be able to pull the belt out of the retractor. The locking feature must be deactivated when a vehicle occupant uses the safety belt.
Page 242 WARNING Improper use and care of safety belts increases the risk of severe personal injury or death. Regularly check safety belts and related parts for damage. Damaged safety belts must be replaced; they cannot be repaired. Always keep safety belts clean. Never catch, damage or chafe safety belt webbing on sharp edges. Always keep objects and liquids away from the belt buckle and buckle opening. Fastening and unfastening safety belts...
Page 243 Fig. 60 Inserting the buckle tongue into the belt buckle. Fig. 61 Releasing the buckle tongue from the belt buckle. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Properly worn safety belts help to hold occupants in their seats and provide optimum protection during braking or in a collision or other accident → . The switchable locking feature makes a clicking sound when the safety belt is winding back onto the safety belt retractor wheel after being pulled all the way out. Whenever a child restraint is installed with a safety belt, the safety belt must be locked so that the safety belt webbing cannot unreel → Child safety and child restraints . If active, deactivate the locking feature before using the safety belt to restrain a person without a child restraint system. Fastening safety belts...
Page 244 Always buckle your safety belt before driving. Adjust the front seat and head restraint correctly → Adjusting the seating position . Make sure the seat backrest of the rear seat bench is in an upright position and securely latched in place before using the safety belt → . Hold the safety belt by the tongue and pull it slowly and evenly across the chest and pelvis. Do not twist the safety belt webbing → . Insert the tongue into the correct buckle for your seat until you hear it latch securely → Fig. 60 . Pull on the safety belt to make sure that it is securely latched in the buckle. Unfastening safety belts Unfasten safety belts only when the vehicle is not moving → . Press the red button on the buckle → Fig. 61 . The buckle tongue is ejected. Let the belt wind up on the retractor as you guide the belt tongue to its stowed position to help prevent the safety belt from twisting and to help avoid damage to the interior trim.
Page 245 WARNING Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious personal injury or death in an accident. Safety belts offer optimum protection only when the seat backrest is upright and belts are correctly positioned on the body. A person who is not properly restrained can be seriously injured by the safety belt itself if it slips from the stronger parts of the body into sensitive areas like the abdomen. Unfastening safety belts while the vehicle is in motion can cause severe personal injury or death in the event of an accident or braking maneuver! Safety belt position...
Page 246 Fig. 62 Proper safety belt positioning and head restraint adjustment. Fig. 63 Proper safety belt positioning for expectant mothers. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Wearing safety belts improperly can cause serious injury or death. Safety belts can only work when they are correctly positioned on the body. A properly worn safety belt also helps to position the...
Page 247 occupant so that an airbag can provide maximum protection when deployed. Therefore, always fasten your safety belt and make sure that it is properly positioned over your body. Improper seating positions reduce the effectiveness of safety belts and even increase the risk of injury or death by moving the safety belt to critical areas of the body. Improper seating positions also increase the risk of severe injury or death when an airbag deploys and strikes an occupant who is not seated properly → Adjusting the seating position . Proper safety belt position The shoulder portion of the safety belt must always run over the center of the shoulder and never over the throat, over the arm, under the arm or behind the back. The lap portion of the safety belt must always run as low as possible over the pelvis and never over the abdomen. Always wear the safety belt flat and snug against the body. Pull on the safety belt to tighten if necessary. Expectant mothers must always wear the lap portion of the safety belt as low as possible across the pelvis and below the rounding of the abdomen – throughout the pregnancy. The safety belt must lie flat against the body to avoid pressure against the abdomen...
Page 248 → Fig. 63 . Adjusting safety belt height The safety belt position can be adjusted using the following features: Safety belt height adjusters for the front seats. Front seats with height adjustment. WARNING Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious personal injury in an accident or a sudden braking maneuver. Always make sure that all vehicle occupants are correctly restrained and stay in a correct seating position whenever the vehicle is being used. Safety belts offer optimum protection only when the seat backrest is upright and belts are correctly positioned on the body. A loose-fitting safety belt can cause serious injuries by shifting its position on your body from the strong bones to more vulnerable soft tissue and cause serious injury.
Page 249 The shoulder belt portion of the safety belt must be positioned over the middle of the occupant's shoulder and never across the neck or throat. The safety belt must lie flat and snug on the occupant's upper body. Never wear the shoulder part of the safety belt under your arm or otherwise out of position. The lap portion of the safety belt must be positioned as low as possible across the pelvis and never over the abdomen. Make sure the belt lies flat and snug against the pelvis. Pull on the safety belt to tighten if necessary. Expectant mothers must always wear the lap portion of the safety belt as low as possible across the pelvis and below the rounding of the abdomen. Do not twist the belt when attaching it. If you cannot untwist a twisted safety belt, wear it anyway, but make sure the twisted part is not in contact with your body. Have the problem corrected right away by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Never hold the safety belt away from your body with your hand. Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects, such as eyeglasses, pens or keys. Never modify the position of the belt using comfort clips, loops...
Page 250 Never modify the position of the belt using comfort clips, loops or similar devices. If you have a physical impairment or condition that prevents you from sitting properly on the seat with the safety belt properly fastened, special modifications to your vehicle may be necessary. Contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility or call the Volkswagen Customer CARE Center at 1-800-822-8987 for information about possible modifications to your vehicle. Safety belt height adjusters Fig. 64 Next to the front seats: Safety belt height adjuster. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Safety belt height adjusters for the front seats can be used to adjust the height of the shoulder portion of the safety belt so that it is...
Page 251 positioned correctly: Pinch the safety belt attachment together as indicated by the arrows and hold → Fig. 64 . Slide the belt and upper attachment up or down until the safety belt is positioned over the center of the shoulder → Safety belt position . Release the safety belt attachment. Pull on the safety belt to make sure that the upper attachment is securely locked in place. WARNING Never adjust the height of the safety belt while driving. Safety belt extender...
Page 252 Fig. 65 A safety belt extender properly attached to the factory- installed safety belt. Fig. 66 Positioning of the safety belt extender. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction If a safety belt is too short to correctly fit you or one of your passengers, even when the safety belt is pulled out all the way, you can use a safety belt extender.
Page 253 Never use the safety belt extender for any other purpose – including the attachment of a child restraint. The extender adds about 8 inches (20 cm) to the safety belt. Always remove the safety belt extender when it is not needed and stow it safely. Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility if you believe you may need an extender. Key to → Fig. 65 : Vehicle safety belt buckle. Buckle tongue on the safety belt extender. Safety belt buckle on the safety belt extender. Safety belt buckle tongue on the factory-installed safety belt. Key to → Fig. 66 : Safety belt buckle on the safety belt extender. Distance between the safety belt buckle on the safety belt extender and the centerline of the person using the safety belt extender. The distance must be more than 6 inches (15 cm)! Centerline of the person using the safety belt extender.
Page 254 Using a safety belt extender Adjust both the seat and the head restraint properly → Adjusting the seating position . Insert the buckle tongue on the safety belt extender → Fig. 65 ② into the vehicle belt buckle for the seat where the safety belt extender is being used → Fig. 65 ① . Fastening or unfastening the vehicle safety belt → Fastening and unfastening safety belts . Pull the belt to make sure that the tongues are securely locked in the buckles. Make sure that the safety belt is positioned properly → Safety belt position . Properly using safety belt extenders: Use a safety belt extender only when the factory installed safety belt is too short when worn properly by a person in proper seating position. Only use 1 safety belt extender per seat and vehicle safety belt. Always remove the safety belt extender when it is not needed. Never leave a safety belt extender attached to the vehicle safety belt buckle when the extender is not needed and being used with the safety belt. Otherwise, the airbag control module will receive...
Page 255 Only use the safety belt extender approved by Volkswagen for your vehicle. WARNING Improper use or positioning of a safety belt extender increases the risk of serious personal injury and death. A driver or passenger who is not properly restrained can be seriously injured by striking the interior of the passenger compartment or by the safety belt itself, which can be displaced from stronger parts of the body into sensitive areas like the abdomen.
Page 256 like the abdomen. Safety belt extenders offer optimum protection only when they are properly used. Only use the extender when the belt is not long enough to be worn low and snug and the person is in the correct seating position. Remove and stow extender safely when not needed. Always make sure the safety belt tongue of the safety belt extender is securely inserted into the buckle for the seating position that belongs to the seat where the safety belt extender is being used. Attaching the safety belt to the wrong buckle will reduce safety belt effectiveness and can cause serious personal injury. Never use the safety belt extender if you can properly attach the safety belt without it. Using a safety belt extender when not needed can increase the risk of injury, especially in a collision. Never use a safety belt extender if the distance (B) between the front edge of the safety belt extender buckle (A) and the centerline of the person using the safety belt extender → Fig. 66 Ⓒ is less than 6 inches (15 cm). Never leave a safety belt extender attached to the vehicle safety belt buckle when the extender is not needed and being used with the safety belt. Otherwise, the airbag control module will receive an incorrect signal from the safety belt buckle and this will prevent the airbag from working properly for a person who is not using the safety belt.
Page 257 Never use more than 1 extender with a safety belt. Using more than 1 extender can change the way the safety belt passes over the body and can cause serious injury. Never use the safety belt extender to secure a child restraint. Never use a safety belt extender on your Volkswagen that you got from another automobile manufacturer or from an automotive parts store. Never use the safety belt extender you got for your vehicle for any other vehicle, regardless of make, model, or model year.
Page 258 NOTICE Leaving the extender attached to the safety belt buckle when the front seat is occupied and the safety belt is not being used will signal to the airbag control unit that the front passenger seat is occupied and that the safety belt is being used. The electronic control unit for the airbag system will then receive incorrect information that will - cause the safety belt pretensioner to deploy unnecessarily in collisions. - cause the front passenger airbag to deploy later in collisions in which the front airbag would otherwise be triggered earlier to help protect an unrestrained front seat passenger. A pretensioner that has deployed cannot be repaired. The entire safety belt must be replaced.
Page 259 NOTICE If the safety belt extender is left attached to the safety belt buckle, the safety belt warning system will sense that the safety belt for that seat is being used. The warning light will not come on and the warning chime will not sound even though the seat is occupied and the safety belt is not being used. Safety belt retractor, pretensioner, load limiter Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The safety belts in the vehicle are part of the vehicle's safety concept → Safety equipment and consist of the following important features: Automatic safety belt retractors Every safety belt is equipped with an automatic safety belt retractor on the shoulder belt. As long as the safety belt is pulled out slowly, the shoulder belt will extend to let you move freely under normal driving conditions. The automatic safety belt retractor locks the belt...
Page 260 when the belt is pulled out fast, during hard braking and in a collision. The belt may also lock when you drive up or down a steep hill or through a sharp curve. Safety belt pretensioner The safety belt retractors for the driver and front seat passenger have a pretensioner that helps take the slack out of the safety belt and tighten it when the pretensioner is activated. The pretensioners are activated by the electronic control unit for the airbag system in front, side, and rear collisions. By tightening the safety belt, the pretensioner helps to reduce the occupant's forward movement. The belt pretensioner works together with the airbag system; its function is monitored by the airbag system indicator light. The belt pretensioner will not deploy in a rollover if the side airbags are not activated. A fine dust may be released upon activation. This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle. Safety belt load limiter The front and rear outboard safety belts also have load limiters to...
Page 261 Heed all safety regulations if the vehicle or individual components of the system have to be scrapped. Your authorized Volkswagen dealer and authorized Volkswagen Service Facility are familiar with these regulations → Service and disposal of belt pretensioners . Service and disposal of belt pretensioners Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The pretensioners are part of the safety belts installed at the front seats in your vehicle. Installing, removing, servicing, or repairing of safety belt pretensioners can damage the safety belt system and prevent it from working correctly in a collision. The pretensioners themselves may then also not work in the event of an accident, or not work properly. There are some important things you have to know to make sure that the effectiveness of the system will not be impaired and that discarded components do not cause injury or pollute the environment. Undeployed safety belt pretensioners and airbag modules contain explosive materials that can cause serious injuries to the general public and to people who work at dealerships and workshops, scrap yards, and recycling facilities. For this reason, the...
Page 262 Undeployed safety belt pretensioners and airbag modules can also pollute the environment. Never abandon vehicles or vehicle parts. If your vehicle must be scrapped, please make sure that it is done safely, responsibly, and in compliance with all applicable environmental regulations. Take it to a licensed facility that has the knowledge and experience to properly dispose of the vehicle and its safety belt system. Your authorized Volkswagen dealer and authorized Volkswagen Service Facility are familiar with these regulations.
Page 263 WARNING Improper handling, care, servicing, and repair procedures can increase the risk of personal injury and death by preventing a belt pretensioner from activating when needed or by causing it to activate unexpectedly. The pretensioner can be activated only once. If a pretensioner has been activated, the safety belt must be replaced. Safety belt systems including the pretensioners cannot be repaired. Special procedures are required to remove, install, and dispose of this system. Never repair, adjust, or change pretensioners or any other part of the safety belt system yourself. We strongly recommend that you have any work on the safety belt system performed by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. They have the necessary technical information, training, and special equipment → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications .
Page 264 WARNING Undeployed safety belt pretensioners and airbag modules contain explosive materials that can cause serious personal injuries if they are not properly handled when they or the vehicles they are installed in are scrapped. Never abandon vehicles or vehicle parts. Always scrap vehicles and vehicle parts, especially those containing undeployed airbag modules and undeployed safety belt pretensioners, at a licensed facility that has the knowledge and experience to properly dispose of the vehicle and its safety belt and airbag systems. Undeployed airbag modules and safety belt pretensioners are classified as Perchlorate Material . Special handling may apply – see http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Obey all applicable legal requirements regarding handling and disposal of the vehicle or parts of its restraint system, including airbag modules and safety belts with pretensioners. Authorized Volkswagen dealers and authorized Volkswagen Service Facilities are familiar with the requirements, and we recommend that you have them perform this service for you.
Page 265 Airbag system Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Advanced Airbag System, infants, child restraints and children on the front seat → Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System → PASSENGER AIR BAG light → Airbags and how they work → The dangers of using child restraints on the front seat → Front airbags → Advanced Airbag System components → How to tell if the front passenger front airbag is on or off → Side airbags → Side Curtain Protection airbags for 2-door vehicles → Side Curtain Protection airbags for 4-door vehicles Your vehicle is equipped with a front airbag for the driver and front seat passenger. The front airbags can provide additional protection for the chest and head of the driver and the front seat passenger when seats, safety belts, head restraints and, for the driver, the steering wheel, are properly used and have been properly adjusted. Airbags are only supplemental restraints. They are not a substitute...
Page 266 for safety belts that must be worn even though the front seating positions are equipped with front airbags. More information: Driving checklists and warnings → Driving checklists and warnings Proper seating position → Adjusting the seating position Safety belts → Safety belts Child safety and child restraints → Child safety and child restraints Interior care and cleaning → Interior care and cleaning Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications Consumer information → Consumer information ...
Page 267 WARNING Never rely on airbags alone for protection. Even when they deploy, airbags provide only supplemental protection. Airbags work most effectively when used with properly worn safety belts → Safety belts . The driver must always make sure that every person in the vehicle is properly seated on a seat of his or her own, properly fastens the safety belts belonging to that seat before the vehicle starts to move, and keeps the belts properly fastened while riding in the vehicle. This applies even when just driving around town. Therefore, always wear your safety belts and make sure that everybody in your vehicle is properly restrained. WARNING Sitting too close to the steering wheel or instrument panel will decrease the effectiveness of the airbags and will increase the risk of personal injury in a collision. Never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm) to the steering wheel...
Page 268 Never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm) to the steering wheel or instrument panel. If you cannot sit upright more than 10 inches (25 cm) from the steering wheel and with your back against the backrest, investigate whether adaptive equipment may be available to help you reach the pedals and increase your seating distance from the steering wheel. If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher. You will also receive serious injuries and could even be killed if you are up against the airbag or too close to it when it inflates. To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag inflates, always wear safety belts properly. See → Safety belts . An infant in a rearward-facing child restraint installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates. Always make certain that children age 12 or younger always ride in the rear seat. If children are not properly restrained, they may be severely injured or killed when an airbag inflates. Never let children ride unrestrained or improperly restrained in the vehicle. Never put your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat to help prevent serious injuries to the head, legs and hips if the airbag inflates.
Page 269 inflates. WARNING Objects between you and the airbag will increase the risk of injury in a crash by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds or by being pushed into you as the airbag inflates. Never hold things in your hands or on your lap when the vehicle is in use. Never transport items on or in the area of the front passenger seat. Objects could move into the area of the front airbags during braking or other sudden maneuvers and fly dangerously through the passenger compartment when an airbag inflates. Always make sure that the airbag deployment zones are clear at all times. Never let any thing or object, a pet, or a person, including an infant or small child, be in the space between any vehicle occupant and any airbag at any time.
Page 270 WARNING An airbag works only once. Airbags that have deployed in a crash must be replaced. Deployed airbags and the related system parts must be replaced immediately with new parts approved by Volkswagen for the vehicle model and model year. Have repairs and vehicle modifications performed by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Authorized Volkswagen dealers and authorized Volkswagen Service Facilities have the required tools, diagnostic equipment, repair information, and trained personnel to properly replace any airbag in your vehicle and assure system effectiveness in a crash. Never permit salvaged or recycled airbags to be installed in your vehicle. Never modify any components of the airbag system.
Page 271 WARNING Fine dust released when airbags deploy can irritate the skin, eyes, and mucous membranes as well as cause breathing problems for people who suffer from asthma or other respiratory conditions. The fine dust can irritate the skin and eye mucous membranes and cause breathing problems for people who suffer from asthma or other breathing conditions. To reduce the risk of breathing problems, those with asthma or other respiratory conditions should get fresh air right away by getting out of the vehicle or opening windows or doors. If you are in a collision in which airbags deploy, wash your hands and face with mild soap and water before eating. Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes or into any cuts, scratches, or open wounds. If the residue should get into your eyes, flush them with water.
Page 272 WARNING Using solvents or other improper cleaning products on surfaces where airbags are located can change the way airbags deploy in a crash. Products containing solvents will change the properties of the plastics and may cause plastic parts to break and fly around when the airbag deploys in a crash, causing injury. Never use solvents or cleaners on the steering wheel horn pad or on the instrument panel because they can damage the airbag cover or change the stiffness or strength of the material so that the airbag cannot deploy and protect properly. When cleaning the horn pad and instrument panel, use only a soft, dry cloth or a cloth moistened with plain water. Advanced Airbag System, infants, child restraints and children on the front seat Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Be sure to read the important information and the WARNINGS for...
Page 273 important details about children and Advanced Airbags → Child safety and child restraints . The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle has been certified to comply with the requirements of the United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 208, as well as Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (CMVSS) 208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured. According to requirements, the front Advanced Airbag System on the passenger side has been certified for suppression for infants of about 12 months old and younger and for low risk deployment for children aged 3 to 6 years old (as defined in the standard). Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag System, make certain that all children, especially 12 years and younger, always ride on the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. The airbag on the front passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child restraint. It is a very dangerous place for an infant or a child in a rearward-facing seat.
Page 274 DANGER The front seat of any vehicle can be a dangerous place for a child - even with an Advanced Airbag System. If the front airbag inflates, a child or infant who - is unrestrained on the front seat, - is in an improperly installed forward-facing child restraint on the front seat, or - is in any rearward-facing child restraint on the front seat will be seriously injured and can be killed. Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag System, make certain that all children, especially 12 years and younger, always ride on the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. Always properly install rearward-facing child restraints or infant carriers and forward-facing child restraints on the rear seat - even with an Advanced Airbag System. Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 275 Introduction The Advanced Airbag System (including the electronic control unit, sensors and system wiring) is monitored continuously to make sure that it is functioning properly whenever the ignition is on. Every time you turn on the ignition, the airbag system indicator light will light up for a few seconds (function check). The airbag system must be inspected if the airbag indicator light does not light up when the ignition is switched on, does not go out a few seconds after you have switched on the ignition, goes out and then lights up again or blinks after the ignition is switched on, or if it lights up or blinks while driving. If an airbag system malfunction is detected, the airbag indicator light comes on and stays on to alert the driver to the problem. It also reminds you to have the airbag system checked immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. If a malfunction occurs that turns the front airbag on the passenger side off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG light → PASSENGER AIR BAG light will come on and stay on...
Page 276 WARNING An airbag system and safety belt pretensioner that are not working properly cannot provide supplemental protection in a frontal crash. If the airbag indicator light comes on, it means that there may be something wrong with the Advanced Airbag System. It is possible that the airbag will inflate when it is not supposed to, or will not inflate when it should. Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. PASSENGER AIR BAG light...
Page 277 Fig. 67 In the instrument panel: PASSENGER AIR BAG light. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Location Possible cause Solution See your authorized Airbag and safety belt Volkswagen dealer or Instrument pretensioner system authorized Volkswagen cluster malfunction. Service Facility immediately to have the system checked. See your authorized Volkswagen dealer or Airbag system authorized Volkswagen malfunction. Service Facility immediately to Instrument panel have the system checked. → Fig. 67 . Front passenger airbag Check if the airbag must stay turned off by Advanced turned off. Airbag System.
Page 278 The PASSENGER AIR BAG light → Fig. 67 will come on and stay on to tell you when the front Advanced Airbag System on the passenger side has been turned off by the electronic control unit. If the bulb for the PASSENGER AIR BAG light burns out, the airbag indicator light → Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System will come on and signal a malfunction in the Advanced Airbag System. Although the burned-out bulb will not change the way the front airbag on the passenger side works, it will no longer be possible to use the PASSENGER AIR BAG light to make sure that the airbag on/off status is correct for the occupant on the front passenger seat. Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. The PASSENGER AIR BAG light will blink for about 5 seconds when: the ignition is switched on and the capacitive passenger detection system, which switches the front seat passenger's front Advanced Airbag on and off, detects a change in the status of the front passenger seat. After the PASSENGER AIR BAG light stops blinking, always make sure that the airbag status (on or off) as shown by the...
Page 279 PASSENGER AIR BAG light is proper for the size, age, and weight (electrical capacitance) of the occupant on the front passenger seat. Always make sure that the safety belt for the front passenger seat is properly fastened. The PASSENGER AIR BAG light will show the status of the front seat passenger's front Advanced Airbag System a few seconds after the ignition has been switched on and the airbag monitoring light goes off. The PASSENGER AIR BAG light: will stay on if the front passenger seat is not occupied; will stay on if the electrical capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system for the front passenger seat equals the combined capacitance of an infant up to about 1 year of age and one of the rearward-facing or forward-facing child restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified. For a listing of the child restraints that were used to certify your vehicle's compliance with the U.S. Safety Standard → Child safety and child restraints ; will go out if the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult as registered by the capacitive passenger detection system. The PASSENGER AIR BAG light must come on and stay on if the ignition is on and…...
Page 280 a car bed has been installed on the front passenger seat, or a rearward-facing child restraint has been installed on the front passenger seat, or a forward-facing child restraint has been installed on the front passenger seat, and if the electrical capacitance registered on the front passenger seat is equal to or less than the combined capacitance of a typical 1 year-old infant and one of the rearward-facing or forward-facing child restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified. If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the front passenger airbag will not deploy, and the PASSENGER AIR BAG light will stay on. Never install a rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger seat. The safest place for a child in any kind of child restraint is on the rear seat → Advanced Airbag System, infants, child restraints and children on the front seat , → Child safety and child restraints . If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on… If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on when one of the...
Page 281 conditions listed above is met, be sure to check the light regularly to make certain that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light stays on continuously whenever the ignition is on. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on all the time, stop as soon as it is safe to do so AND reactivate the airbag system by turning the ignition off for more than 4 seconds and then turning it on again; remove and reinstall the child restraint. Make sure that the child restraint is properly installed and that the safety belt for the front passenger seat has been correctly routed around or through the child restraint as described in the child restraint manufacturer's instructions; make sure that the switchable locking feature on the safety belt for the front passenger seat has been activated and that the safety belt has been pulled tight; make sure that no electrical device (such as a laptop, CD player, or electronic games device) is placed or used on the front passenger seat if the device is connected to the 12 Volt socket → Power outlets ; make sure that no seat heater has been retrofitted or otherwise added to the front passenger seat; make sure that nothing can interfere with the safety belt buckles and that they are not obstructed;...
Page 282 If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light still does not come on… If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light still does not come on and does not stay on continuously (when the ignition is switched on), take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions. Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. The PASSENGER AIR BAG light should NOT come on… The PASSENGER AIR BAG light should NOT come on when the ignition is on and an adult is sitting in a proper seating position on the front passenger seat. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on under these circumstances, make sure that: the adult on the front passenger seat is properly seated on the center of the seat cushion with his or her back up against the backrest and the backrest is not reclined; the safety belt is being properly worn and that there is not a lot of...
Page 283 slack in the safety belt webbing; there are no aftermarket seat covers or cushions or other things (such as blankets) on the front passenger seat that might cause the capacitive passenger detection system to miscalculate electrical capacitance. the optional safety belt extender has not been left in the safety belt latch for the front passenger seat. WARNING If the status of the Advanced Airbag System has changed while the vehicle is moving, the PASSENGER AIR BAG light blinks for about 5 seconds to catch the driver's attention. If this happens, always stop as soon as it is safe to do so and check the steps described above.
Page 284 WARNING If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not go off when an adult who is not very small is sitting on the front passenger seat after taking the steps described above, make sure the adult is properly seated and restrained at one of the rear seating positions. Have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility before transporting anyone on the front passenger seat. If the capacitive passenger detection system determines that the front passenger seat is empty, the front airbag on the passenger side will be turned off, and the PASSENGER AIR BAG light will stay on. If the optional safety belt extender is left in the buckle for the front safety belt, or the front passenger safety belt itself is buckled and the front passenger seat is not occupied, the PASSENGER AIR BAG light will come on. Airbags and how they work Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 285 Front airbags and how they work Airbags are only supplemental restraints. They are not a substitute for safety belts that must be worn even though the front seating positions are equipped with front airbags. The front airbags can provide additional protection for the chest and head of the driver and the front seat passenger when seats, safety belts, head restraints and, for the driver, the steering wheel, are properly used and have been properly adjusted. When the airbag system deploys in a collision, a gas generator fills the airbags that break open the padded covers on the steering wheel and the instrument panel. The front airbags inflate between the steering wheel and the driver and between the instrument panel and the front passenger. Front airbags in combination with properly worn safety belts slow down and limit the occupant's forward movement. Together they help to prevent the driver and front seat passenger from hitting parts of the vehicle interior, thereby reducing the forces acting on the occupants during a crash. In this way, they help to reduce the risk of injury to the head and upper body during a crash. Airbags do not provide protection for the arms and lower body parts. It is important to remember that the supplemental airbag system is designed to reduce the likelihood of serious injuries. However, it is possible that...
Page 286 a deployed airbag may cause other injuries such as swelling, bruising, friction burns, and abrasions. Airbags inflate in the blink of an eye, so fast that many people don't even realize that the airbags have deployed. The airbags will deflate immediately after deployment so that the front occupants can see through the windshield again without interruption. Airbags inflate with a great deal of force. Airbags can cause serious injuries when they inflate and hit those who are sitting too close, are out of position, or are not properly restrained. By keeping room between your body and the steering wheel and the front of the passenger compartment, the airbag can inflate fully and completely and provide supplemental protection during certain frontal collisions → Safety belts . Make sure that nothing is in the way of the airbags when they deploy. For example, things on your lap or on the seat could be pushed into your body or fly dangerously through the passenger compartment when the airbag inflates and cause serious personal injury. The areas outlined in red (dotted lines) → Fig. 68 and → Fig. 69 indicate the airbag deployment zone. Never place or attach accessories or other objects (such as cup holders, telephone...
Page 287 Physical impairments and airbags If you have a physical impairment or condition that prevents you from sitting properly on the driver seat with the safety belt properly fastened and reaching the pedals, special modifications to your vehicle may be necessary. The safety belt and airbag can only provide optimum protection if you are seated correctly and can reach the pedals. Contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility or call the Volkswagen Customer CARE Center at 1-800-822-8987 for information about possible modifications to your vehicle. When airbags deploy Deployment of the front airbags and the activation of the safety belt pretensioners depend on the deceleration measured by the crash sensors and registered by the electronic control unit. Crash severity depends on speed and deceleration as well as the mass and stiffness of the vehicle or object involved in the crash.
Page 288 The front airbags will not inflate in side or rear collisions, in rollovers or if the ignition is switched off. The front airbags will not inflate in all frontal collisions. The triggering of the airbag system depends on the vehicle deceleration rate caused by the collision and registered by the electronic control unit. If this rate is below the reference value programmed into the control unit, the airbags will not be triggered, even though the vehicle may be badly damaged as a result of the collision. Vehicle damage, repair costs or even the lack of vehicle damage is not necessarily an indication of whether an airbag should inflate or not. It is not possible to define a range of vehicle speeds that will cover every possible kind and angle of impact that will always trigger the airbags, since the circumstances will vary considerably between one collision and another. Important factors include, for example, the nature (hard or soft) of the object that the vehicle hits, the angle of impact, vehicle speed, etc. When an airbag deploys, fine dust is released. This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle. This dust is made up mostly of a powder used to lubricate the airbags as they deploy. This dust could irritate skin and eyes and cause breathing problems for people with asthma or other respiratory conditions. Always remember: Front airbags only supplement the 3 point safety belts in some frontal collisions only when the vehicle deceleration is high enough to deploy the airbags. Airbags only deploy once, and...
Page 289 This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is a supplementary restraint and is not a substitute for a safety belt. The airbag system works most effectively when used with the safety belts. Therefore, always buckle up properly and wear your safety belts. The airbags are part of the overall passive vehicle safety system. The airbag system works most efficiently when used with properly worn safety belts and a proper seating position → . Safety equipment Your safety and the safety of your passengers shouldn't be left to chance. Advances in technology have made a number of features available to help reduce the risk of injury in a collision. The following are just a few of the safety features for your Volkswagen: Sophisticated safety belts for all seating positions. Safety belt pretensioners for the driver and front passenger. Safety belt load limiters for the front and rear outboard seats.
Page 290 Safety belt height adjusters for the front seats. Safety belt warning light. Advanced front airbag system for driver and front passenger. Sensors for the capacitive front seat passenger detection system. Side airbags for the driver and front passenger. ® Side Curtain Protection airbags. Airbag indicator light . PASSENGER AIR BAG light. Electronic control unit and associated sensors. Head restraints with height adjustment optimized for rear-end collisions. Adjustable steering column. LATCH/UCRA lower universal and top tether anchorages for child safety seats at the rear outboard seating positions. These individual safety features can work together as a system to help protect you and your passengers in a wide range of collisions. These features can't work as a system if they are not always correctly adjusted and properly used! How the Advanced Airbag System components work together…...
Page 291 On the passenger side, regardless of safety belt use, the front passenger front airbag will be turned off if the electrical capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system on the front passenger seat is less than the amount programmed in the electronic control unit. The front airbag on the passenger side will also be turned off if the capacitance measured by the system for the front passenger seat equals that of an infant of about 1 year of age in one of the child restraints that was used to certify the Advanced Airbag System under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. The PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on to tell you when the front Advanced Airbag System on the passenger side has been turned off → PASSENGER AIR BAG light .
Page 292 WARNING Never rely on airbags alone for protection. Even when they deploy, airbags provide only supplemental protection. Airbags work most effectively when used with properly worn safety belts → Safety belts . The driver must always make sure that every person in the vehicle is properly seated on a seat of his or her own, properly fastens the safety belts belonging to that seat before the vehicle starts to move, and keeps the belts properly fastened while riding in the vehicle. This applies even when just driving around town. Therefore, always wear your safety belts and make sure that everybody in your vehicle is properly restrained. WARNING Sitting too close to the steering wheel or instrument panel will decrease the effectiveness of the airbags and will increase the risk of personal injury in a collision. Never sit less than 10 inches (25 cm) from the steering wheel...
Page 293 Never sit less than 10 inches (25 cm) from the steering wheel or instrument panel. If you cannot sit upright more than 10 inches (25 cm) from the steering wheel, investigate whether adaptive equipment may be available to help you reach the pedals and increase your seating distance from the steering wheel. If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways, or out of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher. You can also be seriously injured and even be killed if you are sitting too close to the airbag when it inflates. To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag inflates, always wear safety belts properly. An infant in a rearward-facing child restraint installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates – even with an Advanced Airbag System. Always make certain that children age 12 or younger always ride in the rear seat. If children are not properly restrained, they may be severely injured or killed when the airbag inflates. Never let children ride unrestrained or improperly restrained in the vehicle. Adjust the front seats properly. Never ride with the backrest reclined. Always sit as far as possible from the steering wheel or the...
Page 294 Always sit as far as possible from the steering wheel or the instrument panel. Always sit upright with your back against the backrest of your seat. Never put your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat to help prevent serious injuries to the head, legs and hips if the airbag inflates. WARNING Objects between you and the airbag will increase the risk of injury in a crash by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds and/or by being pushed into you as the airbag inflates. Never hold things in your hands or on your lap when the vehicle is in use. Never place accessories or other objects (such a cup holders, telephone brackets, or things that are large, heavy, or bulky) on the doors or attach them to the doors; never place them over or near the area marked AIRBAG on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or seat backrests or between those areas and someone in the vehicle. These objects could cause injury in a crash, especially if an airbag inflates.
Page 295 Never recline the front passenger seat to transport objects. Items can also move into the deployment area of the side airbags or the front airbag during braking or in a sudden maneuver. Objects near the airbags can fly dangerously through the passenger compartment and cause injury, particularly when the seat is reclined and the airbags inflate. Never place or transport objects on the front passenger seat. Always make sure that there is nothing on the front passenger seat that will cause the capacitive sensor in the seat to signal to the airbag system that the seat is occupied by a person when it in fact is not, or that the person on the seat is heavier than he or she actually is. The change in electric capacitance because of such objects can cause the passenger front airbag to be turned on when it should be off, or can cause the airbag to work in a way that is different from the way it would have worked without objects on the seat. Always make sure that the status signaled by the PASSENGER AIR BAG light is correct for the way that the front passenger seat is being used.
Page 296 WARNING The fine dust created when airbags deploy can cause breathing problems for people with asthma or other breathing conditions. To reduce the risk of breathing problems, those with asthma or other respiratory conditions should get fresh air right away by getting out of the vehicle or opening windows or doors. If you are in a collision in which airbags deploy, wash your hands and face with mild soap and water before eating. Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes, or into any cuts, scratches, or open wounds. If the residue should get into your eyes, flush them with water.
Page 297 WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light is on and stays on whenever a child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition is switched on. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not stay on, take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seating positions. Always make sure that the child restraint is correctly registered by the capacitive passenger detection system. Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility if the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on whenever a child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition is switched on.
Page 298 WARNING Airbags that have deployed in a crash must be replaced. Use only original equipment airbags approved by Volkswagen and installed by a trained technician who has the necessary tools and diagnostic equipment to properly replace any airbag on your vehicle and assure system effectiveness in a crash. Never permit salvaged or recycled airbags to be installed in your vehicle. The dangers of using child restraints on the front seat Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The airbag on the front passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride, even if the vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag System. The front seat is a very dangerous place for an infant or small child in a rearward facing child restraint. The front seat is also not the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child restraint. All children, especially 12 years and younger, must always ride on the back seat and be properly...
Page 299 restrained for their age and size. During a frontal collision, a child restraint or infant carrier on the front seat could be hit and knocked out of position by the inflating front passenger airbag. The airbag could significantly reduce the effectiveness of the child restraint and even seriously injure a child while deploying. Because of this danger, and because children are generally better protected on the rear seat when properly restrained for their age and size, we strongly urge you to always make sure that children ride on the rear seat → Child safety and child restraints , and → Advanced Airbag System, infants, child restraints and children on the front seat . DANGER A front seat passenger, especially an infant or small child, will be seriously injured and can even be killed if too close to the airbag when it deploys – even an Advanced Airbag. All vehicle occupants and especially children must be restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child could be injured by striking the interior or by being ejected from the vehicle during a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly...
Page 300 a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is also at greater risk of injury or death through contact with an inflating airbag. Accident statistics show that children are safer on the rear seat than on the front seat. A suitable child restraint properly installed and used at one of the rear seating positions provides the highest degree of protection for infants and small children in most accident situations. Although the Advanced Airbag System has been designed to switch off when an infant or small child is on the front passenger seat in a child restraint that was used during the certification process for the Advanced Airbag System, no one can guarantee with absolute certainty that the airbag will never deploy under these particular conditions in all conceivable situations for the duration of your vehicle's use. The Advanced Airbag System can deploy in accordance with the low risk option for 3 to 6 year-old children under the U.S. Federal Standard if a child with electrical capacitance greater than the combined capacitance of a typical 1 year-old infant restrained in one of the forward facing or rearward-facing child restraints with which your vehicle was certified is on the front passenger seat and the other conditions for airbag deployment are met. For their own safety, all children, especially 12 years and younger, must always ride on the back seat properly...
Page 301 younger, must always ride on the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. When installing a child restraint, always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions. DANGER Children on the front seat of any vehicle, even one with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in a rearward-facing child restraint installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates. The inflating airbag will hit the child restraint or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child restraint and the child against the seat backrest, center armrest, door, or roof. Always install rearward-facing child restraints on the rear seat. Although the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle is designed to turn off the front airbag when a rearward-facing child restraint has been installed on the front passenger seat, nobody can absolutely guarantee that deployment is impossible in all conceivable situations that may happen during the useful life of your vehicle.
Page 302 If you have, in exceptional circumstances, nevertheless decided to install a rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on whenever the ignition is on, immediately install the rearward-facing seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. WARNING Forward-facing child restraints installed on the front passenger seat may interfere with the deployment of the airbag and cause serious personal injury to the child. If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward- facing child restraint on the front passenger seat, the following special precautions must be taken for the safety and well- being of the child: - Always make sure that the forward-facing child restraint has been designed and certified for use on a front passenger seat with a front airbag and a side airbag. - Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided for the child restraint or infant carrier. - Never install a child safety seat without a properly...
Page 303 - Never install a child safety seat without a properly attached top tether strap if the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the top tether strap to be used. - Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very near the instrument panel. - Always set the safety belt upper anchorage to the adjustment position that permits proper installation in accordance with the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. - Always move the front passenger seat to the highest position in the up and down adjustment range and move it back to the rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible, before installing the forward-facing child restraint. - Always make sure that the safety belt upper anchorage is behind the child restraint and not next to or in front of the child restraint so that the safety belt will be properly positioned. - Always make sure that nothing is in the way that prevents the front passenger seat from being moved all the way back to the rearmost position in its fore and aft adjustment range. - Always make sure that the backrest is in the upright...
Page 304 - Always make sure that the backrest is in the upright position. - Never place additional items on the seat that can influence the electrical capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system. - Always make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on. - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the forward-facing child restraint in a seating position on the rear seat and have the airbag system inspected by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Always buckle the child restraint firmly in place even when no child is sitting in it. A loose child restraint can fly around the vehicle during a sudden stop or in a collision. Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restraint in the vehicle: → Safety belts , → Airbag system , and → Child safety and child restraints . Front airbags...
Page 305 Fig. 68 Location and deployment zone of the driver front airbag. Fig. 69 Location and deployment zone of the front passenger front airbag. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag System in compliance with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 208 or the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety...
Page 306 Standard (CMVSS) 208 applicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured. The airbag for the driver is in the steering wheel hub → Fig. 68 and the airbag for the front passenger is in the instrument panel → Fig. 69 . The general location of the airbags is marked AIRBAG. The safety belts for the front seating positions have safety belt pretensioners which help take up slack in the belts. The airbag control unit also activates the belt pretensioners → Airbags and how they work . The safety belts for the front and rear outboard seating positions also have belt load limiters to reduce the forces acting on a body during an accident. The areas marked in red (dotted lines) → Fig. 68 and → Fig. 69 indicate the airbag deployment zone. Never place or attach accessories or other objects (such as cup holders, telephone brackets, note pads, navigation systems, large, heavy or bulky objects) on the doors, on the windshield, over or near the area marked in red (dotted lines). Front airbags will not deploy: if the ignition is switched off when a crash occurs,...
Page 307 in side collisions, in rear-end collisions, in rollovers, when the crash deceleration measured by the airbag system is less than the minimum threshold needed for airbag deployment as registered by the electronic control unit. The front passenger front airbag will also not deploy: when the front passenger seat is not occupied, when the electrical capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system for the front passenger seat indicates that the passenger side front airbag must be switched off by the electronic control unit (the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on → Airbags and how they work ). DANGER Children on the front seat of any vehicle, even one with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in a rearward-facing child restraint installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates.
Page 308 The inflating airbag will hit the child restraint or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child restraint and the child against the seat backrest, center armrest, door, or roof. Always install rearward-facing child restraints on the rear seat. Although the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle is designed to turn off the front airbag when a rearward-facing child restraint has been installed on the front passenger seat, nobody can absolutely guarantee that deployment is impossible in all conceivable situations that may happen during the useful life of your vehicle. If you have, in exceptional circumstances, nevertheless decided to install a rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on whenever the ignition is on, immediately install the rearward-facing seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. DANGER A front seat passenger, especially an infant or small child, will be seriously injured and can even be killed if too close to the airbag when it deploys – even an Advanced Airbag.
Page 309 when it deploys – even an Advanced Airbag. All vehicle occupants and especially children must be restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child could be injured by striking the interior or by being ejected from the vehicle during a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is also at greater risk of injury or death through contact with an inflating airbag. Accident statistics show that children are safer on the rear seat than on the front seat. A suitable child restraint properly installed and used at one of the rear seating positions provides the highest degree of protection for infants and small children in most accident situations. An Advanced Airbag System can deploy with the low risk option for 3 to 6 year-old children when a child who is heavier than the combined capacitance of a typical 1 year-old child plus child restraint is secured on the passenger seat in a forward-facing or rear-facing child restraint that was used to certify your vehicle, and when the other conditions for airbag deployment are met. For their own safety, all children, especially those 12 years and younger, must always sit on the back seat, properly restrained for their age and size. When installing a child restraint, always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions.
Page 310 If the airbag indicator light goes on while driving, have the system inspected immediately by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. A lit indicator light means the airbags may not work properly if activated in a crash. Always make sure that the status signaled by the PASSENGER AIR BAG light is correct for the way that the front passenger seat is being used. WARNING Objects between you and the airbag will increase the risk of injury in a crash by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds and/or by being pushed into you as the airbag inflates. Never hold things in your hands or on your lap when the vehicle is in use. Never place accessories or other objects (such a cup holders, telephone brackets, notepads, navigation systems, or things that are large, heavy, or bulky) on the doors or attach them to the doors; never place them over or near the area marked AIRBAG on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or seat backrests, or between those areas and someone in the vehicle → Fig. 68 and → Fig. 69 . Such objects could cause serious...
Page 311 → Fig. 68 and → Fig. 69 . Such objects could cause serious injury in a collision, especially if an airbag inflates. Never attach accessories to the windshield above the passenger front airbag, such as GPS navigation units or music players. Such objects could cause serious injury in a collision, especially if an airbag inflates. Never recline the front passenger seat to transport objects. Items can also move into the deployment area of the side airbags or the front airbag during braking or in a sudden maneuver. Objects near the airbags can fly dangerously through the passenger compartment and cause injury, particularly when the seat is reclined and the airbags inflate. Always make sure that there is nothing on the front passenger seat that will cause the capacitive passenger detection system in the seat to signal to the Airbag System that the seat is occupied by a person when it is not, or to signal that it is occupied by someone who is heavier than the person actually sitting on the seat. The presence of an object could cause the passenger front airbag to be turned on when it should be off, or could cause the airbag to work in a way that is different from the way it would have worked without the object on the seat. Always make sure that nothing is on the front passenger seat when the backrest is folded forward. Always make sure that the status signaled by the PASSENGER AIR BAG light is correct for the way that the front passenger seat is being used.
Page 312 the front passenger seat is being used. WARNING Holding the steering wheel the wrong way can cause serious injuries to the hands, arms, and head if the driver's airbag inflates. Always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the steering wheel rim at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to help reduce the risk of personal injury if the driver's airbag inflates. Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with your hands anywhere inside the steering wheel or on the steering wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way increases the risk of severe injury to the arms, hands, and head if the driver airbag deploys.
Page 313 WARNING The fine dust created when airbags deploy can cause breathing problems for people with asthma or other breathing conditions. To reduce the risk of breathing problems, those with asthma or other respiratory conditions should get fresh air right away by getting out of the vehicle or opening windows or doors. If you are in a collision in which airbags deploy, wash your hands and face with mild soap and water before eating. Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes, or into any cuts, scratches, or open wounds. If the residue should get into your eyes, flush them with water.
Page 314 WARNING Airbags that have deployed in a crash must be replaced. Use only original equipment airbags approved by Volkswagen and installed by a trained technician who has the necessary tools and diagnostic equipment to properly replace any airbag on your vehicle and assure system effectiveness in a crash. Never permit salvaged or recycled airbags to be installed in your vehicle. Undeployed airbag modules and safety belt pretensioners are classified as Perchlorate Material . Special handling may apply – see http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Obey all applicable legal requirements regarding handling and disposal of the vehicle or parts of its restraint system, including airbag modules and safety belts with pretensioners. Authorized Volkswagen dealers and authorized Volkswagen Service Facilities are familiar with the requirements, and we recommend that you have them perform this service for you. Advanced Airbag System components Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 315 The front passenger seat in your vehicle has a lot of very important parts of the Advanced Airbag System in it → Airbags and how they work . These parts include the capacitive passenger detection system, wiring, brackets, and more. The control unit monitors the system in the front passenger seat when the ignition is switched on and turns the airbag indicator light on when a malfunction in the one of the system components is detected → PASSENGER AIR BAG light . Because the front passenger seat contains important parts of the Advanced Airbag System, you must take care to prevent it from being damaged. Damage to the seat may prevent the Advanced Airbag System for the front passenger seat from doing its job in a crash. The front Advanced Airbag System also includes: Crash sensors in the front of the vehicle that measure vehicle acceleration/deceleration to provide information to the Advanced Airbag System about the severity of the crash. An electronic control unit, with integrated crash sensors for front and side impacts. The control unit decides whether to fire just the front airbags based on the information received from the crash sensors. The control unit also decides whether the safety belt pretensioners should be activated. An Advanced Airbag with gas generator for the driver inside the...
Page 316 steering wheel hub. An Advanced Airbag with gas generator inside the instrument panel for the front passenger. A capacitive passenger detection system underneath the front passenger seat cover. This system measures the electrical capacitance of the person in the seat. The information registered is sent continuously to the electronic control unit to regulate deployment of the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side. An airbag system indicator light in the instrument cluster → Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . The PASSENGER AIR BAG light in the center of the instrument panel that tells you when the front Advanced Airbag System on the passenger side has been turned off → PASSENGER AIR BAG light . A switch in the safety belt buckle for the driver and for the front seat passenger that senses whether that safety belt is latched or not and transmits this information to the electronic control unit.
Page 317 WARNING An airbag system and safety belt pretensioner that are not working properly cannot provide supplemental protection in a frontal crash. If the airbag indicator light comes on, it means that there may be something wrong with the airbag system. It is possible that the airbag will inflate when it is not supposed to, or will not inflate when it should. Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Use only original equipment airbags approved by Volkswagen. Have them installed by a trained technician who has the necessary tools and diagnostic equipment to properly replace any airbag in your vehicle and assure system effectiveness in a crash. Never permit salvaged or recycled airbags to be installed in your vehicle. WARNING...
Page 318 Damage to the front passenger seat can prevent the front airbag from working properly. Improper repair or disassembly of the front passenger and driver seat can prevent the Advanced Airbag System from working properly. Repairs to the front passenger seat should be performed by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Never remove the front passenger seat or driver seat from the vehicle. Never remove the upholstery from the front passenger seat. Never disassemble or take parts off the seat or disconnect wires from it. Never carry sharp objects in your pockets or put them on the seat. If the capacitive passenger detection system in the front passenger seat is punctured it cannot work properly. Never carry things on your lap or carry objects on the front passenger seat. Such objects can influence the capacitance registered by the capacitive passenger detection system, so that incorrect information is provided to the airbag control unit. These things can also cause serious personal injury if the airbag inflates. Never store items under the front seats. Parts of the Advanced Airbag System under the front seats could be damaged,...
Page 319 Airbag System under the front seats could be damaged, preventing them and the airbag system from working properly. Never put seat covers or replacement upholstery on the front seats that have not been approved by Volkswagen for your specific vehicle. Seat covers can prevent the Advanced Airbag System from recognizing child restraints or occupants on the passenger seat and prevent the side airbag in the seat backrest from deploying properly. Never use cushions, pillows, blankets, or similar items on the front passenger seat. The additional layers prevent the capacitive passenger detection system from accurately measuring the capacitance of the child safety seat and/or the person on the seat and thus keep the Advanced Airbag System from working properly. Never place or use any electrical device (such as a laptop, CD player, or electronic games device) on the front passenger seat if the device is connected to the 12 Volt socket. Such devices can influence the capacitance registered by the capacitive passenger detection system, so that incorrect information is provided to the airbag control unit. If a seat heater has been retrofitted or otherwise added to the front passenger seat, never install any child restraint system on this seat. If you must use a child restraint on the front passenger seat...
Page 320 If you must use a child restraint on the front passenger seat and the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the use of a towel, foam cushion or something similar to properly position the child restraint, make certain that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on whenever the child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the child the restraint at a seating position on the rear seat and have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility.
Page 321 WARNING If the front passenger seat gets wet, dry it immediately. If liquid soaks into the front passenger seat, this can keep the airbag system from working properly and may, for instance, deactivate the passenger front airbag. If this happens, the PASSENGER AIR BAG light will come on and stay on together with the airbag indicator light in the instrument cluster. If liquid is pooled on the seat, but has not soaked in, this may also keep the airbag system from working properly and cause the front passenger front airbag to be enabled (turned on), even though there is a properly installed child restraint system on the seat. Wet towels or other wet things on the seat cushion can have the same effect. The PASSENGER AIR BAG light goes out when the front passenger's front airbag is active.
Page 322 NOTICE To help prevent damage to electrical and other parts in the seat, do not kneel on the front seats or apply concentrated pressure to a small area of the seat or backrest. Never install leather upholstery on a vehicle that originally had cloth upholstery. Never install cloth upholstery on a vehicle that originally had leather upholstery. The capacitive passenger detection system for the Advanced Airbag system will not work properly if different upholstery is installed on the passenger seat than the upholstery originally installed on the vehicle when it was originally manufactured. How to tell if the front passenger front airbag is on or off Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Passenger front airbag Regardless of safety belt use, the airbag in front of the front passenger seat will be switched off if the electrical capacitance measured on this seat is less than the value programmed in the electronic control unit.
Page 323 The front airbag on the passenger side of the front seat will also be turned off if the electrical capacitance measured on the seat (by the capacitive passenger detection system) is less than or equal to the combined capacitance of: a typical 1 year-old infant and any of the child restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 for which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle is certified. For a listing of the child restraints that were used to certify your vehicle's compliance with U.S. Safety Standard 208, see → Child restraints and the Advanced Airbag System . The PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on to tell you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off. Passenger front airbag active Switch on the ignition. The capacitive passenger detection system measures the electrical capacitance of the front passenger seat. If that capacitance is above the reference value, the passenger front airbag will be switched on by the Advanced Airbag control unit.
Page 324 If the ignition is on, and the PASSENGER AIR BAG light in the instrument panel does not come on, the passenger front airbag is generally active. If the light has burned out (see below), you will be unable to tell whether the passenger front airbag is active or not. Using child restraints on the front passenger seat The airbag on the front passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. Because of this danger, and because children are generally better protected on the rear seat when properly restrained for their age and size, we strongly advise that you always place children on the rear seat → The dangers of using child restraints on the front seat . For a list of the child restraints used to certify compliance of the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle with the suppression requirements of FMVSS 208, see → Child restraints and the Advanced Airbag System . For more information, see → Child safety and child restraints ; note → below! How do I know when the passenger front airbag has been turned off by the control unit?
Page 325 The PASSENGER AIR BAG light in the instrument panel will come on and stay on to tell you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off by the electronic control unit. Unless the yellow light comes on and stays on, the passenger front airbag is still active → PASSENGER AIR BAG light . For safety reasons, you must never use a child restraint system on the front passenger seat unless the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on, perhaps in combination with the indicator light in the instrument cluster. If the passenger front airbag deployed in an accident, it would severely injure and possibly kill the child in the restraint system. If the bulb for the PASSENGER AIR BAG light burns out, the airbag indicator light will come on and signal a malfunction of the Advanced Airbag System. Although the burned-out bulb will not change the way the front airbag on the passenger side works, it will no longer be possible to use the PASSENGER AIR BAG light to make sure that the airbag on/off status is correct for the occupant on the front passenger seat. Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. DANGER...
Page 326 A front seat passenger, especially an infant or small child, will be seriously injured and can even be killed if sitting too close to the airbag when it deploys. All vehicle occupants and especially children must be restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child could be injured by striking the interior or by being ejected from the vehicle during a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is also at greater risk of injury or death through contact with an inflating airbag. A child in a rearward-facing child restraint installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates. The inflating airbag will hit the child restraint or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child restraint and the child against the seat backrest, center armrest, door, or roof. Accident statistics show that children are safer on the rear seat than on the front seat. A suitable child restraint properly installed and used at one of the rear seating positions provides the highest degree of protection for infants and small children in most accident situations. For their own safety, all children, especially 12 years and younger, must always ride on the back seat properly...
Page 327 younger, must always ride on the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. When installing a child restraint, always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions.
Page 328 WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on whenever a child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition is switched on. Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the seating positions on the rear seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not stay on. Have the airbag system inspected immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. If you must use a child restraint on the front passenger seat and the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the use of a towel, foam cushion or something similar to properly position the child restraint, make certain that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on whenever the child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat. Otherwise, install the child restraint system on the rear seat!
Page 329 WARNING Changes in the electrical capacitance of the passenger seat while driving can switch the passenger front airbag on or off so that it does not deploy when it should or deploys when it should not, resulting in an increased risk of serious personal injury. Do not carry anything on your lap or transport things on the passenger seat. Things on the passenger seat can influence the capacitance registered by the capacitive passenger detection system, sending the wrong information to the airbag control unit. These objects can also cause serious personal injury if the airbag inflates. Always make sure that a child restraint has been correctly registered by the capacitive passenger detection system. If the status of the Advanced Airbag System changes while the vehicle is moving, the PASSENGER AIR BAG light blinks for about 5 seconds to catch the driver's attention. If this happens, always stop as soon as it is safe to do so and check to make sure that the airbag on/off status is correct for the passenger riding on the front passenger seat. Side airbags...
Page 330 Fig. 70 On the driver side. : Location and deployment zone of the side airbags. : Location and deployment zone of the side airbags in the padding on the outboard side of the front seat backrests. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The side airbags are in the backrest padding of the driver and passenger seats → Fig. 70 . The general location is shown by the word AIRBAG. The area marked in red (dotted lines) indicates the deployment zone of the side airbags. In a side collision, the side airbag in the seat backrest can deploy and help reduce the risk of injury to the driver or the front seat passenger. The side airbags installed for the front seating positions have been designed and certified to help reduce the risk of injury that can be...
Page 331 caused by airbags when they inflate, particularly when the occupant sitting next to it is not seated properly. The side airbag for the front passenger seat can be used with properly installed child restraints. Always read and heed all important information and WARNINGS whenever using a child restraint in the vehicle: → Safety belts , → Airbag system , → Child safety and child restraints , and → . The side airbag system includes: An electronic control module and side impact sensors. Side airbags in the front seat backrests. An airbag system indicator light in the instrument cluster → Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . When a side airbag deploys in a collision, a gas generator fills the side airbag between the vehicle occupant and the door. The side airbag system supplements the safety belts and can help to reduce the risk of injury to the occupant's upper torso. In order to help provide this additional protection, the side airbag must inflate within the blink of an eye at very high speed and with great force. The supplemental side airbag could injure you if your seating position is not proper or upright or if items are in the area...
Page 332 where the supplemental side airbag inflates. This applies especially to children → Child safety and child restraints . The airbag system is monitored electronically to make sure it is working properly at all times. Every time you turn on the ignition, the airbag system indicator light will come on for a few seconds (function check). The airbag system is not a substitute for your safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall occupant restraint system in your vehicle → Adjusting the seating position , → Safety belts . It is important to remember that the side airbag system is designed to help reduce the likelihood of serious injury. However, it is important to remember that a deploying airbag may also cause other injuries, such as swelling, bruising, friction burns, and abrasions. Also remember that side airbags will deploy only once and only in certain kinds of accidents. After the side airbag inflates, the system must be replaced. Your safety belts are always there to offer protection in those accidents in which side airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have already deployed. The side airbag system will not inflate: if the ignition is switched off when a crash occurs,...
Page 333 in side collisions when the acceleration measured by the sensor is too low, in front-end collisions, in rear-end collisions, in rollovers, unless the deployment threshold for deployment stored in the control unit is met. In some types of accidents the front airbags, Side Curtain ® Protection airbags and side airbags may be triggered together. WARNING An inflating side airbag can cause serious or even fatal injury. Improperly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. To help reduce the risk of injury when the supplemental side airbag inflates, - Always sit in an upright position and do not lean against the area where the side airbag is located. - Never let a child or anyone else rest their head against the side trim panel in the area where the side airbag inflates.
Page 334 inflates. - Always make sure that safety belts are worn correctly. - Never let anyone sitting in the front seat put their hand out of the window. Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in a collision by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds or by being pushed into you as the airbag inflates. Never place or attach accessories or other objects (such as cup holders, telephone brackets, or even large, bulky objects) on the doors or over or near the area marked AIRBAG on the seat backrests → Fig. 70 . Accessories or other objects can fly dangerously through the passenger compartment and cause serious injury if the supplemental side airbag inflates. Never position or hold any objects or pets in the area where an airbag inflates or allow any children or other passengers to ride in that space. Never use the built-in coat hooks for anything but lightweight clothing. Never leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets. Such objects may interfere with side airbag deployment and cause serious personal injury in a collision.
Page 335 WARNING Improper use, repair, or disassembly of the driver and front passenger seats can prevent side airbags from working properly and result in severe injuries. Always make sure that the side airbag can inflate without interference: - Never install seat covers or replacement upholstery over the front seat backrests that have not been specifically approved by Volkswagen. Otherwise, the side airbag may not be able to deploy properly. - Never put seat cushions, blankets, or other coverings over the areas where the side airbags inflate. - Damage to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area of the side airbag module must always be repaired immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Always prevent the side airbags from being damaged by heavy objects hitting the sides of the seat backrests or force being put on the seat backs, especially in the area where the side airbag module is located. The airbag system can only be triggered once. If the airbag has been triggered, the system must be replaced. Always have work involving the side airbag system, including...
Page 336 Always have work involving the side airbag system, including removal, replacement, and installation of airbag components, or other repairs performed by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Otherwise, the airbag system may not work correctly. Never remove the front seats from the vehicle or modify parts of the front seats. Never attempt to modify any components of the airbag system in any way. If too much force is exerted on the seat backrest bolsters, the side airbags may deploy improperly, not at all, or when they should not. ® Side Curtain Protection airbags for 2-door vehicles Fig. 71 On the left vehicle side (2-door vehicles only): Installation location and deployment zone of the Side Curtain Protection airbag.
Page 337 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction ® The Side Curtain Protection airbags are in the header area on both sides of the vehicle → Fig. 71 . The general location is identified by the word AIRBAG. The red lines show the deployment zone of the ® Side Curtain Protection airbags. ® The Side Curtain Protection airbag system includes: An electronic control module and side impact sensors. ® The Side Curtain Protection airbags above the front and rear side windows. An airbag system indicator light in the instrument cluster → Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . ® The Side Curtain Protection airbags inflate downwards between the occupant and the side window on that side of the vehicle that is struck in certain side collisions → Fig. 71 . The Side Curtain ® Protection airbag system supplements the safety belts and can help to reduce the risk of injury for occupants' heads and upper torsos on the side of the vehicle that is struck in a side collision. In order to help provide this additional protection, the Side Curtain...
Page 338 ® Protection airbag must inflate within the blink of an eye at very ® high speed and with great force. The Side Curtain Protection airbag could injure you if your seating position is not proper or upright or if items are located in the area where the supplemental ® Side Curtain Protection airbag inflates. This applies especially to children → Child safety and child restraints . The airbag system is monitored electronically to make sure it is working properly at all times. Every time you turn on the ignition, the airbag system indicator light will come on for a few seconds (function check). The airbag system is not a substitute for your safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall occupant restraint system in your vehicle → Adjusting the seating position , → Safety belts . ® It is important to remember that the Side Curtain Protection airbag system is designed to help reduce the likelihood of serious injury. ® However, it is possible that a deployed Side Curtain Protection airbag may cause other injuries such as swelling, bruising, friction ® burns, and abrasions. Remember too, Side Curtain Protection airbags will deploy only once and only in certain kinds of accidents. ® Side Curtain Protection airbags that have deployed in a crash must be replaced. Your safety belts are always there to offer ® protection in those accidents in which Side Curtain Protection...
Page 339 airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have already deployed. ® The Side Curtain Protection airbag will not inflate: if the ignition is switched off when a crash occurs, in side collisions when the acceleration measured by the sensor is too low, in front-end collisions, in rear-end collisions, in rollovers, unless the deployment threshold for deployment stored in the control unit is met. ® In some types of accidents the front, Side Curtain Protection and side airbags may be triggered together. WARNING ® An inflating Side Curtain Protection airbag can cause serious or even fatal injury. Improperly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. A deploying airbag inflates within a fraction of a second with a...
Page 340 ® Always make sure that the Side Curtain Protection airbag can inflate without interference. Always sit in proper seating position and wear safety belts ® while traveling so that the Side Curtain Protection airbags can help provide protection. Never let occupants place any parts of their bodies in the area ® where the Side Curtain Protection airbag inflates. ® Always keep the area where the Side Curtain Protection airbag inflates clear. Never carry any objects or pets in the area between them and where the airbags inflate and never let children or other passengers ride in this area. Never use hangers to hang clothes on the hooks. Never use the built-in coat hooks for anything but lightweight clothing. Never leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may interfere with airbag deployment and can cause personal injury in a collision. Only use factory-installed sunshades or, if shades installed after the vehicle leaves the factory, use only genuine Volkswagen sunshades. Never swing the sun visors over to the side windows if things such as pens, garage door openers, hands-free speakers, etc. are attached to the sun visors. They could come loose and ® cause serious injury if the Side Curtain Protection airbag...
Page 341 ® cause serious injury if the Side Curtain Protection airbag inflates.
Page 342 WARNING The airbag system can only be triggered once. If the airbag has been triggered, the system must be replaced by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Always have work involving the curtain airbag system, removal and installation of the airbag components, or other repairs performed by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Otherwise the airbag system may not work correctly. Never attempt to modify any components of the airbag system in any way. Never attach objects to the cover or in the deployment zone of ® a Side Curtain Protection airbag. Always make sure that the airbag deployment zones are clear at all times. Never let anything or object, a pet, or a person, including an infant or small child, be in the space between any vehicle occupant and any airbag. Do not attach any accessories to the doors.
Page 343 ® Side Curtain Protection airbags for 4-door vehicles Fig. 72 On the left vehicle side (4-door vehicles only): Installation location and deployment zone of the Side Curtain Protection airbag. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction ® The Side Curtain Protection airbags are in the header area on both sides of the vehicle → Fig. 72 . The general location is identified by the word AIRBAG. The red lines show the deployment zone of the ® Side Curtain Protection airbags. The Side Curtain Protection airbags contain features that provide ejection mitigation to help prevent vehicle occupants or parts of their bodies from being completely or partially ejected from the vehicle interior in certain side impacts and vehicle rollovers. ® The Side Curtain Protection airbag system includes:...
Page 344 An electronic control module and side impact sensors. ® The Side Curtain Protection airbags above the front and rear side windows. An airbag system indicator light in the instrument cluster → Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . ® The Side Curtain Protection airbags inflate downwards between the occupant and the side window on that side of the vehicle that is struck in certain side collisions → Fig. 72 . The Side Curtain ® Protection airbag system supplements the safety belts and can help to reduce the risk of injury for occupants' heads and upper torsos on the side of the vehicle that is struck in a side collision. The Side Curtain Protection airbags also contain features to help prevent vehicle occupants or parts of their bodies from being completely or partially ejected from the vehicle interior in certain vehicle rollovers. In order to help provide this additional protection, the Side Curtain ® Protection airbag must inflate within the blink of an eye at very ® high speed and with great force. The Side Curtain Protection airbag could injure you if your seating position is not proper or upright or if items are located in the area where the supplemental ® Side Curtain Protection airbag inflates. This applies especially to children → Child safety and child restraints .
Page 345 The airbag system is monitored electronically to make sure it is working properly at all times. Every time you turn on the ignition, the airbag system indicator light will come on for a few seconds (function check). The airbag system is not a substitute for your safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall occupant restraint system in your vehicle → Adjusting the seating position , → Safety belts . ® It is important to remember that the Side Curtain Protection airbag system is designed to help reduce the likelihood of serious injury. ® However, it is possible that a deployed Side Curtain Protection airbag may cause other injuries such as swelling, bruising, friction ® burns, and abrasions. Remember too, Side Curtain Protection airbags will deploy only once and only in certain kinds of accidents. ® Side Curtain Protection airbags that have deployed in a crash must be replaced. Your safety belts are always there to offer ® protection in those accidents in which Side Curtain Protection airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have already deployed. ® The Side Curtain Protection airbag will not inflate: if the ignition is switched off when a crash occurs, in side collisions when the acceleration measured by the sensor is...
Page 346 too low, in front-end collisions, in rear-end collisions, in rollovers, unless the deployment threshold for deployment stored in the control unit is met. ® In some types of accidents the front, Side Curtain Protection and side airbags may be triggered together. WARNING ® An inflating Side Curtain Protection airbag can cause serious or even fatal injury. Improperly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. A deploying airbag inflates within a fraction of a second with a lot of force and at very high speed. ® Always make sure that the Side Curtain Protection airbag can inflate without interference. Always sit in proper seating position and wear safety belts ® while traveling so that the Side Curtain Protection airbags can help provide protection. Never let occupants place any parts of their bodies in the area...
Page 347 Never let occupants place any parts of their bodies in the area ® where the Side Curtain Protection airbag inflates. ® Always keep the area where the Side Curtain Protection airbag inflates clear. Never carry any objects or pets in the area between them and where the airbags inflate and never let children or other passengers ride in this area. Never use hangers to hang clothes on the hooks. Never use the built-in coat hooks for anything but lightweight clothing. Never leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may interfere with airbag deployment and can cause personal injury in a collision. Only use factory-installed sunshades or, if shades installed after the vehicle leaves the factory, use only genuine Volkswagen sunshades. Never swing the sun visors over to the side windows if things such as pens, garage door openers, hands-free speakers, etc. are attached to the sun visors. They could come loose and ® cause serious injury if the Side Curtain Protection airbag inflates.
Page 348 WARNING The airbag system can only be triggered once. If the airbag has been triggered, the system must be replaced by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Always have work involving the curtain airbag system, removal and installation of the airbag components, or other repairs performed by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Otherwise the airbag system may not work correctly. Never attempt to modify any components of the airbag system in any way. Never attach objects to the cover or in the deployment zone of ® a Side Curtain Protection airbag. Always make sure that the airbag deployment zones are clear at all times. Never let anything or object, a pet, or a person, including an infant or small child, be in the space between any vehicle occupant and any airbag. Do not attach any accessories to the doors.
Page 350 Child safety and child restraints Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Child restraints – Overview → Child restraints and the Advanced Airbag System → Important safety instructions for using child restraints → Using a child restraint on the rear seat → Infant seats → Convertible child restraints → Booster seats and safety belts → Installing child restraints with a safety belt → Securing the child restraint with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages → Securing a child restraint with the Top Tether strap → Sources of information about child restraints and their use The physical principles of what happens when your vehicle is in a collision or other accident also apply to children → Safety belts . But unlike adults and teenagers, their muscles and bones are not fully developed. In many respects children are at greater risk of serious injury in accidents than are adults.
Page 351 Because children's bodies are not fully developed, they must use restraint systems especially designed for their size, weight, and body structure. Many countries and all states of the United States and provinces of Canada have laws requiring the use of approved child restraint systems for infants and small children. In a frontal crash at a speed of 20–35 mph (30–56 km/h), the forces acting on a 13 pound (6 kg) infant will be more than 20 times the weight of the child. This means the effective weight of the child would suddenly increase to more than 260 pounds (120 kg). Under these conditions, only an appropriate child restraint properly used can reduce the risk of serious injury. Child restraints, like adult safety belts, must be used properly to be effective. Used improperly, they can increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. All children, especially those 12 years and younger, must always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. If you must install a child restraint on the front passenger seat in exceptional circumstances, be sure to read and heed the important information and warnings in the section of this Manual that begins on → Child restraints and the Advanced Airbag System . Infants and other children who are properly restrained in an appropriate child restraint that is for their size and age can benefit from the protection that supplemental side airbags provide in some kinds of crashes.
Page 352 For more information, please see information provided by the: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), currently at: http://www.safercar.gov (for the USA) Transport Canada Information Centre, currently at: http://www.tc.gc.ca (for Canada) Consult the child restraint manufacturer's instructions to be sure the seat is right for your child's size → Sources of information about child restraints and their use . Please be sure to read and heed all of the important information and WARNINGS about child safety, Advanced Airbags, and the installation of child restraints in this Manual. There is a lot you need to know about the Advanced Airbags in your vehicle and how they work when infants and children in child restraints are on the front passenger seat. Because of the large amount of important information, we cannot repeat it all here. We urge you to read the detailed information in this Manual about airbags and the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle and the very important information about transporting children on the front passenger seat. Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they are extremely important for your safety and the safety of your passengers, especially infants and small children.
Page 353 More information: Safety belts → Safety belts Airbag system → Airbag system Installing child restraints with a safety belt → Installing child restraints with a safety belt Securing the child restraint with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages → Securing the child restraint with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages Securing a child restraint with the Top Tether strap → Securing a child restraint with the Top Tether strap ...
Page 354 DANGER Children on the front seat of any car, even with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in a rearward-facing child restraint installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates. The inflating airbag will hit the child restraint or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child restraint and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof. Always install rearward-facing child restraints on the rear seat. If you have, in exceptional circumstances, nevertheless decided to install a rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on whenever the ignition is on, immediately install the rearward-facing child restraint on the rear seat and have the airbag system inspected right away by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility.
Page 355 WARNING Accident statistics have shown that children are generally safer in the rear seat area than in the front seating position. Always restrain any child age 12 and under in the rear. All vehicle occupants and especially children must be restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child could be injured by striking the interior or by being ejected from the vehicle during a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is also at greater risk of injury or death through contact with an inflating airbag. A suitable child restraint properly installed and used at one of the rear seating positions provides the highest degree of protection for infants and small children in most accident situations. WARNING Forward-facing child restraints installed on the front passenger seat may interfere with the deployment of the airbag and cause serious personal injury to the child.
Page 356 If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward- facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat, the child's safety and well-being require the following special precautions to be taken: - Always make sure that the forward-facing seat has been designed and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front passenger seat with a front and side airbag. - Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint or infant carrier. - Never install a child restraint without a properly attached top tether strap if the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the top tether strap to be used. - Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very near the instrument panel. - Always set the safety belt upper anchorage to the adjustment position that permits proper installation in accordance with the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. - Always move the front passenger seat to the highest position in the up and down adjustment range and move it back to the rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible before installing the forward-facing child restraint. - Always make sure that the safety belt upper anchorage...
Page 357 - Always make sure that the safety belt upper anchorage is behind the child restraint and not next to or in front of the child restraint so that the safety belt will be properly positioned. - Always make sure that nothing is in the way that prevents the front passenger's seat from being moved to the rearmost position in its fore and aft adjustment range. - Always make sure that the backrest is in the upright position. - Never place objects on the seat (such as a laptop, CD player, or electronic games device). These may influence the electrical capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system and can also fly around in an accident and cause serious personal injury. - Never place or use any electrical device (such as a laptop, CD player, or electronic games device) on the front passenger seat if the device is connected to the 12 Volt socket → Power outlets . - If a seat heater has been retrofitted or otherwise added to the front passenger seat, never install any child restraint system on this seat. - Make sure that there are no wet objects (such as a wet towel) and no water or other liquids on the front passenger seat cushion.
Page 358 - Always make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on. - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the forward-facing child restraint in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Always buckle the child restraint firmly in place even if a child is not sitting in it. A loose child restraint can fly around during a sudden stop or in a collision. Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restraint in a vehicle. See → Safety belts , → Airbag system , and → Child safety and child restraints . Always replace child restraints that were installed in a vehicle during a crash. Damage to a child restraint that is not visible could cause it to fail in another collision situation. Child restraints – Overview Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 359 All children and especially infants must be properly restrained in a child restraint appropriate for their size and age whenever riding in a vehicle. Their safety also requires that the child restraint be properly installed. There are many car seat choices on the market. You can use the information below to help you choose a car seat that best meets your child’s needs. Type of child restraint Applies to Birth to 12 months: Your child under age 1 should always ride in a rear-facing car seat. There are different types of rear-facing car seats: – Infant-only seats can only be used rear-facing. Rear-facing child restraint – Convertible and all-in-one car seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rear-facing for a longer period of time. 1–3 years: Keep your child rear-facing as long as possible. It’s the best way to keep him or her safe. Your Rear-facing child restraint child should remain in a rear-facing car seat until he or before moving to a forward- she reaches the top height or weight limit allowed by the facing child restraint car seat’s manufacturer. Once your child outgrows the rear-facing car seat, your child is ready to travel in a forward-facing car seat with a harness and tether. 4–7 years: Keep your child in a forward-facing car seat with a harness and tether until he or she reaches the top height or weight limit allowed by the car seat’s Forward-facing child restraint manufacturer. Once your child outgrows the forward- facing car seat with a harness, it’s time to travel in a booster seat, but still in the back seat. 7–12 years: Keep your child in a booster seat until he or...
Page 360 she is big enough to fit in a seat belt properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie snugly across the Booster seat upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie snugly across the shoulder and chest and not cross the neck or face. Remember: your child should still ride in the back seat because it’s safer there. Child restraints are designed to be secured to the vehicle with the lap belt portion of the 3 point lap and shoulder belt installed for the passenger seats. The outboard rear seating positions also have special fixtures for child restraints that can be used with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages. Many child restraints use also require the use of a top tether strap. The top tether strap reduces the forward movement of the child restraint in a crash, to help reduce the risk of head injury if the child hits the vehicle interior. The LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorage attachment points are on the lower part of the rear seat backrest for the 2 outboard seating positions. Each lower universal anchorage point has a cover. The circular markings on the covers help you to locate the lower anchorages → Securing the child restraint with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages → Fig. 78 . The top tether anchorages are behind each of the rear seating positions → Securing a child restraint with the Top Tether strap → Fig. 81 .
Page 361 More information: Important safety instructions for using child restraints → Important safety instructions for using child restraints Using a child restraint on the rear seat → Using a child restraint on the rear seat Infant seats → Infant seats Convertible child restraints → Convertible child restraints Booster seats and safety belts → Booster seats and safety belts Installing child restraints with a safety belt → Installing child restraints with a safety belt Child restraints and the Advanced Airbag System Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Advanced front airbag system and children Your vehicle is equipped with a front Advanced Airbag System that complies with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 208 and with Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (CMVSS) 208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured.
Page 362 The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle has been certified to meet the low risk requirements for 3 to 6 year-old children (as defined in the standard) on the passenger side and small adults on the driver side. Low risk deployment occurs in those crashes that take place at lower decelerations as defined in the electronic control unit. The low risk deployment criteria are intended to reduce the risk of injury through interaction with the airbag that can occur in these collisions, for example, by being too close to the steering wheel or instrument panel when the airbag inflates. In addition, the system has been certified to comply with the suppression requirements of the Safety Standard, to turn off the front airbag automatically for infants up to 12 months who are restrained on the front passenger seat in child restraints that are listed in the Standard. Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag System, all children, especially those 12 years and younger, must always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child restraint. It is a very dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward- facing seat.
Page 363 The vehicle's Advanced Airbag System has a capacitive passenger detection system in the front passenger seat cushion that can detect the presence of a baby or a child in a child restraint system on this seat. The capacitive passenger detection system measures the capacitance of the child and the child restraint and a child blanket on the front passenger seat. The capacitance due to the presence of a child, a child restraint, and a baby blanket on the front passenger seat is related to the child restraint system resting on the seat. The capacitance of a child restraint system varies depending on the type of system and specific make and model. The electrical capacitance of the various types, makes, and models of child restraints specified by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in the relevant safety standard are stored in the Advanced Airbag System control unit together with the capacitances typical of infants and a 1 year-old child. When a child restraint is used on the front passenger seat with a typical 1 year- old infant, the Advanced Airbag System compares the capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system with the data stored in the electronic control unit. Child restraints and Advanced Airbags...
Page 364 No matter what child restraint you use, make sure that it has been certified to meet U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 (FMVSS 213) or, if you live in Canada, Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 (CMVSS 213). Also make sure that the child restraint you are using has been certified by its manufacturer for use with an airbag. Always be sure that the child restraint is properly installed at one of the rear seating positions. If in exceptional circumstances you must use it on the front passenger seat, carefully read all of the information on child safety and Advanced Airbags and heed all of the applicable WARNINGS. Make certain that the child restraint is correctly recognized by the capacitive passenger detection system inside the front passenger seat, that the passenger front airbag is switched off, and that the airbag status is always correctly signaled by the PASSENGER AIR BAG light. Many types and models of child restraints have been available over the years, new models are introduced regularly incorporating new and improved designs and older models are taken out of production. Child restraints are not standardized. Child restraints of the same type typically have different weights and sizes and different footprints, the size and shape of the bottom of the child restraint that sits on the seat, when they are installed on a vehicle seat. These differences make it virtually impossible to certify compliance with the requirements for Advanced Airbags with each...
Page 365 and every child restraint that has ever been sold in the past or will be sold over the course of the useful life of your vehicle. For this reason, the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has published a list of specific types, makes and models of child restraints that must be used to certify compliance of the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle with the suppression requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. These child restraints are: A. Car bed child restraints manufactured on or after the date listed: Angel Guard Angel Ride XX2403XXX September 25, 2007 B. Rearward-facing child restraint systems manufactured on or after the date listed: (When the restraint system comes equipped with a removable base, compliance has to be certified with or without the base). Century Smart Fit 4543 December 1, 1999 Cosco Arriva 22-013 PAW and base 22-999 September 25, 2007 Evenflo Discovery Adjust Right 212 December 1, 1999 Graco Infant 8457 December 1, 1999 Graco Snugride September 25, 2007...
Page 366 Peg Perego Primo Viaggio SIP IMUN00US September 25, 2007 C. Forward-facing and convertible child restraint systems manufactured on or after the date listed: Britax Roundabout E9L02xx September 25, 2007 Cosco Touriva 02519 December 1, 1999 Cosco Summit Deluxe High Back Booster September 25, 2007 22-262 Cosco High Back Booster 22-209 September 25, 2007 Evenflo Tribute V 379xxxx September 25, 2007 OR: Evenflo Tribute 381xxxx Evenflo Medallion 254 December 1, 1999 Evenflo Generations 352xxxx September 25, 2007 Graco ComfortSport September 25, 2007 Graco Toddler SafeSeat Step 2 September 25, 2007 Graco Platinum Cargo September 25, 2007...
Page 367 WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury, always make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on whenever a child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition is switched on. Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on. Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Important safety instructions for using child restraints...
Page 368 Fig. 73 Never let babies or older children ride in a vehicle while sitting on the lap of another passenger. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Proper use of child restraints greatly reduces the risk of injury in a collision or other kind of accident! All children, especially those 12 years and younger, must always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. Always use the right child restraint for each child and always use it properly. Always carefully follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions on how to route the safety belt properly through the child restraint and how to restrain the child in the child restraint.
Page 369 When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child restraint, you must activate the switchable locking feature on the safety belt to help prevent the child restraint from moving → Installing child restraints with a safety belt . Push the child restraint down with your full weight to get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than about 1 inch (2.5 cm). Important additional information about installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat: If you must install a child restraint on the front passenger seat in exceptional circumstances, be sure to read and heed the important information and warnings in the section of this Manual that begins on → Child restraints and the Advanced Airbag System . There are also additional adjustments that must be made in order to be able to properly install a child restraint on the front seat: Set the safety belt upper anchorage for the front passenger seat so that the available safety belt is long enough to properly install the child restraint. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's installation instructions → .
Page 370 Move the front passenger seat to the highest position in the seat's up and down adjustment range and to the rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible before installing the forward-facing child restraint and make sure the backrest is in the upright position → . When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child restraint, you must activate the switchable locking feature on the safety belt to help prevent the child restraint from moving → Using a child restraint on the rear seat . Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions when installing a child restraint. Do not use the switchable locking feature when using the vehicle's safety belt to restrain a child on a booster seat. Always remember: Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag System, all children, especially those 12 years and younger, must always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size.
Page 371 DANGER Never install rearward-facing child restraints or infant carriers on the front passenger seat. A child will be seriously injured and can be killed when the passenger airbag inflates – even with an Advanced Airbag System. The inflating airbag will hit the child restraint or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child restraint and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof. Always install rearward-facing child restraints and infant carriers on the rear seat. WARNING Not using a child restraint, using the wrong child restraint, or improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious personal injury and death in a collision or other emergency situation. All vehicle occupants and especially children must always be restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle. - An unrestrained or improperly restrained child can be...
Page 372 - An unrestrained or improperly restrained child can be injured or killed by being thrown against the inside of the vehicle or by being ejected from it during a sudden maneuver or impact. - An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is at much greater risk of injury or death by being struck by an inflating airbag. Commercially available child restraints are required to comply with U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213 (in Canada CMVSS 213). - When buying a child restraint, select one that fits your child and the vehicle. - Only use child restraint systems that fully contact the flat portion of the seat cushion. The child restraint must not tip or lean to either side. Volkswagen does not recommend using child restraints that rest on legs or tube-like frames. They do not provide adequate contact with the seat. - Always heed all legal requirements pertaining to the installation and use of child restraints and carefully follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the seat you are using. For safety reasons, children under 4 ft. 9 in. (57 inches / 1.45 meters) may not wear safety belts. Children must always...
Page 373 1.45 meters) may not wear safety belts. Children must always be restrained by a proper child restraint system. Otherwise, they could sustain injuries to the abdomen and neck areas during sudden braking maneuvers or accidents. Never let more than one child occupy a child restraint. Never let babies or older children ride in a vehicle while sitting on the lap of another passenger. - Holding a child in your arms is never a substitute for a child restraint system. - The strongest person could not hold the child with the forces that exist in an accident. The child will strike the interior of the vehicle and can also be struck by another passenger. - The child and the passenger can also injure each other in an accident. WARNING Forward-facing child restraints installed on the front passenger's seat can interfere with the airbag when it inflates and cause serious injury to the child. Always install child restraints on the rear seat.
Page 374 If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward- facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat, the child's safety and well-being require the following special precautions to be taken: - Always make sure that the forward-facing seat has been designed and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front passenger seat with a front and side airbag. - Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint or carrier. - Never install a child restraint without a properly attached top tether strap if the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the top tether strap to be used. - Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very near the instrument panel. - Always set the safety belt upper anchorage to the adjustment position that permits proper installation in accordance with the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. - Always move the front passenger seat to the highest position in the up and down adjustment range and move it back to the rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible before installing the forward-facing child restraint.
Page 375 - Always make sure that the safety belt upper anchorage is behind the child restraint and not next to or in front of the child restraint so that the safety belt will be properly positioned. - Always make sure that nothing is in the way that prevents the front passenger's seat from being moved to the rearmost position in its fore and aft adjustment range. - Always make sure that the backrest is in the upright position. - Never place additional items on the seat that can influence the capacitance registered by the capacitive passenger detection system and can cause injury in a crash. - Never place or use any electrical device (such as a laptop, CD player, or electronic games device) on the front passenger seat if the device is connected to the 12 Volt socket → Power outlets . - If a seat heater has been retrofitted or otherwise added to the front passenger seat, never install any child restraint system on this seat. - Make sure that there are no wet objects (such as a wet towel) and no water or other liquids on the front passenger seat cushion.
Page 376 Always buckle the child restraint firmly in place even if a child is not sitting in it. A loose child restraint can fly around during a sudden stop or in a collision. Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restraint in a vehicle. See → Safety belts , → Airbag system , and → Child safety and child restraints .
Page 377 WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury, always make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on whenever a child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition is switched on. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not stay on, perform the checks described → PASSENGER AIR BAG light . Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not stay on. Have the airbag system inspected immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Using a child restraint on the rear seat...
Page 378 Fig. 74 Keep unused safety belts away from children in child restraints. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Important special steps when installing a child restraint with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages or with the vehicle safety belt. You must take special precautions when installing a LATCH/UCRA child restraint behind the front passenger or driver seats. Always route the center safety belt and the unused safety belt for the seating position where the child restraint is being installed securely out of the child’s reach. Securing the safety belts will help prevent a child from playing with an unused safety belt and becoming entangled with it → Fig. 74 .
Page 379 Securing a safety belt for an outboard seating position When routing a safety belt for an outboard seating position, do not activate the switchable locking feature, otherwise it will be very difficult to wind the safety belt back into its normal position. You should not hear a “clicking” sound when the safety belt retracts. Route the safety belt around the head restraint for the center seating position. Make sure the safety belt is out of the child’s reach, so that the child cannot grab and play with it. Securing the center seat safety belt When routing a center seat safety belt, you must activate the switchable locking feature. When the safety belt retracts, a clicking sound indicates that the switchable locking feature is active. Buckle the safety belt → Fig. 74 . Pull the shoulder belt portion of the safety belt all the way out of the retractor to activate the switchable locking feature. You should hear a clicking noise as the belt winds back into the retractor. Let the safety belt fully retract and then pull on it to make sure the switchable locking feature is active and the safety belt is properly...
Page 380 fastened and tight so that the child cannot grab and play with the safety belt. When a child safety seat is secured on the rear bench, adjust the position of the front seat to provide the child with sufficient space. Therefore, adjust the front seat to the size of the child safety seat and the child. Consider the proper seating position of the passenger → . When child restraints are not needed, be sure to remove the safety belt(s) from around the head restraint(s), unbuckle the center safety belt, and return all safety belts to their normal stored positions so that they will be available for regular use.
Page 381 WARNING A child in a child restraint installed with the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages or with the standard safety belt on the rear seat may play with unused rear seat safety belts and become entangled, resulting in serious personal injury and even death. Always secure unused rear seat safety belts out of the reach of children in child restraints such as by properly routing them around the head restraint adjacent to the seating position where the child restraint is installed.
Page 382 NOTICE Be careful not to activate the switchable locking retractor when routing the unused safety belt around the head restraint adjacent to the seat where a child restraint has been installed. Only pull the unused safety belt out far enough to allow you to route the belt around the head restraint. When installing a child restraint, be careful not to get the belt caught in the structure of the child restraint and become damaged, especially when the switchable locking feature has been activated. Infant seats Fig. 75 Rearward-facing infant seat properly installed on the rear seat.
Page 383 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) recommends that all infants should ride in rear-facing car safety seats (in which the child faces the back of the vehicle) starting with their first ride home from the hospital. All infants and toddlers (generally up to age 3) should ride in a rear-facing car safety seat as long as possible – or until they reach the highest weight or height allowed by their child restraint’s manufacturer. These infant seats support the baby's back, neck and head in a collision. Rear-facing child restraints can be used safely only on the rear seat of the vehicle → Fig. 75 . Before installing a child restraint on the front passenger seat, be sure to follow the special instructions and heed the warnings → Child restraints and the Advanced Airbag System and → The dangers of using child restraints on the front seat . When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child restraint, you must activate the switchable locking feature on the safety belt to help prevent the child restraint from moving → Using a child restraint on the rear seat . Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions when installing a child restraint. Attach the tether strap to the tether anchorage for the seating...
Page 384 position where the child restraint is being installed → Securing a child restraint with the Top Tether strap . The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child restraint. It is a very dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward-facing seat. You must take special precautions when installing a child restraint with the vehicle safety belt or with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages behind the front passenger seat or behind the driver seat. Always route the center safety belt and the unused safety belt for the seating position where the child restraint is being installed securely out of the child’s reach. Securing the safety belts will help prevent a child from playing with an unused safety belt and becoming entangled with it → Using a child restraint on the rear seat , → Fig. 74 . DANGER Not using a child restraint, using the wrong child restraint or improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious personal injury and death in a collision or other emergency situation.
Page 385 Never install rearward-facing child restraints or infant carriers on the front passenger seat, even with an Advanced Airbag System. A child will be seriously injured and can be killed when the inflating airbag hits the child restraint or infant carrier with great force and smashes the child restraint and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof. Always install rearward-facing child restraints and infant carriers on the rear seat. Never install a rearward-facing child restraint in the forward- facing direction. These restraints are designed for the special needs of infants and very small children and cannot protect them properly if the seat is forward-facing. If you must install a rearward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances, but the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rearward-facing child restraint at a seating position on the rear seat and have the airbag system inspected right away by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restraint in a vehicle. See → Safety belts , → Airbag system , and → Child safety and child restraints .
Page 386 WARNING A child in a child restraint installed with the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages or with the standard safety belt on the rear seat may play with unused rear seat safety belts and become entangled, resulting in serious personal injury and even death. Always secure unused rear seat safety belts out of the reach of children in child restraints such as by properly routing them around the head restraint adjacent to the seating position where the child restraint is installed.
Page 387 NOTICE Be careful not to activate the switchable locking retractor when routing the unused safety belt around the head restraint adjacent to the seat where a child restraint has been installed. Only pull the unused safety belt out far enough to allow you to route the belt around the head restraint. When installing a child restraint with a safety belt, be careful not to get the belt caught in the structure of the child restraint and become damaged, especially when the switchable locking feature has been activated. Convertible child restraints Fig. 76 Some child restraints have lower anchors and a top tether. Figures Ⓐ and Ⓑ show how to correctly install a LATCH/UCRA...
Page 388 seat. Figure Ⓒ shows the set up of a seat using the vehicle's safety belt system. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Children between 1 and about 7 years old must always be properly restrained in a child restraint certified for their size and weight → Fig. 76 . Once your child outgrows the rear-facing car seat (generally up to age 3), your child is ready to travel in a forward-facing car seat with a harness. Keep your child in a forward-facing car seat with a harness until he or she reaches the top height or weight limit allowed by your car seat’s manufacturer. Before installing a child restraint on the front passenger seat, be sure to follow the special instructions and heed the warnings → Child restraints and the Advanced Airbag System and → The dangers of using child restraints on the front seat . When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child restraint, you must activate the switchable locking feature on the safety belt to help prevent the child restraint from moving → Using a child restraint on the rear seat .
Page 389 Push the child restraint down with your full weight to get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than about 1 inch (2.5 cm). Fasten the harness webbing that is part of the child restraint system securely and pull it tight so that you can only slip one finger underneath the shoulder belt portion at the child's chest. Attach the tether strap to the tether anchorage for the seating position where the child restraint is being installed → Securing a child restraint with the Top Tether strap . The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child restraint. It is a very dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward-facing seat. You must take special precautions when installing a child restraint with the vehicle safety belt or with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages behind the front passenger seat or behind the driver seat. Always route the center safety belt and the unused safety belt for the seating position where the child restraint is being installed securely out of the child’s reach. Securing the safety belts will help prevent a child from playing with an unused safety belt and becoming entangled with it → Using a child restraint on the rear...
Page 390 , → Fig. 74 . DANGER Not using a child restraint, using the wrong child restraint or improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious personal injury and death in a collision or other emergency situation. Children on the front seat of any car, even with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in a rearward-facing child restraint installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates – even with an Advanced Airbag System. The inflating airbag will hit the child restraint or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child restraint and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof. Always install rearward-facing child restraints on the rear seat. If you must install a rearward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances, but the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rearward-facing child restraint at a seating position on the rear seat and have the airbag system inspected right away by your authorized Volkswagen...
Page 391 Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restraint in a vehicle. See → Safety belts , → Airbag system , and → Child safety and child restraints . WARNING An improperly installed child restraint can interfere with the airbag as it deploys and seriously injure or even kill the child – even with an Advanced Airbag System. If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward- facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat, the child's safety and well-being require the following special precautions to be taken: - Forward-facing child restraints installed on the front passenger seat may interfere with the deployment of the airbag and cause serious personal injury to the child. - Always make sure that the forward-facing seat has been designed and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front passenger seat with a front and side airbag. - Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint or carrier.
Page 392 - Never install a child restraint without a properly attached top tether strap if the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the top tether strap to be used. - Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very near the instrument panel. - Always set the safety belt upper anchorage to the adjustment position that permits proper installation in accordance with the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. - Always move the front passenger seat to the highest position in the up and down adjustment range and move it back to the rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible before installing the forward-facing child restraint. - Always make sure that the safety belt upper anchorage is behind the child restraint and not next to or in front of the child restraint so that the safety belt will be properly positioned. - Always make sure that nothing is in the way that prevents the front passenger's seat from being moved to the rearmost position in its fore and aft adjustment range. - Always make sure that the backrest is in the upright position.
Page 393 - Never place objects on the seat (such as a laptop, CD player, or electronic games device). These may influence the electrical capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system and can also fly around in an accident and cause serious personal injury. - Never place or use any electrical device (such as a laptop, CD player, or electronic games device) on the front passenger seat if the device is connected to the 12 Volt socket → Power outlets . - If a seat heater has been retrofitted or otherwise added to the front passenger seat, never install any child restraint system on this seat. - Make sure that there are no wet objects (such as a wet towel) and no water or other liquids on the front passenger seat cushion. - Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on. - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the forward-facing child restraint at a seating position on the rear seat and have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility.
Page 394 Always buckle the child restraint firmly in place even if a child is not sitting in it. A loose child restraint can fly around during a sudden stop or in a collision. WARNING A child in a child restraint installed with the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages or with the standard safety belt on the rear seat may play with unused rear seat safety belts and become entangled, resulting in serious personal injury and even death. Always secure unused rear seat safety belts out of the reach of children in child restraints such as by properly routing them around the head restraint adjacent to the seating position where the child restraint is installed.
Page 395 NOTICE Be careful not to activate the switchable locking retractor when routing the unused safety belt around the head restraint adjacent to the seat where a child restraint has been installed. Only pull the unused safety belt out far enough to allow you to route the belt around the head restraint. When installing a child restraint with a safety belt, be careful not to get the belt caught in the structure of the child restraint and become damaged, especially when the switchable locking feature has been activated. Booster seats and safety belts Fig. 77 Child properly restrained in a booster seat on the rear seat.
Page 396 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Children between about 8 to 12 years old are best protected in child safety seats designed for their age and weight → Fig. 77 . Experts say that the skeletal structure, particularly the pelvis, of these children is not fully developed, and they must not use the vehicle safety belts without a suitable child restraint. The vehicle's safety belts alone will not fit most children until they are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 inches / 1.45 meters) tall. Booster seats raise these children up so that the safety belt will pass properly over the strong parts of their bodies and the safety belt can help protect them in a collision. Do not use the switchable locking feature when using the vehicle's safety belt to restrain a child on a booster seat. Always position the shoulder portion of the safety belt midway over the child's shoulder. If you must transport an older child in a booster seat on the front passenger seat, you can use the safety belt height adjustment to help adjust the shoulder portion properly. Always make sure that the shoulder portion is snug across the shoulder and chest and never rests against or across the child's neck or face.
Page 397 Always make sure that the child can wear the lap belt portion across the upper thighs and never over the stomach or abdomen. Children who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 inches / 1.45 meters) tall can generally use the vehicle's 3 point lap and shoulder belts. Never use the lap belt portion of the vehicle's safety belt alone to restrain any child, regardless of how big the child is. Always remember that children do not have the pronounced pelvic structure required for the proper function of lap belt portion of the vehicle's 3 point lap and shoulder belts. The child's safety absolutely requires that a lap belt portion of the safety belt be fastened snugly across the upper thighs. Never let the lap belt portion of the safety belt pass over the child's stomach or abdomen. It is usually best to put these children in appropriate booster seats and keep them in a booster seat until they are big enough to fit in a safety belt properly. Be sure the booster seat meets all applicable safety standards. Booster seats raise the seating position of the child and reposition both the lap and shoulder parts of the safety belt so that they pass across the child's body in the right places. The routing of the belt over the child's body is very important for the child's protection, whether or not a booster seat is used. Children age 12 and under must always ride in the rear seat.
Page 398 Keep your child in a booster seat until he or she is at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 inches / 1.45 meters) tall AND your child is: tall enough to sit without slouching; and able to keep his or her back against the vehicle seat; and able to keep his or her knees naturally bent over the edge of the vehicle seat; and able to keep his or her feet flat on the floor; and able to sit in that position during the entire trip. The way the safety belt passes over the child’s body is important for their safety and protection in a crash. Always make sure you child can wear the safety belt properly: The lap belt must lie snugly across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt must lie snugly across the shoulder and chest, and never cross the neck or face. Never let a child put the shoulder belt under the arm or behind the back, because it could cause severe injuries in a crash. Always check belt fit on the child in every vehicle. A booster seat may be needed in some vehicles and not in others. If the seat belt...
Page 399 does not fit properly, the child must continue to use a booster seat. Regardless of whether the child is using a booster or is able to properly wear the standard safety belt properly without a booster seat, keep your child in the back seat. Accident statistics show that children are safer on the rear seat than on the front seat. In a collision, airbags must inflate within a blink of an eye and with considerable force. In order to do its job, the airbag needs room to inflate so that it will be there to protect the occupant as the occupant moves forward into the airbag. Even Advanced Airbags can injure children when they inflate. A vehicle occupant who is out of position and too close to the airbag gets in the way of an inflating airbag. When an occupant is too close, he or she will be struck violently and will receive serious or possibly even fatal injuries. In order for the airbag to offer protection, it is important that all vehicle occupants, especially children, who must be in the front seat under exceptional circumstances, be properly restrained and as far away from the airbag as possible. By keeping room between the child's body and the front of the passenger compartment, the airbag can inflate completely and provide supplemental protection in certain frontal collisions.
Page 400 You must take special precautions when installing a booster seat with the vehicle safety belt behind the front passenger seat or behind the driver seat. Always route and secure the unused center safety belt to help prevent a child from playing with the unused safety belt and becoming entangled in it → Using a child restraint on the rear seat , → Fig. 74 . WARNING Not using a booster seat, using the booster seat improperly, incorrectly installing a booster seat or using the vehicle safety belt improperly increases the risk of serious personal injury and death in a collision or other emergency situation. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury and/or death: Always make sure to position the shoulder portion of the 3 point belt over the middle of the child's shoulder. Never let the shoulder portion of the safety belt rest against or across the neck, face, chin, or throat of the child. Always make sure the lap belt portion of the 3 point belt is worn snugly across the upper thighs. Never let the lap belt portion of the safety belt pass over the child's stomach or abdomen. Never let a child put the shoulder belt under the arm or behind the back, because it could cause severe injuries in a crash.
Page 401 the back, because it could cause severe injuries in a crash. Failure to properly route safety belts over a child's body will cause severe injuries in a collision or other emergency situation. Children on the front seat of any car, even with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflates. Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat, for example, the front seat. Never let a child ride in the cargo area of your vehicle. Always remember that a child leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way during a collision can be struck by a deploying airbag. This will result in serious personal injury or death. If you must install a booster seat on the front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances, the PASSENGER AIR BAG light must come on and stay on, whenever the ignition is switched on. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not come on and stay on, perform the checks described → PASSENGER AIR BAG light . Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the seating positions on the rear seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not stay on...
Page 402 PASSENGER AIR BAG light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched on. Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restraint in a vehicle. See → Safety belts , → Airbag system , and → Child safety and child restraints . WARNING A child in a child restraint installed with the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages or with the standard safety belt on the rear seat may play with unused rear seat safety belts and become entangled, resulting in serious personal injury and even death. Always secure unused rear seat safety belts out of the reach of children in child restraints such as by properly routing them around the head restraint adjacent to the seating position where the child restraint is installed. Installing child restraints with a safety belt Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Safety belts for the rear seats and the front passenger seat must be...
Page 403 locked with the switchable locking feature to properly secure child restraints. Child restraints are designed to be secured to the vehicle with the lap belt portion of the 3 point lap and shoulder belt installed for the passenger seats. The outboard rear seating positions also have special fixtures for child restraints that can be used with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages. Regardless of the kind of child restraint that you use, always make sure that the child restraint is properly secured in the vehicle; otherwise the child could be seriously injured in a crash. Always follow legal requirements regarding the installation of child restraints. Whenever a child restraint (except a booster seat) is installed with a safety belt, the safety belt must be locked so that the safety belt webbing cannot unreel. The switchable locking feature lets you lock the belt so that a child restraint can be properly installed and, for example, so that it cannot tip to the side when the vehicle goes around a corner. Place the child restraint on a seat, preferably on a rear seat → . Installing the child restraint on a rear seat...
Page 404 Always carefully follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions when installing a child restraint in your vehicle → . Route the safety belt around or through the child restraint using the proper path for the safety belt as specified by the child restraint manufacturer. Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for that seating position. Make sure that the red release button faces away from the child restraint so that it can be unbuckled quickly. Remove all slack from the lap belt portion of the safety belt and hold it tightly against the child restraint. Push the child restraint down with your full weight to make sure that the child restraint will be properly installed with the safety belt really tight. Activate the belt's switchable locking feature → Activating the switchable locking feature . Pull on the safety belt to make sure the safety belt is properly fastened and tight. Check the child restraint for proper installation by pulling on the child restraint at the place where the vehicle's safety belt goes into the child restraint. The child restraint should not move forward or sideways by more than about 1 inch (2.5 cm).
Page 405 Special instructions for installing child restraints if the child restraint must be installed on the front seat Always carefully follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions when installing a child restraint in your vehicle → . Place the child restraint on a seat, preferably on a rear seat → . If in exceptional circumstances you must install the child restraint on the front seat, be sure to follow the special instructions and heed the WARNINGS below. Make sure the front seat backrest is in the upright position. Move the front passenger seat to the rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible. Set the front passenger's safety belt height adjuster so that available safety belt length is sufficient to properly install the child restraint. Route the safety belt around or through the child restraint using the proper path for the safety belt as specified by the child restraint manufacturer. Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for that seating position. Make sure that the red release button faces away from the child...
Page 406 restraint so that it can be unbuckled quickly. Remove all slack from the lap belt portion of the safety belt and hold it tightly against the child restraint. Push the child restraint down with your full weight to make sure that the child restraint will be properly installed with the safety belt really tight. Activate the belt's switchable locking feature → Activating the switchable locking feature . Pull on the safety belt to make sure the safety belt is properly fastened and tight. Check the child restraint for proper installation by pulling on the child restraint at the place where the vehicle's safety belt goes into the child restraint. The child restraint should not move forward or sideways by more than about 1 inch (2.5 cm). After checking to make sure that the child restraint is properly installed, make certain that the child restraint is correctly recognized by the capacitive passenger detection system in the front passenger seat and that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light signals the correct front passenger front airbag status. Please be sure to read the additional important information and heed the WARNINGS about the Advanced Airbag System and the function of the PASSENGER AIR BAG light in this Manual.
Page 407 Always remember: Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag System, all children, especially those 12 years and younger, must always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. Activating the switchable locking feature Slowly pull the shoulder belt portion of the safety belt all the way out of the retractor. While keeping your weight on the child restraint, guide the shoulder belt portion of the safety belt back into the retractor until the belt lies flat and is tightened against the child restraint. You should hear a clicking noise as the belt winds back into the inertia reel of the safety belt retractor. Test the switchable locking feature by pulling on the belt. You should no longer be able to pull the belt out of the retractor. The switchable locking feature is now active. Pull on the safety belt to make sure the safety belt is properly fastened and tight. Check the child restraint for proper installation by pulling on the child restraint at the place where the vehicle's safety belt goes into the child restraint. The child restraint should not move forward or sideways by more than about 1 inch (2.5 cm). After checking to make sure that the child restraint is properly...
Page 408 installed, make certain that the child restraint is correctly recognized by the capacitive passenger detection system in the front passenger seat and that the PASSENGER AIR BAG light signals the correct front passenger front airbag status. Please be sure to read the additional important information and heed the WARNINGS about the Advanced Airbag System and the function of the PASSENGER AIR BAG light in this Manual. Always remember: Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag System, all children, especially those 12 years and younger, must always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. Deactivating the switchable locking feature The switchable locking feature for child restraints will be deactivated automatically when the belt is wound all the way back into the retractor. Press the red button on the safety belt buckle. The belt tongue will pop out of the buckle. Guide the safety belt back by hand so that it rolls easily onto the retractor and the trim around the retractor will not be damaged.
Page 409 Always let the safety belt retract completely into its stowed position. The safety belt can now be used as an ordinary safety belt without the switchable locking feature for child restraints. If the switchable locking feature should be activated inadvertently, the safety belt must be unfastened and guided completely back into its stowed position to deactivate this feature. If the switchable locking feature is not deactivated, the safety belt will gradually become tighter and uncomfortable to wear.
Page 410 WARNING Using the wrong child restraint or an improperly installed child restraint can cause serious personal injury or death in an accident. Always make sure that the safety belt retractor is locked when installing a child restraint, except a booster seat. An unlocked safety belt retractor cannot hold the child restraint in place during normal driving or in a crash. Always buckle the child restraint firmly in place even if a child is not sitting in it. A loose child restraint can fly around during a sudden stop or in a collision. Always make sure the seat backrest to which the child restraint is installed is in an upright position and securely latched into place and cannot fold forward. Otherwise, the seat backrest with the child restraint attached to it could fly forward in a collision or other emergency situation. Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restraint in a vehicle → Child safety and child restraints . Special precautions apply when installing a child restraint on the front passenger seat → The dangers of using child restraints on the front seat , and → Child restraints and the Advanced Airbag System , and → Important safety instructions for using child restraints .
Page 411 WARNING Improperly installed child restraints increase the risk of serious personal injury and death in a collision. Never unfasten the safety belt to deactivate the switchable locking feature for child restraints while the vehicle is moving. You would not be restrained and could be seriously injured in an accident. NOTICE When installing a child restraint, be careful not to get the belt caught in the structure of the child restraint and become damaged, especially when the switchable locking feature has been activated. Securing the child restraint with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages...
Page 412 Fig. 78 On the rear outboard seat backrests: Markings on the covers of the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages. Fig. 79 On the rear outboard seat backrests: LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages (covers removed). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction LATCH is used in the United States for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children. In Canada, Universal Child Restraint Anchorages...
Page 413 (UCRA) is used to describe the combination of top tether straps and lower anchorages. All child restraints manufactured after September 1, 1999 must have LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages. The LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorage attachment points are on the lower part of the rear seat backrest for the 2 outboard seating positions. Each lower universal anchorage point has a cover. The circular markings on the covers help you to locate the lower anchorages → Fig. 78 . Remove the covers to access the lower anchorage points → Fig. 79 (arrows). LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages secure the child restraint system in the seat without using the vehicle's safety belts. Anchorages provide a secure and easy-to-use attachment and minimize the possibility of improper child restraint installation. Remember that the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorage points are only intended for installation and attachment of child restraints specifically certified for use with these lower universal anchorages. Child restraints that are not equipped with the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorage attachments can still be installed with vehicle safety belts according to the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. You must never mount 2 child restraint systems to one...
Page 414 LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorage point at the same time. For instance, you must not install a child restraint with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorage points on one of the outboard seating positions and then use the inboard anchorage to also install a child restraint in the center of the rear seat that itself is not equipped with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorage points. There are 2 ways to attach an appropriate child restraint to the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages: Rigid connectors on bars at the back of the child restraint: Depending on your vehicle's seats, you may want to use guidance fixtures when installing a child restraint that has rigid mountings. Installation with guidance fixtures is easier and protects the upholstery. Guidance fixtures are included with the child restraint in some cases. If not, they can be purchased from an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. The guidance fixtures must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions at the anchorage points between the seat cushion and the seat backrest. Make sure the seat backrest of the rear seat bench is in the upright position and securely latched in place. Release or deploy the top tether strap (if one is required by the...
Page 415 child restraint manufacturer) to secure the seat → Securing a child restraint with the Top Tether strap . Guide the upper tether strap under the rear head restraint (raise the head restraint if necessary). Attach the tether strap anchorage hook into the opening of the tether anchorage. Attach the connectors onto the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages. Make sure you hear the child restraint click securely into place. Tighten the top tether strap (if there is one) to secure the seat → Securing a child restraint with the Top Tether strap . Pull on both sides of the child restraint once you've installed it to make certain it is secure and properly attached. Releasing Release the top tether strap (if one is required by the child restraint manufacturer). Release the lower latch from the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Hooks attached to adjustable straps (hook-on connectors)
Page 416 Make sure the seat backrest of the rear seat bench is in the upright position and securely latched in place. Attach the hook-on connectors with the spring catch release onto the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorage so that the connectors lock into place. Pull on the connector attachments to make sure that it is properly attached to the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorage. Pull straps tight following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Release or deploy the top tether strap (if one is required by the child restraint manufacturer) to secure the seat → Securing a child restraint with the Top Tether strap . Guide the upper tether strap under the rear head restraint (raise the head restraint if necessary). Guide the tether strap between the rear seat back and the luggage compartment cover. Attach the tether strap anchorage hook into the opening of the tether anchorage and pull the top tether strap tight. After you have installed the child restraint, pull on both of the adjustable straps on the child restraint and pull also on the tether strap to make certain the seat is secure and properly attached. Releasing...
Page 417 Loosen the tension on the hook-on connector straps following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Release the top tether strap (if one is required by the child restraint manufacturer). Depress the spring catch on the hook. Hold the spring catch in the depressed position. Move the hook in the direction of the vehicle floor so that there is enough space to release the connector from the lower anchorage. You must take special precautions when installing a child restraint with the vehicle safety belt or with LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages behind the front passenger seat or behind the driver seat. Always route the unused center seat safety belt and the unused safety belt for the seating position where the LATCH/UCRA child restraint is being installed around the rear head restraint behind the child restraint to help prevent a child from playing with the unused belt and becoming entangled in it.
Page 418 WARNING Improper use of the LATCH/UCRA system can increase the risk of serious personal injury and death in an accident. Always carefully follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for proper installation of the child restraints and proper use of tether straps as well as the LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorages or safety belts in your vehicle. Never mount 2 child restraint systems on 1 LATCH/UCRA lower universal anchorage point. These anchors were developed only for child restraints using the LATCH/UCRA system. Never attach other child restraints, belts, luggage or other things to the LATCH/UCRA anchorages. Always make sure that you hear a click when latching the seat in place. If you do not hear a click, the seat is not secure and could fly forward and hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from the vehicle.
Page 419 NOTICE To help prevent permanent indentations from forming in the cushion, remove the guidance fixtures from the anchorage points when there is no child restraint secured in the vehicle anchorage points. To help prevent damage to the seat upholstery, always remove the guidance fixtures from the anchorage points before folding the backrest on the rear bench seat forward. Be careful not to activate the switchable locking retractor when routing the safety belts around the head restraints. Only pull the safety belt out far enough to allow you to route the belt around the head restraint. Securing a child restraint with the Top Tether strap...
Page 420 Fig. 80 Example of a mounted upper tether strap. The top tether strap reduces the forward movement of the child restraint in a crash, to help reduce the risk of head injury if the child hits the vehicle interior. Fig. 81 Behind the rear seat backrests: Top tether anchorages. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Installing the tether strap Release or deploy the tether strap on the child restraint according to the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Remove the luggage compartment cover, if necessary. Locate the tether anchor behind the rear seat backrest → Fig. 81 . Outer seating position: Guide the upper tether strap under the outer rear head restraint (raise the head restraint if necessary).
Page 421 For child restraints with V-tether straps: Always make sure that the head restraint guide rods do not interfere with any part of the top tether strap. Center seating position: Guide the upper tether strap under the center rear head restraint only when it is pushed all the way up. If the tether strap hook is too big to pass under the center head restraint, push the head restraint all the way down and guide the strap over the center head restraint. Guide the tether strap between the rear seat backrest and the luggage compartment cover. Attach the tether strap anchorage hook into the opening of the tether anchorage. Pull on the tether strap hook so that the spring catch of the hook is engaged. Tighten the tether strap firmly following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Move the head restraint back into the original position, if necessary → Adjusting the seating position . Releasing the tether strap Loosen the tension on the tether strap following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Depress the spring catch on the hook and release it from the...
Page 422 anchorage.
Page 423 WARNING Improper installation of child restraints will increase the risk of injury and death in a crash. Always follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint when installing it in your vehicle. Never install a child restraint without a properly attached top tether strap if the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the top tether strap to be used. The use of a top tether strap for forward-facing child restraints is required by law in Canada. Improper use of top tether straps and anchors can lead to injury in a collision. The anchors are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Never attach 2 child restraint systems to 1 top tether strap or top tether anchorage. Never attach a child restraint tether strap to a tie-down hook in the luggage compartment. Never use child restraint top tether anchorages to secure safety belts or other kinds of occupant restraints. Never secure or attach any luggage or other items to the top tether anchorages.
Page 424 NOTICE If you leave the child restraint with the tether strap firmly installed for several days, this could leave a mark on the upholstery on the seat cushion and backrest in the area where the tether strap was installed. The upholstery would also be permanently stretched around the tether strap. This applies especially to leather seats. Sources of information about child restraints and their use Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The following are some sources of additional information about child restraint selection, installation and use: Safety authorities advise that the best child safety seat is the one that fits your child and fits in your vehicle, and that you will use correctly and consistently. Try before you buy! Transport Canada Information Centre 1-800-333-0371 1-613-998-...
Page 425 8616 (Ottawa) http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety National Highway Traffic Safety Administration 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153) http://www.nhtsa.gov http://www.safercar.gov National SAFE KIDS Campaign 1-202-662-0600 http://www.safekids.org SafetyBeltSafe U.S.A. 1-800-745-SAFE or 1-800-745-7233 (English) 1-800-747-SANO or 1-800-747-7266 (Spanish) http://www.carseat.org Volkswagen Customer CARE 1-800-822- 8987...
Page 426 Lights and vision Lights Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Indicator lights → Turn signal lever and high beam switch → Switching lights on and off → Lights and vision features → Coming Home/Leaving Home features (orientation lighting) → Instrument panel lighting and headlight range adjustment → Interior and reading lights Always obey local vehicle lighting laws. The driver is always responsible for the correct headlight settings. More information:...
Page 427 Exterior views → Exterior views Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Replacing light bulbs → Replacing light bulbs WARNING Crashes and other accidents can happen when you cannot see the road ahead and when you cannot be seen by other motorists. Always switch on the low beam headlights at dusk or when it is dark and whenever the weather is bad or visibility is poor. WARNING Headlights that are aimed too high and improper use of the headlight flasher or high beams can blind and distract other drivers. This can lead to a crash and serious personal injuries. Always make sure that headlights are properly adjusted. Never use the headlight flasher or high beams when they can blind or distract other drivers.
Page 428 Indicator lights Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Indicator lights in the instrument cluster Lights Possible cause Proper response Replace the burned out bulb One or more driving lights not → Replacing light bulbs . If all light working , excluding the Adaptive bulbs are OK, see an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Front Lighting System (AFS). Volkswagen Service Facility. Left or right turn signal. Check the turn signals on the vehicle The indicator light blinks twice as fast if and the trailer. a turn signal is not working on the vehicle or the trailer. → Turn signal lever and high beam High beams switched on or headlight flashers in use. switch . When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. Indicator lights in the light switch...
Page 429 Lights Possible cause The fog lights are switched on → Switching lights on and off The parking lights are switched on → Switching lights on and off . The automatic headlights and, if applicable, the daytime headlights or daytime running lights are switched on → Switching lights on and off .
Page 430 WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Whenever stalled or stopped for repair, move the vehicle a safe distance off the road, stop the engine, turn on the emergency flashers, and use other warning devices to warn approaching traffic. Never park the vehicle in areas where the hot catalytic converter and exhaust system can come into contact with dry grass, brush, spilled fuel, oil, or other material that can catch fire. A broken down vehicle presents a high accident risk for itself and others. Switch on emergency flashers and set up a warning triangle to warn oncoming traffic.
Page 431 NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. High Intensity Discharge (HID) headlights provide bright, uniform lighting to help you see and be seen. The light comes from an electric arc between two electrodes in the gas- filled bulb. Over time, the electrodes can wear down and the gap between them will get wider. The HID lamp’s control unit then increases the voltage to keep the arc’s brightness constant. However, the commonly called “Xenon” bulbs will also ultimately burn out. Before they burn out, HID lamps can flicker. A message will then appear in the MFD. This is your reminder to see an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service facility to check the headlights. Displayed in color on an instrument cluster with color display. A separate display appears in the instrument cluster if there is an AFS malfunction. Turn signal lever and high beam switch...
Page 432 Fig. 82 On the left side of the steering column: Turn signal lever and high beam switch. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Move the lever to the desired position. Right turn signal. Left turn signal. Switching high beams on → . An indicator light lights up in the instrument cluster when the high beams are switched on. Switching the high beams off and operating the headlight flasher. The headlight flasher turns on the high beams as long as the lever is pulled and manually held in the pulled position. The indicator light lights up. When released, the lever moves back to the home position and turns off the high beams. The indicator...
Page 433 light goes out. Move the lever back to the home position to turn the selected feature off. Convenience turn signal (lane change feature) To use the convenience turn signal, move the lever up or down slightly, just to the point of resistance and then release it. If you have the convenience turn signal switched on, the turn signals and the turn signal indicator flash 3 times. If it is switched off, they flash as long as you hold the lever up or down, and go out when you release the lever. The convenience turn signal can be switched on and off in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the Lights and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) .
Page 434 WARNING Improper use of high beams can distract and blind others, causing accidents and serious injuries. The turn signal light works only when the ignition is switched on. The emergency flasher works even when the ignition is switched off → In an emergency . The indicator light flashes twice as fast if a turn signal bulb is burned out. High beams can only be switched on when the low beams are on. Switching lights on and off Fig. 83 Headlight switch next to the steering wheel.
Page 435 Fig. 84 Headlight switch next to the steering wheel (with fog lights and automatic headlights, if equipped). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Adjust the light switch to the desired position → Fig. 83 or → Fig. 84 : When the ignition is When the ignition is switched Symbol switched off Fog lights and low beams switched Headlights off, daytime running lights off. (DRL) on. Orientation lighting may be switched Automatic headlights active; DRL on. Low beams switched off. The DRL may stay on. The length of time they Low beams switched on. stay on depends on the vehicle battery charge. Parking lights and taillights switched Parking lights, DRL, and taillights switched on. Fog lights switched off. The DRL Headlights and fog lights switched on. may stay on for some time.
Page 436 Fog lights (if equipped) The indicator light in the headlight switch shows that the fog lights are switched on. To switch on the fog lights : first turn the light switch to position or , then pull the light switch out to the first detent. To switch off the fog lights, push the switch back in from the first detent. To then turn off the headlights, turn the switch to position Acoustic warning when lights are not switched off In the following situation, a warning chime will sound if you take the key out of the ignition and open the driver door. This is to remind you that lights are still on. Light switch in position...
Page 437 WARNING Daytime running lights and parking lights are not bright enough to let you see ahead or be seen by others when it is dark. Always switch on the low-beam headlights at dusk or when it is dark and whenever the weather is bad or visibility is poor. Never use the daytime running lights to see where you are going. They are not bright enough and will not let you see far enough ahead for safety, especially at dusk or when it is dark. Always switch on the low-beam headlights at dusk or when it is dark. The taillights do not come on with the daytime running lights. Unless the taillights are on, a vehicle cannot be seen by others in bad weather, at dusk, or when it is dark. Even if automatic headlights ( ) are switched on, the low- beam headlights may still not come on by themselves in fog or heavy rain. You have to switch on the low-beam headlights manually. In cool or humid weather, the insides of the headlights, the rear lights, and turn signals can temporarily fog up. This is normal and does not affect the service life of the vehicle's lighting system.
Page 438 Lights and vision features Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Parking lights If the ignition is switched off and the vehicle is locked from the outside with the headlight switch in the position, the parking lights in both headlights come on together with both taillights. Daytime running lights (DRL) Separate lamps are installed in the headlights or in the front bumper for the daytime running lights (DRL). The daytime running lights are switched on whenever the ignition is switched on and the light switch is in position , , or When the daytime running lights are switched on, only these separate lamps come on if the headlight switch is in position or → . If the light switch is in position , a low-light sensor switches the...
Page 439 low beams as well as the instrument and switch lighting on and off automatically. Daytime running lights (DRL) parking feature Some models are equipped with a daytime running lights (DRL) parking feature that switches the daytime running lights off when the parking brake is engaged and the ignition is switched on. Function Action – Switch the ignition on. Switching the DRL off: – Turn the light switch to the position. – Set the parking brake. Switching the DRL back on: – Release the parking brake. Static cornering lights Your vehicle may have fog lights under the front bumper, which on some models are also static cornering lights. On some models the static cornering lights may be integrated in the headlights. At speeds below about 25 mph (40 km/h), the light on one side of the vehicle will come on automatically when you turn a corner. If you turn to the right, the right fog light comes on; turn left and the left fog light comes on. The light dims and goes out when the steering...
Page 440 wheel is straightened out again. When you move the selector lever to Reverse (R), the static cornering lights on both sides of the vehicle may come on so that you can see the area around the vehicle better when backing up. The static cornering lights work only when the headlights are on. If you are using automatic headlights (headlight switch in the position → Fig. 84 ) , they work only when the headlights have been automatically switched on. The static cornering lights do not come on when the headlight switch is in the position or when the fog lights themselves have been switched on → Switching lights on and off . Automatic headlights ( Your vehicle may be equipped with automatic headlights ( which are a convenience feature only and cannot always recognize all lighting and driving situations. If the light switch is in the position, both vehicle lighting and instrument and switch lighting are automatically switched on and off in the following situations → : Automatic activation: Automatic deactivation:...
Page 441 If the low-light sensor registers darkness, If sufficient brightness is registered. for example when driving through a tunnel. If the rain sensor recognizes rain and If the windshield wipers have not moved for switches the windshield wipers on. several minutes. You can adjust the level of darkness the vehicle must register before automatically switching on the headlights in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the function keys Lights and → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . You can also turn the automatic activation of the headlights with the rain sensors on and off via this menu. Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS) The Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS) works only with the low beams switched on and only at speeds above about 6 mph (10 km/h). The swivel-mounted lamps automatically improve road illumination during cornering. In vehicles with Driving Mode Selection, the selected driving mode can affect the turning of the lights → Driving Mode Selection . In some models, the headlights will turn independently, even when driving straight ahead. They can adjust according to the weather conditions and the speed of the vehicle to better light up the road ahead. The bulbs return to their original position after a short period...
Page 442 of time, depending on the vehicle speed. On vehicles equipped with AFS, the feature can be switched on and off in the Infotainment system by pressing the button Lights followed by the and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) .
Page 443 WARNING Crashes and other accidents can happen when you cannot see the road ahead and when you cannot be seen by other motorists. Never use daytime running lights (DRL) to see where you are going. DRL are not bright enough to light up the roadway and be seen by other motorists. You will not be able to see far enough ahead for safety, especially at dusk or when it is dark. Always switch on the low-beam headlights at dusk or when it is dark. The taillights do not come on when the daytime running lights are switched on and the headlight switch is in position or . A vehicle without taillights on cannot be seen by others in bad weather, at dusk, or when it is dark. If automatic headlights ( ) are switched on, the low-beam headlights still may not be switched on in fog or heavy rain. You have to switch on the low-beam headlights yourself. In cool or humid weather, the insides of the headlights, the rear lights, and turn signals can temporarily fog up. This is normal and does not affect the service life of the vehicle's lighting system. Coming Home/Leaving Home features (orientation lighting)
Page 444 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle may be equipped with Coming Home/Leaving Home features, which are controlled automatically by a low-light sensor. Coming Action Home – Switch off the ignition. The Coming Home feature is switched on when the headlight switch is Switch on: in the position and the low-light sensor registers darkness. The delay period starts once the last vehicle door or the rear hatch is closed. – Automatically after delay period is over. – Automatically, if a vehicle door or the rear hatch is still open about 30 seconds after activation. Switch off: – Turn light switch to the position. – Switch the ignition on. Leaving Action Home – Unlock the vehicle if the light switch is in the position and the Switch on: low-light sensor registers darkness. – Automatically after preset delay period is over. – Lock the vehicle. Switch off:...
Page 445 – Turn the light switch to the position. – Switch the ignition on. The length of time the lights stay on can be adjusted or the feature can be activated and deactivated in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the Lights and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . If the Coming Home feature is switched on and the driver door is opened, no warning chime will sound to alert you that the lights are still on. Instrument panel lighting and headlight range adjustment Fig. 85 To the left of the steering wheel: Thumbwheel to adjust instrument panel lighting ①. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Instrument cluster and switch brightness...
Page 446 Depending on vehicle equipment, you can adjust the brightness of the instrument cluster and switch lighting by turning the thumbwheel → Fig. 85 ① . On appropriately equipped vehicles, you can also adjust other interior lights by pressing the button followed by Lights the and function keys in the Infotainment system → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . In some vehicles with daytime running lights (DRL), the instrument cluster lighting switches off automatically when it is dark outside or when driving through tunnels, for example. You will need to switch the headlights on manually when this happens, so that the vehicle's taillights will turn on → Lights and vision features . Headlight range adjustment For vehicles equipped with halogen headlights: The headlight range cannot be manually adjusted. If you believe the headlights are not properly adjusted or are not sure, have them checked immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility → . For vehicles equipped with HID (Xenon) headlights: The headlights are equipped with an automatic leveling feature that automatically adjusts the headlight range to the vehicle loading condition once the low beams are switched on → .
Page 447 WARNING Headlights that are aimed too high because of the way the vehicle is loaded can blind and distract other drivers. This can lead to a crash and serious personal injuries. Always make sure the headlights are adjusted to loading conditions so that they do not blind others. WARNING If the automatic leveling feature of the headlights does not work properly or at all, the headlights could blind and distract other drivers. This can lead to a crash and serious personal injuries. Have headlight range adjustment checked immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Interior and reading lights Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 448 heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Button Function Front interior lights on. Rear interior lights on. Door contact button. Press the button, and the interior lights come on automatically when the vehicle is unlocked, a door is opened, or the vehicle key is removed from the ignition. The lights go out about 20 seconds after you close the doors. They also go out when you lock the vehicle or switch on the ignition. Press the button back out again to switch the door contact feature off. Reading light on or off. Glove and luggage compartment lights The glove and luggage compartments may have lights that come on automatically when they are opened and go off when they are closed. Ambient (background) lighting (if equipped) When the ignition and the headlights are switched on, ambient lights in the doors and footwells light up.
Page 449 On appropriately equipped vehicles, you can adjust the brightness of the ambient lighting in the Infotainment system by pressing the Lights button followed by the and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . The interior and reading lights go out when you lock the vehicle or a few minutes after you remove the vehicle key from the ignition. This helps to prevent unnecessary drain on the vehicle battery.
Page 450 Sun protection Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Sun visors → Windshield made of heat-insulating glass WARNING Sun visors can reduce visibility. Always stow sun visors when not needed to block sun glare. Sun visors Fig. 86 In the headliner: Sun visor.
Page 451 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Sun visor adjustment Flip the sun visor down toward the windshield. Lift it out of the retaining clip → Fig. 86 Ⓐ and swivel it over toward the door. Additional sun visor positions On some vehicles, you can slide the sun visor towards the rear of the vehicle after swiveling it over to the door. Vanity mirror and lighting A vanity mirror is behind a cover in the sun visor. Your vehicle may also be equipped with a light → Fig. 86 ① that comes on when you slide the cover Ⓑ open. The light goes out when you shut the cover or if you flip the sun visor up again. The interior light above the sun visor goes out after several minutes. This helps to prevent unnecessary drain on the vehicle battery.
Page 452 Windshield made of heat-insulating glass Fig. 87 Heat-reflective windshield with communications window (blue shaded area). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Windshields made of insulating glass have a transparent metallic infrared-reflecting coating. There is an uncoated area (communications window) just above the inside rearview mirror → Fig. 87 . This serves as a communications window for transmitting signals to and from electronic components and accessories. The uncoated area must not be blocked on the inside or outside or covered with stickers because this can cause the electronic components to malfunction.
Page 453 Windshield wipers and washer Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Indicator light → Windshield wiper lever → Windshield wiper functions → Windshield wiper service position → Rain sensor → Checking and refilling windshield washer fluid More information: Exterior views → Exterior views Infotainment system → Infotainment system Shifting → Shifting Climate control → Heating and air conditioning Working in the engine compartment → Working in the engine compartment Exterior care and cleaning → Exterior care and cleaning ...
Page 454 WARNING Windshield washer fluid without enough frost protection can freeze on the windshield and reduce visibility. Use the windshield washer system with enough frost protection for winter temperatures. Never use the windshield wipers/washers when it is freezing without first defrosting the windshield. The washer solution may freeze on the windshield and reduce visibility. WARNING Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of accidents and severe injuries. Always replace wiper blades that are worn, damaged, or do not keep the windshield clear.
Page 455 NOTICE To help prevent damage to the wiper blades and the wiper motor when it is cold outside, always make sure that blades are not frozen to the windshield before operating the wipers. Using the windshield wiper service position can be helpful in cold weather so the wipers do not freeze to the windshield → Windshield wiper service position . Indicator light Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle may be equipped with an indicator light that comes on when the windshield washer fluid level is low. Lights Possible cause Proper response Not enough windshield washer fluid Refill windshield washer reservoir at the for the front and rear windshield next opportunity → Checking and refilling washers. windshield washer fluid . When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator...
Page 456 lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. Displayed in color on an instrument cluster with color display. Windshield wiper lever Fig. 88 Operating the front windshield wipers.
Page 457 Fig. 89 Operating the rear wiper. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Move the lever to the desired position → : Ⓐ Wiper switched off. Ⓑ Intermittent wiping for the front windshield. Rain sensor active (if equipped). Ⓒ Slow wiper speed. Ⓓ Fast wiper speed. One-tap wiping – brief wiping. Hold the lever pressed down longer to wipe Ⓔ more often. Pull the lever toward the steering wheel to activate the front windshield Ⓕ washers, then release. Intermittent wiping for the rear window. The wiper wipes about every Ⓖ 6 seconds. Press the lever forward as far as it will go to activate the rear window Ⓗ washers, then release to stay in intermittent wiping mode (position Ⓖ). Pull the lever toward the steering wheel to turn the rear wiper off. Switch for adjusting the windshield wiper interval settings (vehicles without a ① rain sensor) or the sensitivity of the rain sensor (vehicles with a rain sensor).
Page 458 NOTICE To help prevent damage to the wiper blades and the wiper motor when it is cold outside, always make sure that blades are not frozen to the windshield before operating the wipers. Using the service position can be helpful in cold weather so the wipers do not freeze to the windshield → Windshield wiper service position If the ignition is switched off while the wipers are running, the wipers will continue at the same wiping speed when the ignition is switched on again. Frost, ice, snow, leaves, and other objects on the windshield can damage the wipers and the wiper motor. Remove snow and ice from the wipers before you begin driving. If the wiper blades freeze to the windshield, loosen them carefully. Volkswagen recommends using a deicing spray.
Page 459 NOTICE Never switch on the windshield wipers when the windshield is dry because the windshield can be scratched. On some vehicles, the windshield wipers work only if the ignition is switched on and the engine hood is closed. The windshield wipers turn off automatically when the engine hood is opened. The rear window wiper turns off when the rear hatch is opened. The intermittent wiping for the front windshield depends on the driving speed. The higher the speed, the faster the wipers move. If the front wipers are on, the rear wiper is switched on automatically when backing On appropriately equipped vehicles, this feature can be turned on and off in the Infotainment system by pressing the button Mirror and wipers followed by the and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . If the wiper blades freeze to the windshield, loosen them carefully. Volkswagen recommends using a deicing spray. Windshield wiper functions...
Page 460 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Wiper performance in different situations: The wiper speed changes temporarily to the next When the vehicle is not moving: lower speed. While the washer system is working, the Climatronic (if equipped) switches to recirculation for about During automatic wipe/wash: 30 seconds to help prevent the washer fluid odor from entering the vehicle interior. Speed-dependent interval control: The higher the During intermittent wiping: vehicle speed, the faster the wipers move. Heated washer nozzles Some vehicles are equipped with heated washer nozzles. The heating thaws frozen washer nozzles, but not the fluid supply hoses. When the ignition is switched on, the heat applied to the washer nozzles is automatically regulated depending on the outside air temperature. Headlight washer system (if equipped) The headlight washer system cleans the headlight lenses. If the ignition and headlights (high or low beams) are switched on, the headlights are cleaned the first time and every fifth time the...
Page 461 windshield washers are activated. This happens only if the low or high beams are on when the windshield wiper lever is pulled towards the steering wheel. However, the headlights must still be washed by hand periodically (for instance, during fueling) to get rid of hard-to-remove dirt (like insect splatter). To help make sure that the headlight washer system works during winter weather, always keep the headlight washer nozzles free of snow and remove any ice with a deicer spray before driving. Use a deicer spray to remove any ice. If there is something on the windshield, the wiper will try to wipe it away. If it continues to block the wiper, the wiper will stop moving. Remove the obstacle and switch the wiper on again. Windshield wiper service position Fig. 90 Windshield wiper in service position.
Page 462 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction In the service position, the wiper arms can be lifted away from the windshield → Fig. 90 . The wipers are moved to the service position as follows: The engine hood must be closed → Working in the engine compartment . Switch the ignition off, turn it on briefly, and then off again. Press the windshield wiper lever down briefly → Fig. 88 Ⓔ when the ignition is off. Wipers move into service position. Carefully fold the wiper arms back onto the windshield before driving! Switch the ignition on and press the windshield wiper lever down briefly → Fig. 88 Ⓔ . The wiper arms move back to their original position. Lifting the wiper blades and tilting them away from the windshield Put the wiper arms in service position → . Do not handle the wiper blades, handle the wiper arms only at the attachment above the wiper blades.
Page 463 NOTICE To help prevent damage to the engine hood and the windshield wiper arms, lift the wiper arms away from the windshield only when they are in the service position. Always carefully fold the windshield wiper arms down against the windshield before driving the vehicle. The windshield wiper arms can be moved to the service position only when the vehicle is not moving. Rain sensor Fig. 91 Windshield wiper lever: Adjusting the rain sensor ① (if equipped).
Page 464 Fig. 92 Inside the front windshield above the inside mirror: Sensitive rain sensor surface. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction When switched on, the rain sensor automatically shortens or lengthens the time between wiping intervals depending on how hard it is raining → . The rain sensor's sensitivity can be adjusted manually → Fig. 91 ① . Manual wiping (vehicles without rain sensors), see → Windshield wiper lever . On appropriately equipped vehicles, the automatic wipe function of the rain sensor can be turned on and off in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the Mirror and wipers function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Push the lever into the desired position → Fig. 91 :...
Page 465 Rain sensor off (windshield wiper lever home position). Rain sensor active – automatic wiping as needed. Adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor: - Move switch to the right – high sensitivity. - Move switch to the left – low sensitivity. After switching the ignition off and back on again, the rain sensor stays on and works again when the wiper lever is in position Ⓑ. Possible reasons for changes in the way the rain sensor works The rain sensor may misread what is happening in the detection zone of its sensitive rain-sensor surface → Fig. 92 (arrow) and not work for a number of reasons, which may include: Worn out wiper blades: Worn out wiper blades may leave a film of water or wiping streaks; this can cause the wipers to run longer, to wipe more often, or to wipe continuously at high speed. Insects: Insects hitting the windshield may trigger the wipers. Salt streaks: Salt streaks on the windshield from winter driving can cause wiping more often or continuously on glass that is almost dry. Dirt: Caked-on dust, wax, any other buildup on the windshield...
Page 466 (lotus effect), or car-wash detergent residue can lower the rain sensor's sensitivity and cause it to react too slowly or not at all. Crack or chip in the windshield: If a stone hits and chips the windshield while the rain sensor is on, this will trigger a wiper cycle. After that, the rain sensor will recognize the change and recalibrate itself to respond to the sensitive surface's reduced detection zone. Depending on the size of the chip, the sensor's reaction pattern may or may not change. WARNING The rain sensor cannot always recognize rain and activate the wipers. Switch the wipers on manually when water on the windshield reduces visibility. Clean the rain sensor's sensitive surface → Fig. 92 (arrows) regularly and check the wiper blades for wear or damage. To remove wax and coats of polish safely, we recommend using an alcohol-based windshield cleaner. Checking and refilling windshield washer fluid...
Page 467 Fig. 93 In the engine compartment: Cap of the windshield washer fluid reservoir. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Check the windshield washer fluid level regularly and refill as necessary. There is a filter screen in the filler neck of the windshield washer fluid reservoir. The screen helps to keep large particles and debris from getting into and clogging the windshield washer nozzles when adding windshield washer fluid. Take the screen out only to clean it. If the screen is damaged or missing, have it replaced immediately, otherwise the system may become clogged and not work properly. Open the engine hood → Working in the engine compartment ...
Page 468 The windshield washer fluid reservoir can be identified by the symbol on its cap → Fig. 93 . Check if there is still enough windshield washer fluid in the reservoir. Refill with clear water (not distilled water) and an appropriate windshield washer fluid that is recommended by Volkswagen → . Follow the directions on the container. In cold weather, always use a special windshield washer antifreeze solution that will help keep the water from freezing → . Recommended cleaners For the warmer months, Windscreen Clear Summer- G 052 184 A1 - or equivalent. Mixing ratio 1:100 (1 part concentrate to 100 parts water) in the windshield washer reservoir. All-season Windscreen Clear- G 052 164 A2 - or equivalent. Mixing ratio in winter to 0 °F (-18 °C) about 1:2 (1 part concentrate to 2 parts water), otherwise, mixing ratio 1:4 in the windshield washer reservoir. Filling capacity Depending on vehicle equipment, the windshield washer fluid reservoir holds between 3.1–5.2 quarts (3–5 liters).
Page 469 WARNING Never mix antifreeze or similar additives into the windshield washer reservoir. This could produce an oily film on the windshield, which would considerably reduce visibility. Use clear water (not distilled water) with a cleaning solution recommended by Volkswagen. If necessary, blend with a suitable windshield washer fluid antifreeze agent. NOTICE Never mix cleaning solutions recommended by Volkswagen with other cleaning agents. If you do, this could cause sediments or other by-products that can clog the windshield washer nozzles. When refilling, do not confuse one type of operating liquid with another! Otherwise serious malfunctions and engine damage can occur!
Page 471 Mirrors Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Inside mirror → Outside mirrors For your driving safety, it is important that you properly adjust the outside mirrors and the inside mirror before you start driving → . The outside mirrors and the inside mirror help you see and adapt your driving to traffic behind you. Remember that the inside and outside rearview mirrors will not show everything behind you. There can be blind spots. Blind spots can be significantly larger if the mirrors are not properly adjusted. More information: Exterior views → Exterior views Infotainment system → Infotainment system Adjusting the seating position → Adjusting the seating position Shifting → Shifting ...
Page 472 Braking and parking → Braking and parking WARNING Adjusting mirrors when the vehicle is moving can cause driver distraction, accidents, and serious personal injury. Always adjust the rearview mirrors when the vehicle is not moving. Always be aware of what is happening around the vehicle when changing lanes, passing, turning, or parking. Another vehicle, pedestrian, or object could be in your blind spot. Always make sure mirrors are properly adjusted and the view to the rear is not reduced by moisture, ice, snow, or other things.
Page 473 WARNING Self-dimming rearview mirrors contain an electrolyte fluid which can leak if the mirror glass is broken. Electrolyte fluid can irritate the skin, eyes, and respiratory system. Repeated or prolonged exposure to electrolyte fluid can irritate the respiratory system, especially among people with asthma or other respiratory conditions. Get fresh air immediately by leaving the vehicle or, if that is not possible, open windows and doors all the way. If electrolyte fluid gets into the eyes, flush them thoroughly with large amounts of clean water for at least 15 minutes; medical attention is recommended. If electrolyte fluid contacts skin, flush affected area with clean water for at least 15 minutes and then wash affected area with soap and water; medical attention is recommended. Thoroughly wash affected clothing and shoes before reuse. If swallowed, and the person is conscious, rinse mouth with water for at least 15 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. Do not induce vomiting unless instructed to do so by a medical professional.
Page 474 NOTICE Broken glass in the self-dimming rearview mirrors can cause electrolyte fluid leakage. Liquid electrolyte leaked from a broken mirror glass will damage any plastic surfaces it comes in contact with. Clean up spilled electrolyte fluid immediately with clear water and a sponge. Inside mirror Fig. 94 Self-dimming rearview mirror (if equipped).
Page 475 Fig. 95 Manually adjustable inside mirror. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Adjust the inside mirror to make sure that there is good visibility through the rear window. For example, visibility through the rear window could be impaired if there is a sunshade on the rear window or clothing on the luggage compartment cover, or if the rear window is covered with ice, snow, or dirt. Manually adjustable inside mirror Home position: Lever on the bottom edge of the mirror points forward. To adjust to non-glare visibility, move the lever so that it points backward → Fig. 95 . Self-dimming rearview mirror (if equipped) Key to → Fig. 94 : Indicator light...
Page 476 Switch Sensor for recognizing the entry of light from the rear Sensor for registering light from the front The self-dimming feature can be switched on and off with the switch on the inside mirror → Fig. 94 ② or → Fig. 94 ②. When self- dimming is activated, the indicator light ① is on. There are two sensors in the interior mirror housing: One sensor on the side facing the interior to measure light from the rear of the vehicle → Fig. 94 ③ or → Fig. 94 ③. One sensor on the side facing the windshield to measure light from the front of the vehicle → Fig. 94 ④. If the ignition is switched on, the mirror automatically darkens depending on the amount of light shining into the vehicle from the rear. The self-dimming feature is deactivated when you shift the transmission into reverse or switch on the interior lights or the reading light. Do not attach external navigation devices to the windshield or in the...
Page 477 vicinity of the self-dimming inside mirror → . WARNING The illuminated display on an external navigation device can cause the self-dimming inside mirror to malfunction, which can result in crashes and serious injuries. Malfunctions in the self-dimming function can result in the inside mirror being unable to evaluate the exact distance of vehicles in the rear or other objects. If the light striking the sensor is filtered or blocked (such as by a sunshade), the self- dimming inside mirror will not work properly or may not work at all. Outside mirrors Fig. 96 In the driver door: Adjusting knob for the outside mirrors.
Page 478 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction When the ignition is switched on, turn the knob in the driver door → Fig. 96 to adjust the outside mirrors. Turn the knob to the desired position: Switch on outside mirror heating. Heats only at outside air temperatures below +68 °F (+20 °C). Adjust the left outside mirror by pressing the knob to left/right and up/down. Adjust the right outside mirror by pressing the knob to left/right and up/down. Neutral position. No heating or adjustment possible. Synchronous mirror adjustment (if equipped) To turn on the synchronous mirror adjustment feature in the Infotainment system, press the button followed by the Mirrors and wipers and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Turn the outside mirror adjusting knob to the L position. Adjust the left outside mirror. The right (passenger) outside mirror will automatically adjust at the same time. If needed, correct the position of the right mirror by turning the adjusting knob to the R position.
Page 479 Passenger side mirror lowering in reverse gear (if equipped) Select a valid remote control vehicle key on which the settings should be saved. Unlock the vehicle using this key. Set the parking brake. Switch on the ignition. To turn the passenger side mirror lowering feature on in the Infotainment system, press the button followed by the Mirrors and wipers and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Shift the transmission to Reverse (R). Adjust the passenger outside mirror for a clear view of the curb, for example. The adjusted mirror position is automatically stored and assigned to the vehicle key used to unlock the vehicle. Recalling the passenger side mirror settings Turn the adjusting knob for the outside mirrors to the R position. Shift the transmission into Reverse (R) with the ignition switched The passenger mirror moves back to the regular position when...
Page 480 the vehicle moves forward faster than about 10 mph (15 km/h) or the adjusting knob is moved from R to another position. WARNING Improper use of the folding outside mirrors can cause personal injury. Always make sure that nobody is in the way when folding the mirrors in or out. Make sure that you do not get your finger caught between the mirror and the mirror base when moving the mirrors.
Page 481 WARNING Incorrectly estimating distances with the right outside mirror can cause collisions and serious injury. The right outside mirror has a convex (curved) surface. This widens your field of vision. But vehicles or other objects seen in a convex mirror will look smaller and farther away than they really are. If you use the right outside mirror to judge distances from vehicles behind you when changing lanes, you could estimate incorrectly and cause a crash and serious injuries. Whenever possible, use the inside mirror to more accurately judge distance and size of vehicles or other objects seen in the convex mirror. Always make sure you have a clear view to the rear of the vehicle.
Page 482 NOTICE Always fold in the outside mirrors when taking the vehicle through an automatic car wash. To reduce fuel consumption, use outside mirror heating only when needed. When first switched on, outside mirror heating works with maximum heat for about 2 minutes. If power mirror adjustment does not work, the outside mirrors can be adjusted by hand by pressing on the edges of the mirror surface.
Page 483 Transporting Driving tips Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Stowing luggage → Driving with an open rear hatch → Driving a loaded vehicle → Weights and axle weights Always stow heavy objects in the luggage compartment and make sure that the rear seat backrests are securely latched. Always use the tie-downs in the luggage compartment and secure the objects with suitable straps. Never overload the vehicle. Remember that the vehicle load, as well as how it is distributed, can affect vehicle handling and braking → . More information:...
Page 484 Rear hatch → Rear hatch Lights → Lights Luggage compartment → Luggage compartment Roof rack → Roof rack Trailer towing → Trailer towing Tires and wheels → Tires and wheels WARNING Unsecured or incorrectly stowed items can fly through the vehicle, causing serious personal injury during hard braking or sharp steering or in an accident. Loose items can also be struck and thrown through the passenger compartment by the front airbags if they inflate. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury: Always stow all objects securely in the vehicle. Always keep storage compartments closed while driving. Do not stow hard, heavy, or sharp objects in open bins in the vehicle or on top of the instrument panel. Remove hard, heavy, and sharp objects from clothing and bags in the vehicle interior and stow securely. Always put heavy items in the luggage compartment. Always secure objects in the passenger compartment properly...
Page 485 Always secure objects in the passenger compartment properly with suitable straps so that they cannot move into the deployment area of a side or front airbag during braking, in a sudden maneuver, or in a collision. Always make sure that there is nothing on the front passenger seat when the backrest is folded forward. Passengers must never ride in an incorrect seating position because objects are being transported in the vehicle. Never let anybody sit in a seat that is blocked by objects being carried in the vehicle. WARNING Heavy loads will influence the way your vehicle handles and increase stopping distances. Heavy loads that are not properly stowed or secured can cause loss of control and serious injury. Secure the load properly to keep it from shifting. Always remember when transporting heavy objects that a change in the center of gravity also changes the way your vehicle handles: - Always distribute the load as evenly as possible. - Secure heavy objects properly as far forward in the luggage compartment as possible.
Page 486 luggage compartment as possible. - Always tie down heavy items securely with suitable straps using the tie-downs in the luggage compartment. Securely latch the rear seat backrest in the upright position. Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating on the safety compliance sticker on the left door jamb. Exceeding permissible weight can cause the vehicle to skid and handle differently. Always adapt your speed and driving to the heavier load and the weight distribution in the vehicle. Take road, weather, traffic, and visibility conditions into account as well. Always accelerate gently and avoid sudden braking and driving maneuvers. Always brake earlier than you would if you were not driving a loaded vehicle. Stowing luggage Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Always stow all luggage securely in the vehicle...
Page 487 Distribute the load in the vehicle and, if applicable, on the roof and in the trailer as evenly as possible. Put heavy objects as far forward as possible in the luggage compartment and securely latch the rear seat backrest in the upright position. Secure luggage in the luggage compartment using suitable straps and the tie downs → Tie-downs . Also see → Luggage compartment . Adjust the headlight range, if necessary → Lights . Check the pressure in all 4 tires when the tires are still cold. Never reduce air pressure in warm tires to match cold tire inflation pressure. Heed the information on the tire pressure label → Tires and wheels . Pay especially close attention to your vehicle's Tire Pressure Monitoring System when driving with a heavy load → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . NOTICE Wires in the rear windows such as for heating or for an antenna can be damaged by objects that rub against them.
Page 488 Please review the information on loading a trailer → Trailer towing and a roof rack → Roof rack . Driving with an open rear hatch Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Driving with an open rear hatch can lead to serious personal injury. If you have to drive with an open rear hatch, make sure that all objects and the hatch itself are properly secured and take appropriate measures to keep toxic exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle. WARNING Driving with an unlatched or open rear hatch can lead to serious personal injury. Never transport objects larger than those that fit completely in the luggage compartment, because the rear hatch cannot be fully closed properly. After closing the rear hatch, always pull up on it to make sure that it is properly closed and cannot open suddenly when the vehicle is moving.
Page 489 vehicle is moving. Always stow all objects securely in the luggage compartment. Loose objects can fall out of the luggage compartment and injure others on the road behind you. Drive carefully; anticipate what other drivers will do. Avoid abrupt or sudden acceleration, steering, or braking, because the unlatched rear hatch can move suddenly. Always mark objects sticking out from the luggage compartment clearly for others to see. Obey all applicable legal requirements. Never use the rear hatch to clamp or hold objects that stick out of the luggage compartment. Always remove any luggage rack or other rack mounted on the rear hatch (along with any luggage on the rack) before driving with an open rear hatch.
Page 490 WARNING Driving with an open rear hatch can cause poisonous carbon monoxide in the engine exhaust to get into the passenger compartment. Carbon monoxide causes drowsiness, inattentiveness, poisoning, and loss of consciousness. It can lead to accidents and severe personal injuries. Always keep the rear hatch closed while driving to help keep poisonous exhaust fumes from being drawn into the vehicle. Never transport objects that are too large to fit completely into the luggage area, because then the rear hatch cannot be fully closed. If you absolutely must drive with an open rear hatch, do the following to reduce the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning: - Close all windows and the power sunroof. - Switch off the climate control system's air recirculation feature. - Open all air vents in the instrument panel. - Set the fresh air fan to the highest speed.
Page 491 NOTICE The open rear hatch changes the vehicle length and height. Driving a loaded vehicle Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction For good handling when driving a loaded vehicle, please observe the following: Securely stow all luggage → Stowing luggage . Drive especially carefully and accelerate gently. Avoid sudden braking and driving maneuvers. Brake earlier than you would if you were not driving a loaded vehicle. If applicable, observe information about driving with a trailer → Trailer towing . If applicable, observe information about driving with a roof rack → Roof rack .
Page 492 WARNING Heavy loads can change the way your vehicle handles and increase stopping distances. Heavy loads that are not properly stowed or secured can shift suddenly, causing loss of control and serious injury. Secure the load properly to keep it from shifting. Always remember when transporting heavy objects that they change the vehicle's center of gravity and also the way it handles. - Always distribute the load as evenly as possible. - Secure heavy objects as far forward in the luggage compartment as possible. - Secure luggage in the luggage compartment using suitable straps and the tie downs → Tie-downs . Also see → Luggage compartment . Always tie down heavy items securely with suitable straps. Securely latch the rear seat backrest in the upright position. Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating on the safety compliance sticker on the left door jamb. Exceeding permissible weight can cause the vehicle to skid and handle differently.
Page 493 Always adapt speed and driving to the heavier load and the weight distribution in the vehicle. Take road, weather, traffic, and visibility conditions into account as well. Always accelerate gently and avoid sudden braking and driving maneuvers. Always brake earlier than you would if you were not driving a loaded vehicle. Weights and axle weights Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The actual gross weight of any vehicle depends on the engine, basic equipment, any factory-installed optional equipment for the given model, and any accessories that have been installed. The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross front and Rear Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR) for a given vehicle are printed on the vehicle's Safety Compliance Certification Label on the driver door jamb → Important vehicle labels . The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating includes the weight of the vehicle itself with all of its factory-installed equipment, plus a full tank of...
Page 494 gasoline, the engine oil and coolant, all vehicle occupants (150 lbs/68 kg per seating position) and cargo. The Gross Axle Weight Ratings specify the maximum allowable load for each axle. The cargo payload may not be increased by using a roof rack without commensurately reducing the weight from vehicle occupants → . Determining the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating → Tires and wheels . Vehicle payload consists of the combined weight of the following: Passengers. Total luggage and other cargo. Roof load including the roof rack system, if permitted → Roof rack . Factory-installed or retrofitted accessories. Hitch weight and tongue weight for trailer towing, if permitted → Trailer towing . Please refer to the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross front and rear Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR) for your vehicle, which are printed on the vehicle's Safety Compliance Certification...
Page 495 Label on the driver door jamb → Important vehicle labels . WARNING Exceeding maximum permissible weight ratings can result in vehicle damage, accidents, and serious personal injury. Never let the actual weights at the front and rear axles exceed the permissible Gross Axle Weight Rating. Also, never let the total of these actual weights exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. Always remember that the vehicle's handling and braking will be affected by extra load and the distribution of this load. Adjust your speed accordingly.
Page 496 NOTICE Always distribute the load evenly and as low as possible in the vehicle. The vehicle capacity weight figures apply when the load is distributed evenly in the vehicle (passengers and luggage). When transporting a heavy load in the luggage compartment, carry the load as close to the rear axle (as far forward) as possible so that the vehicle's handling and braking are affected as little as possible.
Page 497 Luggage compartment Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Folding the rear seat backrest forward and back into place → Luggage compartment cover → Luggage compartment pass-through → Tie-downs → Shopping bag hooks → Variable luggage compartment floor Always stow heavy objects in the luggage compartment and make sure that the rear seat backrests are securely latched in their upright position. Always secure objects to the tie-downs with suitable straps. Never overload the vehicle. Remember that the vehicle load, as well as how it is distributed, can affect vehicle handling and braking → . More information: Safety belts → Safety belts Airbag system → Airbag system ...
Page 498 Lights → Lights Transporting → Driving tips Trailer towing → Trailer towing Tires and wheels → Tires and wheels WARNING An open or unlocked luggage compartment poses special risks for children. Close and lock the rear hatch and all doors when the vehicle is not in use. First, make certain that no one is left inside. Never leave your vehicle unattended or let children play around the vehicle, especially with the rear hatch left open. A child could crawl into the vehicle and pull the hatch shut, becoming trapped and unable to get out. This could cause severe or fatal injuries. A closed vehicle can become very hot or very cold, depending on the season. Temperatures can quickly reach levels that can cause unconsciousness or death, particularly to small children. Never let children play in or around the vehicle. Never let anyone ride in the luggage compartment.
Page 499 WARNING Unsecured or incorrectly stowed items can fly through the vehicle, causing serious personal injury during hard braking or sharp steering or in an accident. Loose items can also be struck and thrown through the passenger compartment by the front airbags if they inflate. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury: Always stow all objects securely in the vehicle. Always put luggage and heavy items in the luggage compartment. Always secure objects in the passenger compartment properly with suitable straps so that they cannot move into the deployment zone of a side or front airbag during sudden braking, in a sudden maneuver, or in a collision. Always keep storage compartments closed while driving. Never stow hard, heavy, or sharp objects in the vehicle's open storage compartments, on the luggage compartment cover, or on the top of the instrument panel. Always remove hard, heavy, or sharp objects from clothing and bags in the vehicle interior and stow them securely in the luggage compartment. WARNING...
Page 500 WARNING Transporting heavy objects causes the handling characteristics of the vehicle to change and increases braking distances. Heavy loads which are not properly stowed or secured in the vehicle can lead to a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury. Transporting heavy items causes the handling characteristics of the vehicle to change by shifting the vehicle's center of gravity. Always distribute luggage evenly and as low as possible within the vehicle. The vehicle capacity weight figures apply when the load is distributed evenly in the vehicle (passengers and luggage). Always stow luggage and heavy items in the luggage compartment as far forward of the rear axle as possible and secure them with appropriate straps to the tie-downs provided. Never exceed the vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating or Gross Axle Weight Ratings, which are printed on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the door jamb of the driver door. Exceeding the permissible weight can cause the vehicle to skid and behave differently. Always adapt your speed and driving style to accommodate your payload and its weight distribution within your vehicle. Be especially cautious and gentle when stepping on the accelerator pedal and avoid sudden braking and other...
Page 501 accelerator pedal and avoid sudden braking and other maneuvers. Brake earlier than you would if you were not driving a loaded vehicle. NOTICE The defroster heating wires or antenna in the rear window can be damaged by objects that rub against them. The ventilation slots in the luggage compartment must not be blocked so that stale air can escape from the vehicle. Folding the rear seat backrest forward and back into place Fig. 97 : Rear seat bench: Release button ① and red mark on the...
Page 502 indicator ②. : Seat backrest folded forward. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The rear seat backrest is divided into 2 sections. Each section of the rear seat backrest can be folded down individually to increase luggage space. Folding the rear seat backrest forward Push the head restraint all the way down → Adjusting the seating position . Pull the release button → Fig. 97 ① forward while folding the rear seat backrest forward. The rear seat backrest is unlocked if the red mark → Fig. 97 ② can be seen on the indicator. The rear seat backrest is released and can be folded forward. If the rear seat backrest is folded down, no one, including children, may ride on the rear seat. Folding the rear seat backrest back into place Fold the rear seat backrest back until it engages securely → .
Page 503 The red mark on the indicator → Fig. 97 ② should no longer be visible. The rear seat backrest must be securely latched into place for the safety belts on the rear seats to provide optimal protection. WARNING Improper folding and improper latching of the rear seat backrest can cause serious personal injury. Always make sure there are no people or animals in the area around the rear seat backrest when folding it forward. Never fold the rear seat backrest forward or back while the vehicle is moving. When folding the rear seat backrest back up, make sure that the safety belt does not get caught or damaged. Keep hands, fingers, feet and other body parts out of the way when folding the rear seat backrest forward or back. Each rear seat backrest must be securely latched in the upright position so that the safety belts on the rear seats can provide protection. This is particularly the case for the middle seat on the rear seat bench. If a seat is used with an unsecured backrest, the passenger will move forward together with the rear seat backrest during...
Page 504 will move forward together with the rear seat backrest during sudden braking, driving maneuvers, or in a collision. If the red mark on the indicator → Fig. 97 ② is visible, this indicates that the backrest is not latched into place. Always check to make sure that the red mark is not visible whenever the rear seat backrest is in the upright position. No one, including children, may ride on the rear seats if the rear seat backrest is folded down or not correctly latched. NOTICE Before folding the rear seat backrest forward, adjust the front seats so that the rear seat's head restraint or backrest cushion will not touch the front seats. Luggage compartment cover...
Page 505 Fig. 98 In the luggage compartment: Installing and removing the luggage compartment cover. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction When you open or close the rear hatch, the supporting cords, when attached, will automatically raise or lower the luggage compartment cover. You can put light articles of clothing on the luggage compartment cover. But remember that your view through the rear window must not be obstructed. Removing the luggage compartment cover Unhook the supporting cords from each side of the rear hatch → Fig. 98 (top arrows).
Page 506 Push the luggage compartment cover upward from below → Fig. 98 (bottom arrows) until it releases from the side brackets. If necessary, stow the luggage compartment cover under the variable luggage compartment floor → Variable luggage compartment floor . Installing the luggage compartment cover Press the luggage compartment cover into the side brackets from above → Fig. 98 (bottom arrows). Hook the supporting cords onto the rear hatch → Fig. 98 (top arrows). WARNING In a sudden braking or other maneuver, or in a collision, unsecured or improperly secured objects or animals on the luggage compartment cover can cause serious personal injury. Never leave hard, heavy or sharp objects in bags or loose on the luggage compartment cover. Never let animals ride on the luggage compartment cover.
Page 507 WARNING Clothes or other items on the luggage compartment cover behind the rear seat backrest may limit visibility and cause accidents and severe personal injuries. Always hang clothes so that they do not limit visibility. NOTICE To help prevent damage to the luggage compartment cover, the luggage compartment may only be loaded to a height at which the luggage compartment cover will not press on the cargo when the rear hatch is closed. NOTICE Things on the luggage compartment cover can damage it. The defroster heating wires or antenna in the rear window can be damaged by objects that rub against them.
Page 508 The ventilation slots in the luggage compartment must not be blocked so that stale air can escape from the vehicle. Luggage compartment pass-through Fig. 99 In the rear seat backrest: Opening the luggage compartment pass-through. Fig. 100 In the luggage compartment: Opening the pass-through. Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 509 heed the WARNINGS → Introduction There may be a pass-through for transporting things like skis in the rear seat backrest behind the center armrest. To help prevent soiling the vehicle interior, cover dirty items before sliding them into the pass-through. If the center armrest is folded down, no one can sit on the middle seat of the rear bench. Opening the pass-through Fold down the rear center armrest → Adjusting the seating position . Pull the release lever in the direction of the arrow → Fig. 99 ① and fold the pass-through cover all the way forward. Open the rear hatch. Slide long objects from the luggage compartment through the pass-through. Secure objects with the safety belt. Close the rear hatch. Closing the pass-through...
Page 510 Fold the pass-through cover back until it engages securely. The red mark on the luggage compartment side should not be visible. Close the rear hatch. If necessary, fold the center armrest up. The pass-through can also be opened from the luggage compartment. Press the release lever → Fig. 100 in the direction of the arrow and push the cover forward. Tie-downs Fig. 101 In the luggage compartment: Tie-downs. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction There are tie-downs in the front and rear of the luggage compartment, which you can use to secure luggage or other items → Fig. 101 (arrows).
Page 511 Some tie-downs may have to be folded open for use. Elastic straps can snap back toward you if they are not properly attached → . If you use elastic straps to secure items in the luggage compartment, be sure to securely attach them to the tie-downs just behind the rear seat backrest first and then to the tie-downs at the loading edge of the luggage compartment. Remove the hooks from the tie-downs in the reverse order described above, first from the tie-downs at the loading edge and then from the tie-downs behind the rear seat backrest so that if the hooks come loose suddenly, they will move away from you.
Page 512 WARNING Unsuitable, worn, or damaged tie-down straps (elastic or non- elastic) can snap or come loose during braking or other maneuvers or in a collision. Objects secured with these straps can then come loose and fly through the passenger compartment, causing severe personal injuries or death. To help prevent baggage or other items from coming loose and flying around, always use suitable undamaged tie-down straps. Securely fasten the tie-down straps to the tie-downs. Loose or improperly secured objects in the luggage compartment can slide about suddenly and change the vehicle's handling. Secure even small and light objects. Loose objects in the luggage or passenger compartment can fly about during sudden braking maneuvers or in the event of an accident and injure occupants. Never exceed the maximum allowable load on the tie-downs when securing objects. Never secure a child restraint to the tie-downs.
Page 513 WARNING Elastic straps have to be stretched when being attached to the tie-downs in the luggage compartment. Hooks on these straps can cause serious personal injury if not handled properly and attached securely. Always protect eyes and face from injury from the hooks when attaching them to the tie-downs in the luggage compartment. Always hold the hooks on elastic straps firmly when attaching to the vehicle and do not let them snap back and hit you. First attach the hooks on the straps to the tie-downs at the rear seat backrest in the luggage compartment and then to the tie- downs near the loading edge of the luggage compartment. This way, if one of the hooks on the elastic straps snaps back, it will move away from you, decreasing the risk of personal injury. The maximum load for the tie-downs is about 380 lbs. (172 kg). For suitable straps and luggage stowage systems, please see an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Shopping bag hooks...
Page 514 Fig. 102 In the luggage compartment: Shopping bag hooks. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Shopping bag hooks may be located on the upper left and right of the luggage compartment → Fig. 102 (arrows). WARNING Never use the shopping bag hooks as tie-downs. The hooks could break off during sudden braking maneuvers or in a collision.
Page 515 NOTICE The maximum load for each shopping bag hook is 5 lbs. (2.5 kg). Variable luggage compartment floor Fig. 103 In the luggage compartment: Opening the variable luggage compartment floor.
Page 516 Fig. 104 In the luggage compartment: Variable luggage compartment floor folded up. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Some models are equipped with a variable luggage compartment floor, which is height-adjustable. Opening and closing the luggage compartment floor To open the luggage compartment floor, lift the recessed handle → Fig. 103 and guide the floor upward until it is held in position by the stops on either side of the luggage compartment → Fig. 104 (arrows). To close, guide the luggage compartment floor past the stops and downward into position. If necessary, gently pressing the stops can help the floor pass through → . Adjusting the height of the luggage compartment floor Grasp the recessed handle → Fig. 103 , lift the luggage compartment floor, and pull it rearward out of the guides on the sides of the luggage compartment. Insert the luggage compartment floor into the guides at the required height and push it forward as far as it will go.
Page 517 Removing the luggage compartment floor Grasp the recessed handle → Fig. 103 , lift the luggage compartment floor, and pull it rearward out of the guides on the sides of the luggage compartment. Remove the luggage compartment floor and store it in a clean, dry location. WARNING During hard braking or an accident, loose objects can fly through the passenger compartment and cause serious or even fatal injuries. Even if the luggage compartment floor panel is properly raised, it is still necessary to secure all objects. The maximum weight rating of the variable luggage compartment floor is 330 lbs (150 kg) in the upper position...
Page 518 NOTICE Do not let the luggage compartment floor fall freely when closing it. Always guide it down into place. The trim or the luggage compartment floor could be damaged. If you store the luggage compartment cover under the variable luggage compartment floor, insert the luggage compartment floor into the upper guides.
Page 519 Roof rack Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Attaching the roof rack base carrier and roof rack → Securing a load on the roof rack The roof of your vehicle has been designed to optimize aerodynamics and does not have traditional rain gutters that are used to attach many kinds of roof racks. Since the rain gutters are molded into the roof to provide efficient aerodynamics, only Volkswagen-approved base carrier mounts and roof racks can be used. When should the roof rack be removed? When it is no longer needed. Before driving through an automatic car wash. When the vehicle would otherwise be too high for minimum clearance to enter, for example, a garage.
Page 520 More information: Lights → Lights Transporting → Transporting Tires and wheels → Tires and wheels Saving fuel and helping the environment → Saving fuel and helping the environment Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications ...
Page 521 WARNING Transporting heavy or bulky loads on the roof rack will change the way the vehicle handles by shifting the vehicle's center of gravity and increasing the wind drag. Always secure the load properly with suitable and undamaged straps so that the load will not shift. Cargo that is large, heavy, bulky, long or flat will have a negative effect on the vehicle's aerodynamics, center of gravity and overall handling. Always avoid sudden maneuvers and hard braking. Always adapt your speed and driving to the heavier load and the weight distribution in the vehicle. Take road, weather, traffic, and visibility conditions into account as well.
Page 522 NOTICE Always remove the roof rack before driving through an automatic car wash. Your vehicle is higher when the roof rack is installed, especially when it is loaded. Compare the vehicle height with existing clearance heights, such as underpasses and garage doors. Always make sure that the roof rack system and anything being carried on it does not interfere with the roof antenna, the power sunroof, or the rear hatch. Make sure that the rear hatch does not touch items on the roof rack when opened. If a roof rack is installed, fuel consumption increases due to increased air resistance. Attaching the roof rack base carrier and roof rack...
Page 523 Fig. 105 Mounting points for the base carrier and roof rack on 2- door vehicles. Fig. 106 Mounting points for the base carrier and roof rack on 4- door vehicles. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The base carrier is the basis of a complete roof rack system. For safety reasons, additional attachments are necessary for...
Page 524 Suitable accessories can be purchased from your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Mounting the roof rack base carrier and roof rack on 2-door vehicles Always attach the base carrier and roof rack correctly. Always carefully follow the installation instructions from the base carrier or roof rack manufacturer. The front mounting holes are on the underside of the roof frame. They are sealed with plastic screws that must be removed before installation → Fig. 105 (magnified view on left). The holes are only visible when the door is open. The rear markings for the base carrier are above the rear side windows → Fig. 105 (magnified view on right). Only mount the roof rack base carrier on the markings shown in the illustration. Once you have installed the base carrier correctly, you can secure the roof rack on the base carrier according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Page 525 Mounting the roof rack base carrier and roof rack on 4-door vehicles Always attach the base carrier and roof rack correctly. Always carefully follow the installation instructions from the base carrier or roof rack manufacturer. The front mounting holes are on the underside of the roof frame. They are sealed with plastic screws that must be removed before installation → Fig. 106 (magnified view on left). The rear markings for the base carrier are on the underside of the roof frame → Fig. 106 (magnified view on right). The holes and markings are only visible when the door is open. Only mount the roof rack base carrier on the markings shown in the illustration. Once you have installed the base carrier correctly, you can secure the roof rack on the base carrier according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Page 526 WARNING Installing or using a base carrier or roof rack improperly can cause the entire system to fly off the vehicle, causing accidents and injuries. Always follow the installation instructions provided by the manufacturer. Use the base carrier and roof rack only if they are undamaged and properly installed. Secure the roof rack base carrier only at the attachment points shown in the illustration → Fig. 105 or → Fig. 106 . Always install the base carrier and roof rack properly. Make sure that all bolts and fasteners are properly installed and properly tightened before every trip and retighten them as needed after driving a short distance. During a long trip, check all bolts and fasteners at each stop. Always properly install special fixtures for items such as bicycles, skis, surfboards, etc. Do not modify or repair the base carrier or roof rack. Follow the installation instructions provided for installing the roof rack system. Always...
Page 527 carry them in the vehicle. Securing a load on the roof rack Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction It is not possible to secure a load unless the roof rack system has been properly installed → . Maximum permissible roof load The maximum permissible roof load is 165 lbs. (75 kg). The roof load is the combined weight of the roof rack and the items being carried on the roof → . Be sure you know the weight of the roof rack and the items you want to transport on the roof. Weigh them if necessary. Never carry a total of more than the maximum permissible roof load. When using a roof rack with a lower load limit, do not load the rack to the maximum weight mentioned above. In this case, you may only load the roof rack to the weight limit specified in the system's installation instructions.
Page 528 Distributing the load Distribute the load evenly and secure it properly → . Checking the mountings After the base carrier and roof rack have been installed, check all bolts and fasteners after driving a short time and at regular intervals thereafter. WARNING If the maximum permissible roof load is exceeded, accidents and substantial vehicle damage may occur. Never exceed the specified roof load, the maximum Gross Axle Weight Rating, or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. Do not exceed the loading capacity of the roof rack, even if the permissible roof load is not fully utilized. Always make sure that loads are evenly distributed and that heavier items are, as far as possible, toward the front.
Page 529 WARNING Loose or improperly secured items can fall off the roof rack and cause accidents and injuries. Always use suitable, undamaged tie-down ropes and ratchet straps. Secure the load properly.
Page 530 Trailer towing Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Technical requirements → Hitching up and connecting a trailer → Loading the trailer → Driving with a trailer → Ball mount → Retrofitting a trailer hitch → Maximum permissible trailer weight Obey country-specific requirements about trailer towing and trailer hitches. Volkswagen does not recommend installing a trailer hitch on your vehicle. Your Volkswagen was mainly designed for carrying passengers. If you plan to tow a trailer, please remember your vehicle will be performing a job for which it was not primarily intended. The additional load will affect durability, handling, fuel economy, and performance, and may require the vehicle to be serviced more often.
Page 531 Trailer towing not only places more stress on the vehicle, it calls for more concentration from the driver. Always follow the operating and driving instructions given, and use common sense. Under winter conditions, install winter tires on the vehicle and the trailer. Important information for Golf R models For technical reasons, the vehicle body structure is not designed for the installation of a trailer hitch. Never install a trailer hitch on Golf R models. Installing a trailer hitch will do considerable damage to the vehicle → . More information: Power locking system → Power locking system Anti-theft alarm system → Anti-theft alarm system Lights and vision → Lights Tires and wheels → Tires and wheels Braking and parking → Braking and parking Saving fuel and helping the environment → Saving fuel and...
Page 532 helping the environment Starting assistance systems → Starting assistance systems Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications WARNING Riding in a trailer is dangerous and may be illegal.
Page 533 WARNING Improper use of the trailer hitch can cause accidents and injuries. An improperly installed, incorrect, or damaged trailer hitch can cause the trailer to separate from the towing vehicle and cause serious personal injuries. Only use an undamaged, properly mounted trailer hitch. Never repair or modify the trailer hitch. To reduce the risk of injury in rear-end collisions, and the risk to pedestrians and cyclists when the vehicle is parked, always remove the ball mount when you are not towing a trailer. Never install a weight distributing or load equalizing trailer hitch on your vehicle. The vehicle was not designed for these kinds of trailer hitches. The trailer hitch attachment can fail, causing the trailer to tear loose from the vehicle. WARNING Improper trailer towing can cause loss of vehicle control and serious personal injury. Driving with a trailer and carrying heavy or large things can change the way the vehicle handles, increase the distance it...
Page 534 change the way the vehicle handles, increase the distance it needs to stop safely, and cause accidents. Always secure the load properly with suitable and undamaged straps so that the load will not shift. Always adapt your speed and driving to the heavier load and the weight distribution in the vehicle. Take road, weather, traffic, and visibility conditions into account as well. Reduce your speed even more than you otherwise would when going downhill and under unfavorable load, weather, or wind conditions. Trailers with a high center of gravity tip more easily than trailers with a low center of gravity. Always avoid sudden maneuvers and hard braking. Be especially careful when passing other vehicles. Reduce speed immediately if the trailer shows the slightest sign of swaying. Never try to stop the swaying by accelerating. Always obey speed limits. In some areas, the speed limits for vehicles towing trailers are lower than for vehicles without trailers. Never drive faster than 50 mph (80 km/h; under exceptional circumstances, 60 mph - 100 km/h) when towing a trailer. This applies even if the local speed limit is higher.
Page 535 WARNING Installing a trailer hitch on Golf R models can cause an accident and serious personal injuries. Never install a trailer hitch on a Golf R vehicle. A trailer hitch can fall off while driving or rip loose while pulling a trailer, causing the trailer to separate from the vehicle. NOTICE Installing a trailer hitch of any kind on Golf R models will cause expensive damage to your vehicle that will not be covered by any Volkswagen Limited Warranty. If you are driving a new vehicle or a vehicle with a new or rebuilt engine, do not tow a trailer during the break-in period, about 600 miles (1000 km) → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications . If you tow a trailer, your vehicle may need maintenance more often because of the extra load it has to move. When you are not towing, remove the trailer hitch ball. This helps keep the trailer...
Page 536 hitch from causing damage to your vehicle and to others if your vehicle is hit from behind. Some models need a trailer hitch to tow or tow-start other vehicles. You may want to always carry the ball mount in the vehicle after it has been removed. Be sure to stow it securely. Technical requirements Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Use only a weight-carrying trailer hitch designed and approved for the gross weight of the trailer you want to tow. The trailer hitch must be suitable for your vehicle and trailer and must be securely bolted to the appropriate place on the vehicle chassis. Use only a trailer hitch with a removable ball mount. Always check with the trailer hitch manufacturer to make sure that you are using the correct trailer hitch and carefully follow the hitch manufacturer's instructions. Never install a weight-distributing or load-equalizing trailer hitch on your vehicle. The vehicle is not designed for this kind of trailer hitch → . Do not use a bumper-mounted trailer hitch Never install a trailer hitch on the bumper or on the bumper...
Page 537 attachments. The trailer hitch must not interfere with the impact- absorbing bumper system. Do not make any changes to the vehicle exhaust and brake systems. From time to time, check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely fastened. When you are not towing, remove the trailer hitch. This helps keep the trailer hitch from causing damage if your vehicle is hit from behind. Engine cooling system Towing a trailer makes the engine and its cooling system work harder. It is important that the engine cooling system is up to the job. Make sure that the cooling system has enough coolant. Trailer brakes If your trailer has its own brakes, make sure it meets all regulations. The trailer brake system must never be directly connected to the vehicle's brake system. Safety chains Always use safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer → Hitching up and connecting a trailer .
Page 538 Trailer taillights Trailer lights must meet all regulations → Hitching up and connecting a trailer . Never connect the trailer lights directly to the electrical system of your vehicle. Outside mirrors If you cannot see the traffic behind you using the regular outside mirrors, then you must install extended mirrors. Extended mirrors may also be required by law in some countries/states/provinces. Always adjust the outside mirrors before driving. It's vital that you always have a clear view to the rear of the vehicle. Maximum power consumption for the trailer Do not exceed the power ratings listed in the chart below. Electrical load Maximum power Brake lights total 108 watts Turn signals per side 54 watts Side marker lights total 100 watts...
Page 539 Taillights total 54 watts WARNING An improperly installed or incorrect trailer hitch can cause a trailer to separate from the tow vehicle and cause serious personal injuries. If you don't have to tow a trailer any more, remove the entire trailer hitch. Always seal all bolt holes to prevent water and deadly exhaust fumes from getting into the vehicle. NOTICE If the trailer lights are not connected properly, the vehicle's electronics may be damaged. If the trailer uses too much electricity, the vehicle's electronics may be damaged. Never connect the electrical system for the trailer directly to the electrical connections for the rear lights or to any other unsuitable power sources. Use only a suitable connector to provide power to the trailer.
Page 540 If you tow a trailer frequently, Volkswagen recommends having the vehicle serviced between the regular maintenance and inspection intervals because of the extra load it has to pull. Hitching up and connecting a trailer Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Safety chains Always make sure that the safety chains are properly attached to the towing vehicle. Leave enough slack in the chains so that you can go around corners without stretching the chains. The safety chains must not drag on the ground, however. Trailer taillights Make sure that the trailer lights work properly and meet legal requirements. Do not exceed the maximum power consumption for the trailer → Maximum power consumption for the trailer .
Page 541 WARNING Improper connections to the vehicle electrical system can cause malfunctions that affect the entire vehicle electrical system, which can lead to accidents and serious personal injury. Have any work on the electrical system done by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Never connect the electrical system for the trailer directly to the electrical connections for the rear lights or to any other unsuitable power sources. Use only a suitable connector to provide power to the trailer. NOTICE Never attach a trailer to the vehicle or leave it attached to the vehicle when the trailer is supported by a trailer jack or blocks. Various things (such as a change in trailer or vehicle load or a flat tire) can lower or raise the vehicle. This subjects the trailer hitch and the trailer to strong forces that can damage the vehicle or the trailer.
Page 542 If the engine is switched off and accessories in the trailer are on and use electricity from the vehicle, the vehicle battery will be drained as long as the electrical systems of the vehicle and the trailer are connected. Loading the trailer Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Maximum permissible trailer weight and tongue weight Maximum permissible trailer weight is the load that the vehicle can tow → . The tongue load or tongue weight is the load pressing down on the trailer hitch ball mount → Maximum permissible trailer weight . The maximum permissible trailer weight and tongue weight for your vehicle are listed on → Maximum permissible trailer weight in this Manual. The trailer load and tongue weight on the type identification plate for the trailer hitch are only test values. The vehicle-specific figures are often lower than these values. In some countries, but generally not in the United States, the vehicle-specific figures are listed in the official vehicle documents. Specifications in official vehicle...
Page 543 To help ensure optimum handling and driving safety, Volkswagen recommends always using the maximum permissible tongue weight. If the tongue weight is too low, the vehicle and trailer will not handle as well. Tongue weight increases the load on the rear axle and, in turn, reduces the remaining load your vehicle can carry → Determining the correct load limit . Combined towing weight Combined towing weight is the weight of the loaded towing vehicle plus the weight of the loaded trailer. This vehicle has not been designed to tow a Class II trailer and must never be retrofitted to tow a Class II trailer. Always make sure that your vehicle has been designed to tow the trailer you want to use and that it is legal to tow the trailer where you will be driving. Loading the trailer The weight distribution in the vehicle and trailer must be balanced.
Page 544 Use the maximum permissible tongue weight and make sure that the load in the trailer is evenly distributed and that it is not front- heavy or tail-heavy: Distribute the load in the trailer so that heavy objects are directly above the axle or as close as possible to the axle. Secure loads properly on the trailer. Tire pressure Always follow the trailer manufacturer's tire pressure recommendations for the trailer tires. When towing, inflate the towing vehicle's tires to the maximum permissible pressure listed on the tire pressure label → Tires and wheels .
Page 545 WARNING Exceeding the gross weight ratings for axle, tongue, vehicle, trailer or combined weight can cause accidents and serious personal injury. Never exceed the specified values. Never let the actual weights at the front and rear axles exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating. Never let the combined front and rear weights exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. WARNING Trailer loads that are not properly secured can shift when the vehicle is moving or braking and suddenly change the way the vehicle handles, causing accidents and severe injuries. Always load the trailer properly. Always secure the load properly with suitable, undamaged straps that can be tightened so that the load cannot shift. Driving with a trailer...
Page 546 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Headlight settings Towing a trailer can raise the front end of the vehicle enough for the low beams to blind other road users. If your vehicle does not have headlight range adjustment, have the headlights adjusted by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Vehicles with Xenon headlights self-adjust to vehicle load and do not need manual adjustment. Special towing considerations If the trailer has an overrun brake, apply the brakes gently at first and then firmly. This helps to prevent sudden brake shock and helps prevent trailer wheels from locking up. Due to the combined towing weight including the higher gross vehicle weight, the stopping distance is longer. Before driving downhill, especially on hills that are long or steep, shift into a lower gear (manual or automatic transmission) so that the engine helps to brake the vehicle. Otherwise, the brake system could overheat and might fail. The vehicle's center of gravity and, in turn, the vehicle's handling, will change because of the trailer load and the increased...
Page 547 combined towing weight of the vehicle and trailer. Weight distribution is especially bad if the towing vehicle is empty and the trailer is loaded. If you absolutely must drive with this combination, drive with extra care and at a reduced speed. Starting off with a trailer on hills Depending on how steep the hill is and the combined towing weight, a parked vehicle with trailer can roll backwards when you first start moving. When starting off with a trailer on a hill: Depress and hold the brake pedal (and depress and hold the clutch - manual transmission). Shift into first gear or Drive (D/S) → Shifting . Unlock the parking brake and gently release it while holding the unlock button. At the same time, release the brake pedal and gradually depress the accelerator and, for a manual transmission, let out the clutch until you can feel the car moving forward. If applicable, follow the instructions for the Hill Hold feature → Starting assistance systems . Do not release the parking brake lever until the engine starts to move the vehicle forward. If your vehicle has an automatic...
Page 548 transmission, you can also depress and hold the brake pedal for added braking and then let up on the brake pedal when you feel that the vehicle wants to move forward. Drive ahead slowly. WARNING Improper trailer towing can cause loss of vehicle control and serious personal injury. Driving with a trailer and carrying heavy or bulky items changes the way the vehicle handles and increases the distance it needs to stop safely. Always watch what is happening up ahead and around you. Brake earlier than you would if you were not towing a trailer. Always adapt your speed and driving to the heavier load and the weight distribution in the vehicle. Take road, weather, traffic, and visibility conditions into account as well. Reduce your speed even more than you otherwise would when going downhill and under unfavorable load, weather, or wind conditions. Drive especially carefully and accelerate gently. Always avoid sudden maneuvers and hard braking. Be especially careful when passing other vehicles.
Page 549 Reduce speed immediately if the trailer shows even the slightest sign of swaying. Never try to stop the swaying by accelerating. Always obey speed limits. In some areas speed limits for vehicles towing trailers are lower than for vehicles without trailers. Ball mount Fig. 107 Dimensions of the ball mount support. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle is not equipped with a trailer hitch or preparations for the installation of a trailer hitch. If you must tow a trailer, you must have the necessary electrical wiring and socket together with a suitable trailer hitch installed. Because towing a trailer places a...
Page 550 great deal of stress on the vehicle, the attachment of a trailer to the vehicle and the dimensions of the receiver and ball mount are very important so that the extra forces the vehicle has to withstand can be properly handled. The receiver used requires both a ball mount and a ball that meet special requirements regarding geometry and size. This applies to both the height of the ball above the surface where it attaches → Fig. 107 Ⓐ , and the pin-to-ball distance → Fig. 107 Ⓑ . These dimensions are important because they help determine the way that the forces that arise during towing are applied to the receiver and its attachments to the vehicle. If you buy a ball mount and ball, make sure that they meet the following specifications. Ball mount dimensions The drop height Ⓐ from the center of the ball to the center of the hole for the securing pin on the ball mount must be at least 1 inch (25.4 mm) and at most 2 inches (73 mm). The pin-to-ball distance Ⓑ from the center of the ball to the center of the hole for the securing pin on the ball mount must be no more than 7 inches (178 mm). The ball diameter must be no more than 1 inches (32 mm).
Page 551 A ball mount and ball combination that does not meet these specifications can damage your vehicle and may even fail in use → . Never install a weight distributing or load equalizing trailer hitch on your vehicle. The vehicle is not designed for this kind of trailer hitch → . WARNING An improperly installed or unsuitable trailer hitch can cause the trailer to separate from the towing vehicle and result in a major accident with serious personal injuries. Have any trailer hitch retrofit or other work on a trailer hitch done by a qualified workshop.
Page 552 CAUTION The ball mount sticks out behind the rear bumper and can cause injury to pedestrians and cyclists. To reduce the risk of injury in rear-end collisions, and the risk to pedestrians and cyclists when the vehicle is parked, always remove the ball carrier when you are not towing a trailer.
Page 553 NOTICE Never use a ball larger than 1 inches (32 mm) on your vehicle. The vehicle was not designed to tow heavier trailers with a receiver larger than the specified ball. The increased loads can damage the attachment points for the trailer hitch. Never use an adapter to increase the size of the trailer hitch receiver from 1 inches (32 mm) to 2 inches (50.8 mm) or more to tow a trailer that is heavier than the maximum permissible trailer weight that your vehicle can tow. You can use an adapter if required for the proper installation of a bicycle rack or other similar carrier as long as the maximum weight limits are observed. When using bicycle racks or similar carriers, make sure that the rear lights are not blocked. Only use trailer hitches that are approved by the hitch manufacturer for your vehicle and model. Retrofitting a trailer hitch...
Page 554 Fig. 108 Dimensions and attachment points for retrofitting a trailer hitch. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Volkswagen recommends having the trailer hitch retrofit performed by a qualified workshop because cooling system modifications or...
Page 555 When retrofitting a trailer hitch, the specified distance dimensions must be strictly adhered to. Under no circumstances may the distance from the center of the hitch ball to the surface of the road → Fig. 108 Ⓕ be less than the specified minimum. This minimum height must be present even when the vehicle is fully loaded and subject to the maximum tongue weight. Distance dimensions → Fig. 108 : Attachment points. 33 inches (838 mm) 20.2 inches (513 mm) 11.5 inches (293 mm) at least 2.6 inches (65 mm) 13.8 – 16.5 inches (350 – 420 mm) 41.1 inches (1043 mm) 41.3 inches (1048 mm)
Page 556 WARNING Improper or incorrect connections to the vehicle electrical system can cause malfunctions that affect the entire vehicle electrical system and cause accidents and serious personal injury. Never connect the electrical system of the trailer directly to the electrical connections of the rear lights or other unsuitable power sources. Use only a suitable connector to provide power to the trailer. Have any trailer hitch retrofit or other work on a trailer hitch done by a qualified workshop. WARNING An improperly installed or unsuitable trailer hitch can cause the trailer to separate from the towing vehicle and result in a major accident with serious personal injuries. Maximum permissible trailer weight Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 557 heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Trailer Trailer Maximum Engine Tongue Model Transmission with without power output code weight brake brake CNTA 6S manual 210 hp (155 kW) CXCA gasoline engine ® Golf 2.0L CXDA 6S manual 220 hp (162 kW) gasoline engine ® 2.0T The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the Gross Axle Weight Rating must not be exceeded, even with a trailer. These ratings are listed on the safety compliance label on the driver front door jamb → Important vehicle labels . When a trailer is towed, the weight of the ball mount and the tongue weight of the trailer are added to the vehicle weight → Determining the correct load limit . The trailer weight ratings given above are valid only up to altitudes of 3000 ft (1000 m) above sea level. The maximum permissible combined towing weight must be reduced by about 10% for every 3000 ft (1000 m), or portion thereof, of additional altitude.
Page 558 WARNING Exceeding the gross trailer weight rating and tongue weight can cause accidents and serious personal injury. Never let the actual weights at the front and rear axles exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Never let the combined front and rear weights exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). NOTICE Exceeding the gross weight ratings can cause extensive vehicle damage that is not covered by any Volkswagen Limited Warranty. Information not available at time of printing.
Page 559 Tires Tires and wheels Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Tire and wheel handling → Wheel rims → New and replacement tires → Tire inflation pressure → Tire inflation pressure in cold tires → Tread depth and tread wear indicators → Tire wear and damage → Spare wheel or compact spare wheel ...
Page 560 → Tire labeling → Winter tires → Snow chains → Glossary of tire and loading terminology → Tires and vehicle load limits → Determining the correct load limit → UTQG classification Volkswagen recommends that all work on tires and wheels be done by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. They are familiar with the technical requirements and recommended procedures, have the necessary special tools and spare parts, and can properly dispose of old tires.
Page 561 More information: Transporting → Driving tips Trailer towing → Trailer towing Tire Pressure Monitoring System → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Braking and parking → Braking and parking Exterior care and cleaning → Exterior care and cleaning Consumer information → Consumer information Vehicle tool kit → Vehicle tool kit Wheel trim → Wheel trim Changing a wheel → Changing a wheel Tire mobility set → Tire mobility set ...
Page 562 WARNING New tires or tires that are old, worn or damaged cannot provide maximum control and braking performance. Improper care and handling of tires and wheels can reduce driving safety and cause accidents and severe injuries. Install only radial tires of the same make, the same dimensions (tread circumference), and similar tread profile on all 4 wheels. New tires tend to be slippery and must be broken in. Always drive with special care for the first 350 miles (560 km) to help reduce the risk of losing control, a collision, and serious personal injuries. Check tire inflation pressure regularly when...
Page 563 Check tire inflation pressure regularly when the tires are cold and always maintain the prescribed tire pressure. Low tire pressure can cause tires to get too hot, resulting in tread separation, sudden loss of pressure, and blowouts. Tires with excessively low pressure flex (bend) more, which can cause the tire to overheat and fail suddenly without warning. Check tires regularly for wear and damage. Never drive with worn or damaged tires (for example, tires with punctures, cuts, cracks, blisters, or bumps). Driving with worn or damaged tires can lead to loss of vehicle control, sudden tire failure including blowouts and sudden deflation, crashes, and serious personal injuries. Have worn or damaged tires replaced immediately.
Page 564 Never exceed the maximum speed rating or the maximum load rating of the tires on your vehicle. The effectiveness of the driver assistance systems and the braking support systems depends on the tire traction. If you notice unusual vibration or if the vehicle pulls to one side when driving, always stop as soon as it is safe to do so and check the wheels and tires for damage. To reduce the risk of losing control, crashes, and serious personal injuries, never loosen the bolts on wheels with bolted rim rings. Never mount used tires on your vehicle if you are not sure of their past use. Old, used tires and wheels may have damage...
Page 565 Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail suddenly, especially at high speeds, causing loss of vehicle control, accidents, and severe personal injuries. Tires that are more than 6 years old can be used only in an emergency and even then only with special care and at low speed. For technical reasons it is usually not possible to use wheel rims from other vehicles. Even wheel rims from the same model may not fit properly. Check with an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility if necessary. Tire and wheel handling...
Page 566 Fig. 109 Tire rotation diagram. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Tires may be the least appreciated and most abused parts of a motor vehicle. Tires are very important, since their small patches of rubber are the only contact between your vehicle and the road. Maintaining correct tire pressure, making sure...
Page 567 The tires and wheels are essential parts of the vehicle's design. The tires and wheels approved by Volkswagen are specially matched to the characteristics of the vehicle for good road holding and safe handling when in good condition and properly inflated. Avoiding tire damage If you must drive over a curb or other obstacle,...
Page 568 drive very slowly and as much as possible at a right angle to the curb with the tire tread of both front wheels contacting the curb at the same time. Regularly check tires for damage, such as punctures, cuts, tears and blisters. Remove embedded material in the tread profile that has not yet penetrated the inside of the tire → Tire wear and damage . Heed all warning messages from the Tire Pressure Monitoring System → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . Replace worn or damaged tires immediately → Tire wear and damage . Damage to tires and wheels is often not readily visible. If you notice unusual vibration or the vehicle pulls to one side, this may indicate that...
Page 569 . Never exceed the load and permissible maximum speed rating of the tires → Tire labeling . Always keep aggressive chemicals including grease, oil, gasoline and brake fluid off the tires, including the compact spare wheel → . Replace missing valve caps immediately. Unidirectional tires Unidirectional tires are designed to rotate only in one direction. Unidirectional tires have arrows...
Page 570 on the sidewalls that show the direction of rotation → Tire labeling . Unidirectional tires must always be mounted according to the specified direction of rotation in order to deliver their best grip, braking performance, low road noise, and good wear as well as good hydroplaning resistance. If you have to mount a tire opposite to its proper direction of rotation, you must drive more carefully, since the tire is no longer being used as designed. This is particularly important on wet roads. You must replace or remount the tire as soon as possible in order to restore the correct direction of rotation. Rotating tires...
Page 571 To help ensure even wear on all tires, regular tire rotation according to the diagram → Fig. 109 is recommended. In this way all tires can have about the same service life. Volkswagen recommends that you have your tires rotated by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Tires more than 6 years old Tires age even if they are not being used. Physical and chemical processes reduce tire strength and performance and cause them to harden and become brittle. Old tires can fail suddenly and without warning.
Page 572 Volkswagen recommends replacing tires that are 6 years and older. This also applies to tires that look new (including the tire on the compact spare wheel) or that seem to still be usable with tread depth that has not yet reached the legal minimum depth → . The age of each tire can be determined with the manufacturing date that is part of the U.S. DOT tire identification number (TIN) → Tire labeling . Tire storage Mark tires before removing them to help make sure that the previous location (left, right, front, rear) and rolling direction can be maintained when remounting them. Store tires in a cool, dry...
Page 573 and preferably dark place. Do not store tires mounted on wheels standing up. Tires not mounted on wheels should be covered to help protect them from dirt and stored vertically (sitting on the tread). Lower profile tires (low aspect ratio tires) Lower profile tires have a wider tread surface, larger rim diameter, and lower sidewalls than conventional wheel/tire combinations → . Lower profile tires can improve the vehicle’s handling and precision. They may, however, result in a less comfortable ride, for example, on uneven road surfaces.
Page 574 WARNING Aggressive fluids and materials can cause visible and invisible tire damage that can cause tire blowouts. Always keep chemicals, oils, grease, fuels, braking fluids and other aggressive substances away from tires.
Page 575 WARNING Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail suddenly, especially at high speeds, causing loss of vehicle control, accidents, and severe personal injuries. Tires that are more than 6 years old can be used only in an emergency and even then only with special care and at low speed.
Page 576 NOTICE Tires and rims, especially lower profile tires and their rims, can be severely damaged and even destroyed by driving through potholes or over curbs and other obstacles. Always dispose of old tires in accordance with legal requirements. Wheel rims Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The design of the wheel bolts is matched to the...
Page 577 → Changing a wheel . In most cases, you cannot use wheel bolts from a different vehicle. Even wheel rims from the same model may not fit properly. Tires and wheel rims approved by Volkswagen have been matched precisely to your vehicle model and contribute considerably to good handling and safe vehicle performance. Tightening torque...
Page 578 Wheel bolts must always be installed with the correct tightening torque → Changing a wheel . The required tightening torque for your vehicle's wheel bolts is 88 ft-lbs (120 Nm). After changing a wheel, the bolt torque must be checked as soon as possible with an accurate torque wrench. See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Wheel rims with bolted rim rings Wheel rims with bolted rim rings have several parts. The parts are bolted together with special screws in a special process. This helps to ensure that they will work properly, prevent leaks, run true and safely. Damaged wheel rims must be replaced, and you must never take...
Page 579 . Wheel rims with bolted decorative covers Light-alloy wheels may have interchangeable decorative covers attached to the rim with self- locking screws. If you want to replace damaged wheel covers, contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility.
Page 580 WARNING Using improper or damaged wheel rims can affect driving safety, cause accidents and severe personal injury. Use only wheel rims approved for the vehicle. Regularly check wheel rims for damage and replace them if necessary.
Page 581 WARNING Improper loosening and tightening of the bolts on wheel rims with bolted rim rings can cause accidents and severe personal injury. Never loosen bolted connections on wheel rims with bolted rim rings. Have all work on wheel rims with bolted rim rings performed by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. New and replacement tires Please first read and note the introductory...
Page 582 information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction New tires Drive a vehicle with new tires especially carefully for the first 350 miles (560 km) because the tires must first be broken in. Tires that are not broken in have reduced traction and braking performance → . Install only radial tires of the same make, the same dimensions (tread circumference), and similar tread profile on all 4 wheels. The tread depth of new tires can differ between tire models and manufacturers because of different design features and tread design.
Page 583 Replacing tires Tires should be replaced in pairs and not individually (both front tires or both rear tires at the same time) → . Replace tires only with tires that have the same specifications, including width and diameter, load and top speed rating as the tires approved by Volkswagen for your vehicle and model. Never use tires that are larger or wider than the dimensions of the tires approved by Volkswagen for your vehicle and model. Larger tires could scrape and rub on the vehicle body or other parts of the vehicle. Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) considerations: The Tire Pressure Monitoring...
Page 584 System (TPMS) must be recalibrated whenever you remove and remount or change any wheel or tire on the vehicle, even if the reinstalled or replacement wheels and tires are identical to those that were removed and even if the tire pressure does not change → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .
Page 585 WARNING New tires tend to be slippery and must be broken in. Always drive with special care for the first 350 miles (560 km) to help reduce the risk of losing control, a collision, and serious personal injuries.
Page 586 WARNING Tires must have the required clearance. Tires that do not have enough clearance can rub against parts of the vehicle body, suspension, and brake system, causing brake system failure, tread delamination, and sudden blowouts. Always make sure that new tires are not larger than the tires approved for your vehicle and that the new tires do not rub against parts of the vehicle.
Page 587 NOTICE When switching to different tires, make certain the valves are not damaged. Never drive without valve stem caps. The valves could be damaged. Always dispose of old tires in accordance with legal requirements. If the replacement wheel is different from the tires that you have mounted on your vehicle — for example, winter tires, wider, low-profile tires, or a compact spare — only use the replacement wheel for a short time and drive cautiously. Replace it with a tire matching the others on your vehicle as soon as possible. Although tire size specifications can be the same, the actual...
Page 588 dimensions may differ from those nominal values for different tire makes, or the tire contours may be significantly different. Tire inflation pressure Fig. 110 On the driver door jamb: Location of the tire inflation pressure label. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The correct tire inflation pressure for the factory- installed tires is listed on a label. The factory- installed tires may be summer, winter, or all-...
Page 589 season tires. The label → Fig. 110 is on the driver door jamb. Under- or over-inflation significantly shortens the service life of your tires and affects the handling of the vehicle → . The correct tire pressure is very important, particularly when the vehicle is driven at higher speeds. Incorrect tire pressure causes increased wear and even sudden tire failure and blowouts. Therefore, tire pressure should be checked at least once a month and always before long trips. The specified tire inflation pressure applies to a cold tire. When tires are warm, the pressure will be higher than when the tires are cold.
Page 590 Do not reduce the tire pressure on warm tires to match the required cold tire inflation pressure. The tire inflation pressure would then be too low and could cause sudden tire failure and blowout. Comfort tire pressure for Golf GTI vehicles with special 225/40 R18 92Y XL tires For greater ride comfort, you can adjust tire pressures only for Golf GTI vehicles with special 225/40 R18 92Y XL tires to the lower Comfort tire pressure listed in the table → Tire inflation pressure in cold tires . Please remember that the lower Comfort tire pressure makes the tire ‘softer’ so that the tire will have a higher rolling resistance. Higher rolling resistance means that the vehicle will...
Page 591 have lower fuel economy, increasing the amount of fuel you use and reducing the range of the vehicle. You can increase the cold tire inflation pressure to the Standard tire pressure to increase fuel economy and range. Be sure to recalibrate the Tire Pressure Monitoring System whenever you change or adjust the cold tire inflation pressures → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . Checking tire inflation pressure Always check the tire pressure only on cold tires when the vehicle has not been driven more than a couple of miles (kilometers) at low speed within the last 3 hours.
Page 592 Check tire inflation pressure regularly and on cold tires. Check all the tires, including the compact spare, if any. In colder climates tire pressure should be checked more often, but only when the tires are cold. Always use an accurate tire pressure gauge. After adjusting the tire inflation pressures, make sure to screw the valve caps back on; replace missing valve caps immediately. Please read and heed the information on resetting the Tire Pressure Monitoring System → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . Remember that the vehicle manufacturer, not the tire manufacturer, determines the correct tire pressure for the tires on your vehicle. Never exceed the maximum inflation pressure listed on the tire sidewall for any reason.
Page 593 Inflate a spare wheel to the pressure specified for the vehicle's road wheels on the tire pressure label; inflate a compact spare wheel to the pressure specified for the compact spare on the tire pressure label or on a separate label for the compact spare, if there is one. WARNING Incorrect tire pressure can cause a sudden tire failure or blowout, loss of control, collision, serious personal injury, and even death. Always inflate tires to the recommended and correct cold tire pressure before driving off. Low tire pressure can cause tires to get too hot, resulting in tread separation, sudden...
Page 594 hot, resulting in tread separation, sudden loss of pressure, and blowouts. Tires with excessively low pressure flex (bend) more, which can cause the tire to overheat and fail suddenly without warning. Excessive speed and/or overloading can cause heat buildup, sudden tire failure including a blowout and sudden deflation and loss of control. If the tire pressure is too low or too high, the tires will wear prematurely and the vehicle will not handle well. Regularly check tire inflation pressure, at least once a month, and also especially before a long trip. Check the pressure in all 4 tires when the tires are still cold. Never reduce air pressure in warm tires to match cold tire inflation pressure.
Page 595 inflation pressure. NOTICE Make sure not to jam the tire pressure gauge into the valve stem. Otherwise, you can damage the tire valves. Driving without valve caps, with the wrong valve caps, or with valve caps that are not properly screwed on can damage the tire valves. To help prevent damage, always use valve stem caps like those originally installed at the factory. The caps must be screwed on tightly. Do not use metal valve caps or comfort valve stem caps. Underinflation increases fuel consumption.
Page 596 When the TPMS warns that the pressure in at least one tire is too low, check the tire pressure in all 4 tires with an accurate tire pressure gauge. Low tire pressure usually cannot be spotted by looking at the tire. This is especially true for low-profile tires. When checking the tire pressures, refer to → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . Tire inflation pressure in cold tires Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Comfort tire Standard tire pressure pressure Model Tire size (full load) (full load) kPa bar 225/45 R17 91H/W Golf GTI 225/40 R18 92H XL (210 hp/155 kW) 225/40 R18 92Y XL 225/40 R18 92H XL Golf GTI...
Page 597 (220 hp/162 kW) 225/40 R18 92Y XL 225/40 R18 92Y XL Golf R 235/35 R19 91Y XL The Tire Pressure Monitoring System is configured at the factory with the correct tire inflation pressure applicable for the vehicle model, engine and factory-installed tires. The tire inflation pressure is listed on the tire inflation pressure label on the driver door jamb → Fig. 110 . The tire inflation pressures for the road tires are listed on this label. The inflation pressure for the compact spare is as specified on the tire pressure label or on a separate label for the compact spare, if there is one. In the event of a discrepancy between the above figures and the tire pressures listed on the tire inflation pressure label, the pressures listed on the label are the ones you should use. The listed pressure applies to all road tires. The Tire Pressure Monitoring System must be recalibrated whenever you change or adjust the cold tire inflation pressures or remove and remount or change any wheel or tire on the vehicle, even if the reinstalled or replacement wheels and tires are identical to those that were removed and even if the tire pressure does not change → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . Tread depth and tread wear indicators Fig. 111 Tread pattern: Wear indicator. Please first read and note the introductory...
Page 598 information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Tread depth Most driving situations require as much tread depth as possible and similar tread depth for the tires on the front and rear wheels. This is especially true when driving in winter weather, at low temperatures and under wet conditions → . In most countries the legally permissible minimum tread depth is 1/16 in. (1.6 mm), as measured in tread grooves next to the wear indicators. Please be sure to obey country- specific legal requirements. Winter tires are no longer suitable for winter...
Page 599 operation once the tread pattern is worn down to a depth of 3/16 in. (4.8 mm). The tread depth of new tires can differ between tire models and manufacturers because of the different design features and tread patterns. Tread wear indicator (TWI) in the tire The 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) high wear indicators are molded into the bottom of the tread grooves of the original tires running across the treads → Fig. 111 . Several wear indicators are evenly spaced around the tire. Markings on the sides of the tires (for example TWI or symbols) show the position of the wear indicators. Wear indicators show when the tires are worn...
Page 600 down. The tires must be replaced no later than when the tread pattern is worn down to the wear indicators.
Page 601 WARNING Worn tires are dangerous and can cause loss of vehicle control including serious personal injuries. Never drive a vehicle when the tread on any tire is worn down to the wear indicators, replace them sooner. Worn tires do not grip the road properly, especially on wet roads, increasing your risk of hydroplaning and loss of control. Worn tires reduce the ability of your vehicle to handle well in normal and difficult driving situations and increase braking distances and the risk of skidding.
Page 602 Tire wear and damage Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Wheel rim and tire damage is often difficult to see. Unusual vibrations or pulling to one-side can be an indication of tire damage → . If you suspect tire damage, immediately reduce speed! Check tires and wheel rims for damage. If a tire is damaged, do not drive any farther. Get expert assistance. If no external damage is visible, slowly and carefully drive to the nearest authorized Volkswagen dealer, authorized Volkswagen...
Page 603 Service Facility, or other qualified workshop and have the vehicle checked. Objects embedded in the tire If embedded objects have penetrated to the inside of the tire, do not remove them! If objects are stuck in the tread grooves of the tire, they can be removed. With a spare wheel: If necessary, change the damaged wheel → Changing a wheel . If necessary, get professional assistance to change the wheel. With the tire mobility set: If necessary, seal and inflate the damaged tire with the tire mobility set → Tire mobility set . Get assistance from an authorized Volkswagen dealer, an authorized Volkswagen Service...
Page 604 Facility, or another qualified workshop. Check tire pressure and adjust if necessary. Tire wear Tire wear depends on several factors, including: Driving style. Unbalanced wheels. Wheel alignment. Driving style – Fast cornering, hard acceleration and braking increase tire wear. If you experience increased tire wear under normal driving conditions, have the vehicle suspension checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility.
Page 605 Unbalanced wheels – The wheels on a new vehicle are balanced. When driving, however, various conditions can cause a wheel to become unbalanced. Unbalanced wheels can cause wear to the steering and suspension systems. Have all wheels rebalanced. A wheel must always be rebalanced if a new tire has been mounted. Wheel alignment – Incorrect wheel alignment causes excessive and uneven tire wear, impairing vehicle safety. If you notice excessive or uneven tire wear, have the wheel alignment checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility.
Page 606 WARNING Unusual vibrations or pulling to one side can indicate tire damage. Reduce speed immediately and stop when it is safe to do so. Check tires and wheel rims for damage. Never drive with a damaged tire or rim. Get expert assistance instead. If no external damage is visible, slowly and carefully drive to the nearest authorized Volkswagen dealer, authorized Volkswagen Service Facility, or other qualified workshop and have the vehicle checked.
Page 607 Spare wheel or compact spare wheel Fig. 112 In the luggage compartment: Handwheel holding the spare wheel in place (if equipped). Fig. 113 In the luggage compartment: Compact...
Page 608 spare wheel (if equipped). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle may be equipped with a spare, a compact spare wheel, or a tire mobility set. For more information on the tire mobility set, see: → Tire mobility set . Removing the spare wheel or compact spare wheel (if applicable) Open the rear hatch and remove the variable luggage compartment floor → Variable luggage compartment floor . If applicable, remove the subwoofer → Removing the subwoofer .
Page 609 Pull the securing clip → Fig. 112 ① (if equipped) out and up. Completely unscrew the handwheel in the center of the spare wheel ② or compact spare wheel → Fig. 113 counterclockwise and remove the spare wheel. Stowing the replaced wheel Open the rear hatch and remove the variable luggage compartment floor → Variable luggage compartment floor . If the wheel you took off the vehicle fits in the spare wheel well, position it so that the center hole of the rim is aligned with the threaded pin in the center of the well. Turn the handwheel → Fig. 112 ② clockwise until the wheel is securely in place.
Page 610 Insert the securing clip ① (if equipped) in the stud slot so that the handwheel can no longer be turned. If necessary, return the vehicle tool kit to its location in the luggage compartment. Reinstall the variable luggage compartment floor in the luggage compartment. Close the rear hatch. If the replaced wheel does not fit in the spare wheel well, stow it securely in the luggage compartment on top of the floor covering. If the spare wheel is different from the road wheels If the spare is different from the road wheels, a...
Page 611 compact spare wheel, for example, or if the road wheels are winter tires, the spare wheel must be used only in the event of a flat tire, only for a brief time, and only when driving with extra caution → . Replace it with a tire matching the others on your vehicle as soon as possible. Please heed the following: Do not drive faster than 50 mph (80 km/h)! Avoid full-throttle acceleration, hard braking, and fast cornering! Do not use snow chains on the compact spare wheel → Snow chains . After installing the spare wheel or compact spare wheel, check the tire pressure as soon...
Page 612 as possible → Tire inflation pressure . Check the tire inflation pressure of the spare or compact spare whenever you check the tire pressure of the road wheels, at least once a month. Inflate a spare wheel to the cold tire pressure specified for the vehicle's road wheels on the tire pressure label; inflate a compact spare wheel to the cold tire pressure specified for the compact spare on the tire pressure label or on a separate label for the compact spare, if there is one. WARNING Improper use of a spare wheel or a compact spare wheel can cause loss of vehicle control, a crash or other accident, and serious...
Page 613 a crash or other accident, and serious personal injury. Never use a spare wheel or compact spare wheel if it is damaged or worn down to the wear indicators. In some vehicles, the spare wheel or compact spare wheel is smaller than the original tire. A smaller compact spare wheel is identified with a sticker and the words 50 mph or 80 km/h. This is the maximum permissible speed when driving with this tire. Never drive faster than 50 mph (80 km/h) with a compact spare wheel. Avoid full- throttle acceleration, heavy braking, and fast cornering! Never drive more than 125 miles (200 km) if a compact spare wheel is installed on the front axle (drive axle).
Page 614 front axle (drive axle). Replace the compact spare with a normal wheel and tire as soon as possible. Compact spare tires are designed for brief use only. Regularly check the U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) to determine the age of the compact spare wheel → Tire labeling . Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail suddenly, especially at higher speeds. Tires that are more than 6 years old can only be used in an emergency and then with special care and at lower speeds. The compact spare wheel must always be secured with the wheel bolts provided by the factory. Never drive using more than one compact...
Page 615 Never drive using more than one compact spare wheel. After installing the compact spare wheel, the tire pressure must be checked as soon as possible → Tire inflation pressure . Snow chains cannot be used on the compact spare wheel. If you must use snow chains and have a compact spare wheel mounted, move the compact spare wheel to the rear axle if a front tire has to be replaced. The tire taken off the rear axle can then be used to replace the flat front tire. Be sure you do not change the tire's direction of rotation. Install the snow chains on the full-sized road tire.
Page 616 NOTICE When the spare wheel or compact spare is being used, the TPMS indicator light can light up after a couple of minutes → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . If possible, attach the spare wheel, compact spare wheel, or the wheel you took off the vehicle securely in the luggage compartment. Tire labeling...
Page 617 Fig. 114 International tire labeling. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Knowing about tire specifications makes it easier to choose the correct replacement tires. Radial tires have specifications marked on the...
Page 618 sidewall. Tire labeling (example) Meaning Brand, Logo Manufacturer Tire name Individual tire designation of the manufacturer. Dimensions: Tire application: Passenger car Nominal sidewall-to-sidewall width of tire in millimeters. P255 / 55 R 18 Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio) Tire belt design letter code for radial. Rim diameter (in inches) Load rating code → Load rating code and speed rating code 109 H → Speed rating code letter . Indicates reinforced tire (heavy-duty) Indicates Mud and Snow capability (also M/S) → Winter tires M+S or M/S RADIAL TUBELESS Tubeless radial tire. Labeling according to international regulations (E) including E4 ... number of the approving country. The multi-digit approval number is listed next. Tire identification number (TIN) – In some cases the manufacturing date is only on one side of the tire: The tire complies with the requirements of the United States Department of Transportation, responsible for issuing safety standards. DOT BT RA TY5 1709 Identification letter of the manufacturing site. Manufacturer information regarding tire dimensions. Tire characteristics provided by the manufacturer.
Page 619 1709 Manufacturing date: 17th week in 2009. Marks the position of the treadwear indicator → Tread depth and tread wear indicators . Made in Germany Country of manufacture. MAX LOAD 615 KG United States maximum load rating per wheel. (1356 LBS) MAX INFLATION 350 KPA United States maximum permissible inflation pressure. (51 PSI) ROTATION Rotation direction (unidirectional tires) Tire ply composition and materials used: SIDEWALL 1 PLY RAYON 1 layer of rayon. TREAD 4 PLIES Tire tread composition and materials used: 1 RAYON + 2 STEEL + In this example there are 4 layers under the tread: 1 layer of 1 NYLON rayon, 2 layers of steel belt and 1 layer of nylon. Consumer information regarding comparison to specified base tires (standardized test procedure) → → UTQG classification : Relative service life expectancy of the tire referenced to a TREADWEAR 220 U.S.-specific standard test. TRACTION A Traction rating under wet conditions (AA, A, B or C). Temperature stability of the tire at increased test bench TEMPERATURE A speeds (A, B or C). Additional numbers found on the tire could either be tire manufacturer internal labels or country- specific labels (such as for Brazil and China).
Page 620 one direction. Unidirectional tires have arrows on the sidewalls that show the direction of rotation. Make sure you mount the tire so that it rotates in the proper direction. The tire's performance with regard to hydroplaning, traction, noise, and wear is worse if it is not mounted in the proper direction of rotation. If you have to mount a tire opposite to its proper direction of rotation, you must drive more carefully, since the tire is no longer being used as designed. This is particularly important on wet roads. You must replace or remount the tire as soon as possible in order to restore the correct direction of rotation. Load rating code...
Page 621 The load index indicates the maximum permissible load per individual tire in pounds (kilograms). 91 1356 lbs (615 kg) 92 1388 lbs (630 kg) 93 1433 lbs (650 kg) 95 1521 lbs (690 kg) 97 1609 lbs (730 kg) 98 1653 lbs (750 kg) 99 1709 lbs (775 kg) 100 1763 lbs (800 kg) 101 1819 lbs (825 kg) 102 1874 lbs (850 kg) 103 1929 lbs (875 kg) 104 1984 lbs (900 kg) 110 2337 lbs (1060 kg) Speed rating code letter The speed rating code letter indicates the maximum permissible road speed of the tires. P up to 93 mph (150 km/h) Q up to 99 mph (160 km/h) R up to 106 mph (170 km/h) S up...
Page 622 to 112 mph (180 km/h) T up to 118 mph (190 km/h) U up to 124 mph (200 km/h) H up to 130 mph (210 km/h) V up to 149 mph (240 km/h) Z over 149 mph (240 km/h) W up to 168 mph (270 km/h) Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h) Some tire manufacturers label tires with a maximum permissible road speed above 149 mph (240 km/h) with the letter combination WARNING Using incorrect or unmatched tires and/or wheels or improper tire and wheel combinations can lead to loss of control, collision and serious personal injury.
Page 623 collision and serious personal injury. Always use tires, wheels and wheel bolts that meet the specifications of the original factory-installed tires or other combinations that have been specifically approved by the vehicle manufacturer. All 4 wheels must be fitted with radial tires of the same type, the same size (tread circumference), and the same tread pattern. Driving with different tires reduces vehicle handling and can lead to a loss of control. Never drive faster than the maximum speed for which the tires installed on your vehicle are rated because tires that are driven faster than their rated speed can fail suddenly. Overloading tires can cause heat build-up, sudden tire failure, including a blowout and...
Page 624 sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation and loss of control. Temperature grades apply to tires that are properly inflated and not over- or underinflated. TIN represents the serial number of the tire. Winter tires Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Winter tires improve the handling characteristics of your vehicle significantly when driving under wintry road conditions. Summer tires have less...
Page 625 (width, rubber composition, tread design). Volkswagen strongly recommends that you always have winter tires or all-season tires installed on all 4 wheels on your vehicle, especially when winter road conditions are expected. Winter tires also improve the vehicle's braking performance and help reduce stopping distances during winter weather. Volkswagen recommends installing winter tires once temperatures are below +45 °F (+7 °C). Winter tires are no longer suitable for winter driving once the tread pattern is worn down to a depth of 3/16 in (4.8 mm). In addition, winter tire performance decreases with age – independent of the tread profile depth.
Page 626 When using winter tires: Obey state and country-specific legal requirements. Install winter tires on all 4 wheels. Use winter tires only under wintry road conditions. Only use winter tires with dimensions approved for the vehicle. Use only winter tires of the same tire belt design, the same dimensions (tread circumference), and the same tread design. Follow speed restrictions according to the winter tire's speed rating code letter → . Speed restrictions Winter tires are certified up to a top speed...
Page 627 In appropriately equipped vehicles, the speed warning can be set and changed in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the and Tires function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Top speed rating and tire inflation pressure for V winter tires depend on the engine installed in your vehicle. Be sure to ask you authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility about the maximum permissible speed and the required tire inflation pressure for the winter tires that you plan to use.
Page 628 All-wheel drive (4MOTION) Vehicles with all-wheel drive and standard road wheels have good forward motion and traction even under wintery road conditions. However, Volkswagen recommends installing winter tires or all season tires on all 4 wheels to improve handling as well as braking performance. If you use snow chains, please read and heed information and directions → Snow chains . WARNING Driving faster than the maximum speed for which the winter tires on your vehicle were designed can cause sudden tire failure...
Page 629 including a blowout and sudden deflation, loss of control, crashes and serious personal injuries. Winter tires have a maximum speed rating that may be lower than your vehicle's maximum speed. Never drive faster than the maximum speed for which the winter tires installed on your vehicle are rated because tires that are driven faster than their rated speed can fail suddenly. Never exceed the maximum load rating for the winter tires installed on your vehicle. Install summer tires promptly in the spring. Summer tires offer better handling characteristics for temperatures above +45 °F (+7 °C). They are quieter, do not wear as quickly, and reduce fuel...
Page 630 The Tire Pressure Monitoring System must be recalibrated whenever you remove and remount or change any wheel or tire on the vehicle, even if the reinstalled or replacement wheels and tires are identical to those that were removed and even if the tire pressure does not change → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) and recalibration through the Infotainment system . If necessary, ask your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility about permissible winter tire dimensions. Snow chains Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Obey local regulations as well as the applicable...
Page 631 Snow chains improve forward motion, traction and braking characteristics under wintry conditions. Snow chains may be used only on the front wheels. This applies also to vehicles with all- wheel drive (4MOTION). Snow chains may be used only in tire and wheel combinations that have been approved by Volkswagen. Please contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility about appropriate wheel, tire and snow chain dimensions. If possible, use only chains with low profile links...
Page 632 Remove center hubcaps and decorative rim rings before installing snow chains → . However, for safety reasons, caps must be installed on the wheel bolts. These are available from authorized Volkswagen dealers and authorized Volkswagen Service Facilities. Compact spare wheel For technical reasons, snow chains cannot be used on the compact spare → Spare wheel or compact spare wheel . If you must use snow chains and have a compact spare wheel mounted, move the...
Page 633 Volkswagen recommends installing the snow chains before mounting the wheel to the vehicle.
Page 634 WARNING Using the wrong snow chains or installing snow chains improperly can cause accidents and severe personal injuries. Always use the proper snow chains. Follow the installation instructions provided by the snow chain manufacturer. Never exceed the permissible speed limit when driving with snow chains.
Page 635 NOTICE Remove snow chains when roads are free of snow. Otherwise, the chains can damage the tires, impair vehicle handling and can be quickly worn down. Snow chains can scratch or damage wheel rims if they have direct contact with the rims. Volkswagen recommends using coated snow chains. Glossary of tire and loading terminology Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 636 Accessory weight The combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced) of automatic transmission, electro-mechanical power steering, power brakes, power windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items are available as factory-installed equipment (whether installed or not). Aspect ratio The ratio of sidewall height to tire width, expressed as a percentage. A number of 50 (0.5:1 or 50%) means that the cross-sectional height is 50% of the tread width. A shorter sidewall can improve steering response and...
Page 637 provide better overall handling, for example, on dry pavement. Bead The part of a tire made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply cords, with the shape and structure to ensure proper fit to the wheel rim. Bead separation A breakdown of the bond between components in the bead. Carcass The tire structure, except tread and sidewall...
Page 638 rubber which, when inflated, bears the load. Chunking The breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall. Cord The strands of material forming the plies in the tire. Cord separation The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds.
Page 639 Cracking Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner liner of the tire extending to cord material. Cold tire inflation pressure The tire pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer for a tire of a specified size that has not been driven for more than a couple of miles (kilometers) at low speeds in the 3 hour period before the tire pressure is measured or adjusted. Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard...
Page 640 equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, air conditioner, and additional weight of optional equipment. Extra load tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire. Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) The load-carrying capacity of a single axle system, measured where the tire contacts the ground.
Page 641 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) The maximum loaded weight of the vehicle. Groove The space between 2 adjacent tread ribs. Load rating (code) The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law. Maximum load rating...
Page 642 The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Maximum loaded vehicle weight The total of: Curb weight. Accessory weight. Vehicle capacity weight. Production options weight. Maximum (permissible) inflation pressure The maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated. Also called maximum inflation pressure.
Page 643 Normal occupant weight Means 150 lbs (68 kilograms) times the number of occupants seated in the vehicle up to the total seating capacity of your vehicle. Occupant distribution The placement of passengers in a vehicle. Outer diameter The diameter of a new, properly inflated tire. Overall width...
Page 644 Total width measured at the exterior sidewalls of an inflated tire, including the additional width of labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs. Passenger car tire A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less. A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
Page 645 Ply separation A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies. Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric, and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load. Production options weight The combined weight of installed regular...
Page 646 production options weighing over 5 lbs (2.3 kg) more than the standard items they replace, and not previously considered as curb weight or accessory weight. These include, for example, heavy-duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy-duty battery, and special trim. Radial ply tires A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. Recommended inflation pressure The tire pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer for a tire of a specified size that...
Page 647 has not been driven for more than a couple of miles (kilometers) at low speeds in the 3 hour period before the tire pressure is measured or adjusted. Reinforced tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire. The outer edge of a wheel upon which the tire beads are seated.
Page 648 Rim diameter The nominal diameter of the wheel's tire bead seating surface. If you change your wheel size, to wheels of a different diameter, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheels. Rim size Designation means rim diameter and width. Rim type designation The industry or manufacturer's designation for a rim by style or code.
Page 649 Rim width The nominal distance between wheel rim flanges. Section width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling decoration, or protective bands. Sidewall The portion of a tire between the bead and the tread.
Page 650 Sidewall separation The parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall. Speed rating (letter code) A standardized letter code indicating the maximum speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time. The ratings range from 93 mph or 150 km/h (P) to 186 mph or (300 km/h) Y. The speed rating letter code, where applicable, is molded on the tire sidewall → Tire labeling . You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law.
Page 651 Tire Pressure Monitoring System A system that detects when at least one of a vehicle's tires is underinflated and illuminates a low tire-pressure warning light. Tread The portion of a tire that normally touches the road. Tread rib A tread section running circumferentially around a tire.
Page 652 Tread separation Tire failure caused by the tread pulling away from the tire carcass. Tread wear indicators (TWI) Raised areas within the main tread grooves that show, visually, when tires are worn and near the end of their useful life → Tread depth and tread wear indicators . Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) A tire information system developed by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) that is designed to help buyers...
Page 653 compare tires. UTQG is not a safety rating, nor is it a guarantee that a tire will last for a certain number of miles or perform a certain way. It gives tire buyers more information to compare with factors such as price, brand loyalty and dealer recommendations. Under UTQG, tires are graded by the tire manufacturers in 3 areas: tread wear, traction and temperature resistance. UTQG information is molded into the tire sidewalls. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) A tire's serial number. It begins with the letters DOT (Department of Transportation) and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next 2 numbers or letters...
Page 654 indicate the plant where the tire was manufactured. The last 4 numbers represent the week and year of manufacture. For example, the numbers 1709 mean that the tire was produced in the 17th week of 2009. Any other numbers are marketing codes used by the tire manufacturer. This information is used to help identify affected consumers if a tire defect requires a recall. Vehicle capacity weight The total rated cargo, luggage and passenger load. Passenger load is 150 lbs (68 kilograms) times the vehicle's total seating capacity (as listed on the label inside the driver door).
Page 655 Vehicle maximum load on the tire The load on an individual tire that is determined by taking each axle's share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight (GAWR) and dividing by 2. Vehicle normal load on the tire The load on an individual tire that is determined by taking each axle's share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight (distributed according to the table below) and dividing by 2. Wheel size designation...
Page 656 Wheel rim diameter and width. Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities Designated seating Occupant distribution Vehicle normal load, capacity, number of in a normally loaded number of occupants occupants vehicle 2, 3, or 4 2 in front 2 in front, 1 in back Tires and vehicle load limits Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction There are limits to the load any vehicle or any tire can carry. A vehicle that is overloaded will...
Page 657 not handle well and is more difficult to stop. Overloading can damage important parts of the vehicle. Overloading can also lead to blowout, sudden loss of pressure or other tire failure that can cause loss of control. Your safety and the safety of your passengers depends on making sure that load limits are not exceeded. Vehicle load includes everybody and everything in and on the vehicle. These load limits are technically referred to as the vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the basic vehicle, all factory-installed and other accessories, a full tank of fuel, oil, coolant and other fluids plus maximum load. The maximum load includes the number of passengers that the...
Page 658 vehicle is intended to carry (seating capacity) with an assumed weight of 150 lbs (68 kg) for each passenger at a designated seating position and the total weight of any luggage in the vehicle. If you tow a trailer, the weight of the trailer hitch and the tongue weight of the loaded trailer must be included as part of the vehicle weight. At altitudes above 3000 ft (1000 m), combined towing weight (vehicle plus trailer) must be reduced by 10% for every 3000 ft (1000 m). The Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) is the maximum load that can be carried at each of the vehicle's 2 axles (by the front or rear tires). GVWR and GAWR are listed on the safety compliance label on the driver door jamb. Because there is an upper limit to your vehicle's...
Page 659 (68 kg), mean that less weight can be carried as luggage or other cargo. The tire pressure label on your Volkswagen also lists the maximum combined weight of all of the occupants and luggage or other cargo that the vehicle can carry. WARNING Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of vehicle control, a crash or other accident, serious personal injury, and even death.
Page 660 Carrying more weight than your vehicle was designed to carry will prevent the vehicle from handling properly and increase the risk of the loss of vehicle control. The brakes on a vehicle that has been overloaded may not be able to stop the vehicle in a safe distance. Tires on a vehicle that has been overloaded can fail suddenly, including a blowout and sudden deflation, causing loss of control and a crash. Always make sure that the total load being transported – including the weight of a trailer hitch and the tongue weight of a loaded trailer – does not make the vehicle heavier than the vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.
Page 661 Determining the correct load limit Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Never overload tires. The following example illustrates how to determine the combined weight of all vehicle occupants and luggage or other vehicle payloads. Never overload the vehicle! Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit: Locate the statement THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX KG OR XXX LBS on your vehicle's placard (tire inflation pressure label) → Tire inflation pressure . Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
Page 662 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this Manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. Check the tire sidewall to determine the load index specified for the tire. UTQG classification Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG): Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum section width. Example:...
Page 663 Treadwear (number) Traction: AA, A, B or C Temperature: A, B or C For example: Treadwear 200, Traction AA, Temperature A. All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
Page 664 For example, a tire graded 150 (Treadwear- value 150) would wear one-and-one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. Traction The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on...
Page 665 specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance → . Temperature The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat, and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of...
Page 666 performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law → . WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics.
Page 667 WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
Page 668 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Indicator light (telltale) → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) and recalibration through the Infotainment system Your vehicle's Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) uses the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) sensors to indirectly check the tire pressure of all 4 tires while you are driving. The sensors monitor the tread circumference (rolling circumference) and vibration characteristics of the individual tires. TPMS warns if there is a significant loss of pressure in one or more tires while the vehicle is moving. Pressure loss is signaled by the indicator light (described below) as well as by acoustic warnings and text warnings in the instrument cluster display if your vehicle has this display Infotainment system or the Multi-Function Display (MFD). The original benchmark pressure is the recommended maximum load cold tire inflation pressure for the tires that come with your vehicle. This pressure is listed on the tire pressure label on the driver door jamb → Tire inflation pressure . After adjusting the tire...
Page 669 Recalibrating the TPMS to reset the benchmark cold tire inflation pressure is explained below → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) and recalibration through the Infotainment system . More information: Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Infotainment system → Infotainment system Transporting → Driving tips Tires and wheels → Tires and wheels Braking and parking → Braking and parking Exterior care and cleaning → Exterior care and cleaning Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications Consumer information → Consumer information ...
Page 670 WARNING Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can cause sudden tire failure, loss of control, collision, serious personal injury or even death. When the warning symbol appears in the instrument cluster, stop and inspect the tires. Incorrect tire pressure and/or underinflation can cause increased tire wear and can affect the handling of the vehicle and stopping ability. Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can also lead to sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation, causing loss of vehicle control. The driver is responsible for the correct tire pressures for all tires on the vehicle. The recommended tire pressure values are listed on a sticker inside the driver door → Tire inflation pressure . The TPMS can only work correctly when all tires on the vehicle are filled to the correct cold tire inflation pressure. Using incorrect tire pressure values can cause accidents or other damage. Always inflate the tires to the correct specified cold tire pressure values for the tires installed on the vehicle. Always maintain correct cold tire inflation pressure so that TPMS can do its job.
Page 671 TPMS can do its job. Always inflate tires to the recommended and correct tire pressure before driving off. Driving with underinflated tires causes them to flex (bend) more, letting them get too hot, resulting in tread separation, sudden tire failure, and loss of control. Excessive speed and/overloading can cause heat buildup, sudden tire failure and loss of control. If the tire pressure is too low or too high, the tires will wear prematurely and the vehicle will not handle well. If the tire is not flat and you do not have to change a wheel immediately, drive carefully and at reduced speed to the nearest service station to check the tire pressure and add air as required. When replacing tires or wheel rims on vehicles equipped with TPMS always read and heed the information and all WARNINGS regarding → Tires and wheels . The Tire Pressure Monitoring System must be recalibrated whenever you remove and remount or change any wheel or tire on the vehicle, even if the reinstalled or replacement wheels and tires are identical to those that were removed and even if the tire pressure does not change → Tire inflation pressure .
Page 672 WARNING Improper recalibration can cause the TPMS to give false warnings or to give no warning despite dangerously low tire pressure → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) and recalibration through the Infotainment system . Underinflation increases fuel consumption and tire wear. Do not rely solely on the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. Check your tires regularly to make sure they are properly inflated and have no signs of damage, such as punctures, cuts, cracks, and blisters. Remove any objects that become embedded in the tire tread but have not penetrated into the body of tire itself. When you take delivery of the vehicle, the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is calibrated for the factory-recommended cold tire inflation pressure for the tires on your vehicle, as shown on the label inside the driver door → Tire inflation pressure . The system must be recalibrated through the Infotainment system whenever you remove and remount or change any wheel or tire on the vehicle, even if the reinstalled or replacement wheels and tires are identical to those that were removed and even if the tire pressure does not change → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) and recalibration through the Infotainment system . If you have to adjust the tire pressure on a warm tire, fill the tire...
Page 673 . If the TPMS determines that the air pressure in at least one tire is too low, carefully check the pressure in all 4 tires with an accurate tire pressure gauge. Low tire pressure usually cannot be determined by looking at the tire. This is especially true of low- profile tires. If you have work done on your wheels or tires, inform the workshop that the vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). New tires may expand slightly the first time they are driven at high speeds, which can trigger a tire pressure warning. Remember that tire pressure can only be properly measured when the tire is cold → Tire inflation pressure . Only replace old tires with tires that have been approved by Volkswagen for your vehicle type. Indicator light (telltale) Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Possible cause or meaning Lights Proper response → ...
Page 674 Lights up and a chime may also Stop safely as soon as possible! sound. The inflation pressure of one or Reduce speed immediately! Avoid fast more tires is significantly lower than cornering and hard braking! the benchmark pressure set by the driver or a tire has structural Check the condition and inflation damage. Depending on vehicle pressure of all tires. Have damaged equipment, a message may also tires replaced. appear in the instrument cluster display. Possible cause or meaning Flashes Proper response → Check and, if necessary, adjust the tire inflation pressure in all 4 tires. If the tire pressure is correct, switch the ignition off and back on. If the indicator light Flashes for about 70 seconds and flashes again and then stays on or does then stays on: not go out after checking and adjusting the air pressure in all 4 tires and System malfunction. recalibrating, take the vehicle to an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Have the system checked. When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. WARNING Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can cause sudden...
Page 675 Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can cause sudden tire failure, loss of control, collision, serious personal injury, or even death. When the warning symbol appears in the instrument cluster, stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and inspect all tires. Incorrect tire pressure and/or underinflation can cause increased tire wear and can affect the handling of the vehicle and its stopping ability. Incorrect tire pressure and/or underinflation can also lead to sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation, causing loss of vehicle control. The driver is responsible for the correct tire pressures for all tires on the vehicle. The recommended tire pressure values are listed on a sticker inside the driver door → Tire inflation pressure . The TPMS can only work correctly when all tires on the vehicle are filled to the correct cold tire inflation pressure. Always maintain the correct cold tire inflation pressure so that TPMS can do its job. Using incorrect tire pressure values can cause accidents or other damage. Check the pressure in all 4 tires when the tires are still cold. Never reduce air pressure in warm tires to match cold tire inflation pressure.
Page 676 Always inflate the tires to the correct specified cold tire pressure values for the tires installed on the vehicle; see the tire inflation pressure label on the driver door jamb → Tires and wheels . Always inflate tires to the recommended and correct tire pressure before driving off. Driving with underinflated tires causes them to flex (bend) more, letting them get too hot, which can result in tread separation, sudden tire failure, and loss of control. Excessive speed and/or overloading can cause heat buildup, sudden tire failure, and loss of control. If the tire pressure is too low or too high, the tires will wear prematurely and the vehicle will not handle well. If the tire is not flat and you do not have to change the tire or wheel immediately, drive at reduced speed to the nearest service station to check the tire pressure and add air as required. When replacing tires or wheel rims on vehicles equipped with TPMS, always read and heed the information and all WARNINGS in the section → Tires and wheels . The Tire Pressure Monitoring System must be recalibrated whenever you remove and remount or change any wheel or tire on the vehicle, even if the reinstalled or replacement wheels and tires are identical to those that were removed and...
Page 677 wheels and tires are identical to those that were removed and even if the tire pressure does not change → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) and recalibration through the Infotainment system . WARNING Improper recalibration can cause the TPMS to give false warnings or to give no warning despite dangerously low tire pressure → Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) and recalibration through the Infotainment system . WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Page 678 NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. If the ignition is switched on, an acoustic warning sounds when low tire pressure is detected. An acoustic warning also sounds if a system malfunction is detected. Driving for a longer period of time on rough roads or with a dynamic and sporty style can make the TPMS system temporarily unavailable. The indicator light will come on, signaling a malfunction, but will go out again once the road condition or driving style changes. Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) and recalibration through the Infotainment system Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle's Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) indirectly checks the tire pressure of all 4 tires while you are driving by using the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) sensors to monitor the tread circumference (rolling circumference) and vibration characteristics of the individual tires.
Page 679 The tread circumference of a tire can change: If a tire's inflation pressure is too low. If the tire's tread is damaged or the tire is structurally damaged. If one side of the vehicle is more heavily loaded than the other. If there is more weight on one axle than the other (such as when towing a trailer). If a compact spare wheel has been mounted. If a wheel was replaced on each axle. If a tire was changed. If the tire pressure was changed, or wheels were rotated or replaced, but the TPMS was not reset. If there are snow chains on the tires. Using snow chains can cause the system to give false warnings because snow chains increase tire circumference. The Tire Pressure Monitoring System may not react at first or may not react at all when you are driving in a sporty manner, or on snow- covered or unpaved roads, when you are driving with snow chains, or in certain other situations. A change in the tread circumference of a tire is signaled by the Tire Pressure Monitoring System indicator in the instrument cluster (telltale).
Page 680 The tire pressure recommended for the tires originally installed on the vehicle is on a sticker on the driver door jamb → Tires and wheels . Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct...
Page 681 tire pressure, even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. Resetting and recalibrating the benchmark tire pressure Resetting the tire pressures in the Infotainment system resets the benchmark tire pressure used by the TPMS to the current tire pressure in the tires based on the circumference of the tires.
Page 682 Switch on the ignition. Press the Infotainment button → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Tap the function key to open the Vehicle settings menu. Tires Tap the function key. Tap the function key in the Tire Pressure Monitoring System menu. Confirm If all 4 wheels are set to the correct values, touch the function key to store the tire pressures. Cancel Touching the button will prevent the current tire pressures from being stored and the system will not be recalibrated. The recalibration must be performed each time the tire pressure in one or more tires has been adjusted or after one or more tires has been changed, exchanged, or repaired. The new tire pressures are stored in the system only after at least 20 minutes of normal driving. If you have reset the benchmark tire pressure when your tires do not have the correct tire pressure, this will prevent the TPMS from working properly. It may then give false warnings or may not give any warning even if the tire pressure is too low.
Page 683 For this reason, it is vital to make certain that all four tires are inflated to the correct pressure when they are cold, before calibrating the system. Cold tire tires are tires that have not been driven more than a couple of miles (kilometers) at low speed within the last 3 hours. During normal vehicle operation, the system calibrates itself to the tires installed and the changed tire pressures. The calibrated values are stored and monitored after a long journey at various speeds. If the wheels are loaded more heavily than normal, for example, if the vehicle is carrying heavy load, the tire pressure must be raised to the recommended full-load tire pressure before recalibaration → Tires and wheels . Recalibrate the system to reset the benchmark TPMS pressure in the following situations: After installing tires on your vehicle that have recommended cold tire inflation pressures that are different from the tires that were taken off. After any tire on your vehicle is removed and then remounted, even if the same tire and wheel rim that were taken off are reinstalled (for instance, after repair). After any tire on your vehicle is changed and replaced by another...
Page 684 tire, even if the replacement tire is the same type and is inflated to the same pressure as the tire it replaced. After adjusting the tire pressure of any tire on the vehicle to its correct cold tire inflation pressure, either by putting air in one or more tires or by letting air out. Do this even though air was only added (or let out) to bring the tire to the inflation pressure it should have had all along. After rotating the front and rear wheels → Tires and wheels . After mounting the compact spare wheel. WARNING Incorrect recalibration can cause the TPMS to give false warnings or to give no warning despite dangerously low tire pressure. Make certain the tire inflation pressure of all tires is correct before recalibrating the system.
Page 685 WARNING Incorrect tire pressure can cause sudden tire failure, loss of vehicle control and serious personal injury. Always check and correct air pressure in all 4 tires, particularly after changing, exchanging, or repairing tires. After that, always make sure that all 4 tires are inflated to the correct tire pressure for the tires installed on the vehicle. Then recalibrate the system so that it can properly monitor the pressure in the tire. See the tire pressure label → Tire inflation pressure and the Owner's Literature for recommended cold tire inflation pressure and other important information. When replacing tires or wheel rims, always read and heed all of the information and WARNINGS → Tires and wheels . The Tire Pressure Monitoring System must be recalibrated whenever you remove and remount or change any wheel or tire on the vehicle, even if the reinstalled or replacement wheels and tires are identical to those that were removed and even if the tire pressure does not change. The Tire Pressure Monitoring System stops working if there is an ESC/ABS...
Page 686 malfunction → Braking and parking . After a low tire pressure warning, the vehicle must stand and must not be driven for at least 1 minute before the new benchmark tire pressures can be stored.
Page 687 Storage and equipment Storage areas Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Storage compartments in the doors → Storage compartment on the driver side → Eyeglass storage compartment in the overhead console → Storage compartment in the front center console → Coin holders in the front center console (Golf GTI) → Storage compartment in the front center armrest (Golf GTI) → Glove compartment → Storage compartment under the front seat → Other storage compartments Store only lightweight or small objects in storage compartments. Depending on options, there may be a factory-installed AUX-in jack and/or a USB port in the front center console storage...
Page 688 compartment. More information: Passenger compartment → Passenger compartment Power locking system → Power locking system Driver assistance systems → Starting assistance systems Interior care and cleaning → Interior care and cleaning ⇒ BookletRadio, Navigation System,...
Page 689 WARNING Loose objects can be thrown around the inside of the vehicle when the vehicle is moving, especially during sudden maneuvers and hard braking. This can cause serious personal injuries and even make the driver lose control of the vehicle. Never let animals ride in the vehicle's open storage compartments, on top of the instrument panel, or on the luggage compartment cover behind the rear seat backrests. Never put hard, heavy or sharp objects in these places or in articles of clothing or bags in the passenger compartment. Always keep storage compartments closed while driving.
Page 690 WARNING Objects in the driver footwell can prevent the pedals from moving freely. This can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injuries. Always make sure that nothing can interfere with the pedals. Always fasten floor mats securely to the floor. Never put floor mats or other floor coverings on top of already installed floor mats. Always make sure that nothing can fall into the driver footwell while the vehicle is moving.
Page 691 WARNING Some kinds of cigarette lighters can be lit unintentionally, or crushed causing a fire that can result in serious burns and vehicle damage. Always make sure that there are no lighters in the seat tracks or near other moving parts before adjusting the seats. Before closing a storage compartment, always make sure that no cigarette lighter can be activated, crushed, or otherwise damaged. Never leave a cigarette lighter in a storage compartment, on the instrument panel, or in other places in the vehicle. Heat buildup in the passenger and luggage compartment of a parked vehicle can result in temperatures in the vehicle that are much higher than the outside temperatures, particularly in summer. High temperatures could cause the cigarette lighter to catch fire.
Page 692 NOTICE The defroster heating wires or antenna in the rear window can be damaged by hard or sharp things on the shelf below the rear window. Do not keep any food, medicine, or other items sensitive to heat or cold in the vehicle. They can be damaged or made unusable by heat or cold. Things that are made of transparent materials (such as eyeglasses, magnifying glasses, or transparent suction cups on the windows) can magnify sunlight and damage the vehicle. The ventilation slots in the luggage compartment must not be blocked so that stale air can escape from the vehicle. Storage compartments in the doors...
Page 693 Fig. 115 In the driver door: Storage compartment. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction There is a storage compartment in each vehicle door → Fig. 115 ① . Storage compartment on the driver side Fig. 116 On the driver side: Storage compartment.
Page 694 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction To open the compartment, pull the handle → Fig. 116 ① in the direction of the arrow. To close, push the lid up until it latches. On some vehicles, there is a holder for SD cards on the inside of the storage compartment lid. Eyeglass storage compartment in the overhead console Fig. 117 In the overhead console: Storage compartment. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 695 Your vehicle may have a storage compartment that can be used for storing eyeglasses or other light objects. To open, briefly press and release the button → Fig. 117 (arrow) on the storage compartment cover. To close, push the lid up until it latches. Storage compartment in the front center console Fig. 118 In the front center console: Storage compartment. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction To open, briefly press the lower edge of the cover in the direction of the arrow → Fig. 118 .
Page 696 To close, press the lid down completely. The storage compartment in the front center console may have an AUX-in jack and/or a USB port ⇒ Booklet Radio, Navigation System , . Coin holders in the front center console (Golf GTI) Fig. 119 In the front center console: Coin holders. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Depending on equipment, the lower part of the front center console → Fig. 119 may have slots for storing coins. Storage compartment in the front center armrest (Golf GTI)
Page 697 Fig. 120 In the front center armrest: Storage compartment. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Depending on equipment, your vehicle may have a storage compartment under the front center armrest. To open, push the release button (small arrow) and lift the center armrest up as far as it will go in the direction of the large arrow → Fig. 120 . To close, push the center armrest down.
Page 698 WARNING The center armrest can restrict the driver's arm movement and cause crashes and serious personal injury. Always keep storage compartments in the center armrest closed while driving. WARNING Never let a passenger, especially a child, ride on the center armrest. There may be a 12 volt socket → Power outlets or a phone holder in the front center armrest storage compartment ⇒ Booklet Radio, Navigation System , . Glove compartment...
Page 699 Fig. 121 On the passenger side: Glove compartment. Fig. 122 Inside the glove compartment. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Key to → Fig. 122 : SD card holders Infotainment system accessories (if equipped) , ChapterRadio,...
Page 700 Navigation System Card holders and coin holder Owner's Manual Additional holders for coins, cards, or sunglasses Air vent → Heating and air conditioning Opening and closing the glove compartment If necessary, unlock the glove compartment. It is locked when the key slot is vertical. To open, pull the handle → Fig. 121 . To close, push the lid up. Infotainment system accessories Vehicles equipped with an Infotainment system may have a CD player, SD card readers, or other Infotainment System accessories → Fig. 122 ② in the glove compartment. See , ChapterRadio, Navigation System for further information. Owner's Manual...
Page 701 If the vehicle is not equipped with an Infotainment system, there is a slot for the Owner's Manual in the upper part of the glove compartment. Always keep the Owner's Manual in this slot or in the glove compartment as shown in → Fig. 122 ④ . Holders Depending on vehicle equipment, there may be holders for SD cards → Fig. 122 ① , other types of cards ③, and a coin holder in the upper part of the glove compartment. There may also be additional holders for coins, cards, or sunglasses in the glove compartment cover ⑤. Cooling the glove compartment There is an air vent → Fig. 122 ⑥ in the glove compartment. Cool air can be directed into the glove compartment if the air conditioner is on. Open or close the air vent by turning it.
Page 702 WARNING An open glove compartment door can increase the risk of serious injury during sudden braking or driving maneuvers or in a crash. Always keep the glove compartment closed while the vehicle is moving. NOTICE In some vehicle models, design considerations have made it necessary to have openings in the glove compartment behind the Owner's Manual slot, for example. Small items may fall through these openings and get behind the instrument panel. This can cause unusual noises and damage the vehicle. Never put any small objects in the glove compartment for this reason. Storage compartment under the front seat...
Page 703 Fig. 123 Under the driver seat: Storage compartment. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Some vehicles are equipped with a storage compartment → Fig. 123 under the driver or passenger seat. A first aid kit can be stored in this storage compartment. Opening and closing the storage compartment To open: Grasp the opening handle and pull the storage compartment out. To close: Push the storage compartment toward the seat until it engages securely.
Page 704 WARNING An open storage compartment can interfere with the pedals and cause accidents and severe personal injuries. Always keep the storage compartment closed when the vehicle is moving. Otherwise, the storage compartment cover and other objects could get into the driver footwell and interfere with the pedals. Other storage compartments Fig. 124 In the luggage compartment: Side storage compartment. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 705 Storage compartments in the luggage compartment Additional storage compartments are located in the sides of the luggage compartment. The side panels can be removed by pulling upward in the direction of the arrow → Fig. 124 to make room for larger objects in the luggage compartment. Additional storage: In the center console. Pockets in the backrests of the front seats (if equipped). Luggage compartment cover behind the rear seat backrest – only for light clothing or similar objects that do not interfere with visibility to the rear! Coat hooks on the center door pillars (4-door vehicles only) and on the overhead grab handles in the rear.
Page 706 WARNING Clothes or other items on the luggage compartment cover behind the rear seat backrest may limit visibility and cause accidents and severe personal injuries. Always hang clothes so that they do not limit visibility. Always use the built-in coat hooks only for lightweight clothing. Never leave any heavy or sharp-edged items in the pockets that may interfere with airbag deployment and can cause personal injury in a collision. NOTICE The maximum load for each coat hook is 5 lbs. (2.5 kg).
Page 707 Cup holders Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Cup holders in the front center console → Cup holders in the rear center armrest (Golf GTI) → Cup holders in the rear center armrest (Golf R) → Cup holders in the rear trim Bottle holders There is a place for bottles in the open compartments in the driver and passenger doors. The bottle volume must not exceed 16.9 oz (0.5 liter) → . More information: Interior care and cleaning → Interior care and cleaning ...
Page 708 WARNING Improper use of beverage holders can cause injuries. Never put hot drinks in the cup holders. During normal or sudden maneuvers, sudden braking or in a collision, hot liquid can be spilled and cause burns! Make certain that bottles or other items cannot fall into the driver's footwell while the vehicle is moving and interfere with the movement of the pedals. Never put heavy cups, food or other heavy items in the cup holders. Heavy items can fly through the passenger compartment in a crash and cause serious injury. WARNING Hot or freezing temperatures in the passenger compartment can cause closed bottles to explode or break. Never leave closed bottles in a very hot or cold vehicle.
Page 709 WARNING Bottles and other things can fall into the driver's footwell and interfere with the pedals while driving. Make sure that bottles cannot fall into the driver's footwell during driving to avoid obstructing the pedals. Use the bottle holders only for standard beverage bottles holding no more than 16.9 oz (0.5 liter). NOTICE Never put open drinks in the cup holders when the vehicle is moving. The drinks can spill and damage the vehicle, including the electrical system. Some cup holder inserts can be removed for cleaning. Cup holders in the front center console...
Page 710 Fig. 125 In the front center console: Opening the cup holder cover (if equipped). Fig. 126 In the front center console: Cup holders (without a cover). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Some models are equipped with a cover for the cup holders. To open, pull the cover to the rear → Fig. 125 (arrow).
Page 711 To close, push the cover forward (opposite direction of the arrow). For vehicles without a cover, place the drink in the cup holder → Fig. 126 . Cup holders in the rear center armrest (Golf GTI) Fig. 127 Cup holders in the rear center armrest. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle may be equipped with cup holders in the rear center armrest. To open, fold the center armrest down. To close, fold the center armrest up.
Page 712 WARNING Always keep the armrest folded up when the vehicle is moving to reduce the risk of injury. Never let anybody, especially children, ride on the rear center armrest or in the center position on the rear seat when the armrest is folded down. An improper seating position can increase the risk of serious injury in a crash. Cup holders in the rear center armrest (Golf R) Fig. 128 Cup holders in rear center armrest: Examples of ways to adjust the cup holders for different purposes.
Page 713 Fig. 129 Cup holders in the rear center armrest. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle may be equipped with cup holders in the rear center armrest. To open, fold the center armrest down. To adjust the cup holder to the size of the cup, pull the inserts → Fig. 129 ① or ② upward and reposition them to fit the size of the cup → Fig. 128 . The inserts can be placed in different positions. To close, fold the center armrest up.
Page 714 WARNING Always keep the armrest folded up when the vehicle is moving to reduce the risk of injury. Never let anybody, especially children, ride on the rear center armrest or in the center position on the rear seat when the armrest is folded down. An improper seating position can increase the risk of serious injury in a crash. Some cup holder designs allow you to adjust to the size of the cup by turning the inserts 180 degrees. Cup holders in the rear trim Fig. 130 In the trim next to the rear seats (2-door models only): Cup holder.
Page 715 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Some 2-door vehicles are equipped with open cup holders in the trim next to the rear seats → Fig. 130 ① .
Page 716 Power outlets Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → 12 Volt sockets in the vehicle Electrical devices can be connected to the vehicle 12 Volt sockets. The connected devices must be in good working order. More information: Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications Consumer information → Consumer information ...
Page 717 WARNING Improper use of electrical sockets and electrical devices may start a fire and cause severe personal injury. Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. Sockets and connected devices can be used when the ignition is switched If the connected device gets warm, immediately switch it off and disconnect the power supply.
Page 718 NOTICE To help prevent damage to the electrical system, never connect any accessories such as a solar panel or vehicle battery charger to a 12 Volt socket. Only use accessories which have been tested for electromagnetic compatibility with a motor vehicle. To help prevent damage from voltage fluctuations, switch off all electrical consumers connected to the 12 Volt socket before switching the ignition on or off or starting the engine. Never connect devices to a 12 Volt socket that draw more than the maximum wattage the socket can supply. Drawing too much power can damage the vehicle electrical system. Please turn off the engine when you stop for any length of time. The vehicle battery will drain if you use electrical equipment when the engine is not running. Unshielded devices may interfere with radio reception or the vehicle's electrical system. Operating electrical devices near the windshield-integrated antenna may interfere with AM radio reception.
Page 719 12 Volt sockets in the vehicle Fig. 131 In the lower center console: 12 Volt socket (vehicles with parking brake lever). Fig. 132 In the lower center console: 12 Volt socket (vehicles with electronic parking brake). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 720 Maximum power draw Socket Maximum power draw 12 Volts 120 watts The maximum power draw at any one socket must never be exceeded. Electrical devices should have information on them that says how much power they draw. If 2 or more electrical devices are connected at the same time, the total power draw of all connected devices must never be more than 190 watts → . 12 Volt socket The 12 Volt socket works only when the ignition is switched on. If the ignition is on but the engine is not running, the vehicle battery will be drained by any device that is plugged in and turned on. For this reason, never use the electrical sockets unless the engine is running. To help prevent damage from voltage fluctuations, switch off all electrical devices connected to a 12 Volt socket before switching the ignition on or off or starting the engine.
Page 721 The vehicle may have 12 Volt sockets at the following places: In the lower center console → Fig. 131 or → Fig. 132 , depending on equipment. In the luggage compartment. In the front center armrest storage compartment → Storage compartment in the front center armrest (Golf GTI) . NOTICE Follow the manufacturer's instructions for connected devices! Never exceed the maximum power consumption, or the entire vehicle electrical system may be damaged. 12 Volt socket: - Only use equipment that has been tested for electromagnetic compatibility and complies with applicable guidelines. - Never feed current into the socket, with a solar panel, for example. Unshielded devices may interfere with radio reception or the vehicle's electrical system.
Page 723 While driving Vehicle operation Starting and stopping the engine Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Indicator lights → Vehicle key positions in the ignition switch → Starter button → Starting the engine → Stopping the engine → Electronic immobilizer Explanatory notes in this section regarding automatic transmissions ® also apply to the DSG automated transmission.
Page 724 Immobilizer display If an unauthorized vehicle key is used or the system malfunctions, a message may appear on the instrument cluster display. The engine cannot be started. Push-starting and tow-starting For technical reasons, never try to push-start or tow-start the vehicle. Jump-start the vehicle instead while following proper and safe procedures. More information: Vehicle key set → Vehicle key set Shifting → Shifting Steering → Steering Braking and parking → Braking and parking Starting assistance systems → Starting assistance systems Refueling → Refueling Fuel → Fuel Emergency closing and opening → Emergency closing and...
Page 725 opening Jump-starting → Jump-starting Towing → Towing WARNING Switching off the engine while the vehicle is moving can make the vehicle harder to stop and result in loss of vehicle control, leading to collisions and severe personal injuries. Brake and steering assistance systems, the airbag system, safety belt pretensioners, and other vehicle safety features only work when the engine is running. Switch off the engine only when the vehicle is not moving.
Page 726 WARNING To reduce the risk of serious personal injury when starting and running the vehicle's engine: Never start the engine or let it run in a confined or enclosed area. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, a poisonous, colorless, and odorless gas. Carbon monoxide can cause unconsciousness and death. Never start the engine or let it run if oil, fuel, or other flammable substances are under, around, or have leaked from the vehicle, for example, due to vehicle damage. Never leave the vehicle unattended with the engine running, especially when it is in gear. The vehicle could move suddenly or some other unexpected event could occur, resulting in property damage, fire, or personal injury. Never use starting assist fluids. Starting fluids can explode and can cause a run-away vehicle condition.
Page 727 WARNING The vehicle exhaust system and the catalytic converter get very hot and can cause fires and serious personal injury. Never park the vehicle where the hot exhaust system or catalytic converter could ignite flammable materials, such as brush, leaves, dry grass, spilled fuel, etc. Never apply additional undercoating or rustproofing on or near the exhaust manifold, exhaust pipes, catalytic converter, or heat shields. Indicator lights Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Lights Possible cause Proper response Apply the brake pedal to start the engine Brake pedal not depressed. → Braking and parking . Flashes Possible cause Proper response The release button in the selector Engage the selector lever release button lever did not engage. Vehicle → Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) . movement is prevented.
Page 728 When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Whenever stalled or stopped for repair, move the vehicle a safe distance off the road, turn on the emergency flashers, stop the engine, and use other warning devices to warn approaching traffic. NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage.
Page 729 Vehicle key positions in the ignition switch Fig. 133 In the ignition switch: Vehicle key positions. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction If there is no vehicle key in the ignition, the steering column is locked. Vehicle key position → Fig. 133 Ignition switched off. Steering column lock engaged. The vehicle key can be removed. Ignition is switched on. Steering column lock can be released. Start the engine. When the engine starts, release the vehicle key. When released, the vehicle key returns to position ①. If you use the wrong key...
Page 730 If an unauthorized vehicle key has been inserted into the ignition switch, it can be removed as follows: Automatic transmission: Press the release button on the transmission selector lever and release. The vehicle key can now be removed. Manual transmission: Pull out the vehicle key. If you leave the ignition on If you leave the ignition on and open the driver door, a warning message may appear in the instrument cluster. In addition, you may also hear an acoustic warning. This warning reminds you to switch off the ignition before leaving the vehicle → .
Page 731 WARNING Improper use of vehicle keys can result in serious personal injury. Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle. The engine can be started and vehicle systems such as the power windows can be operated, leading to serious personal injury. Never leave children, disabled persons, or anyone who cannot help themselves in the vehicle. The doors can be locked with the remote control vehicle key. This could result in people being trapped in the vehicle in an emergency. For example, depending on the time of year, people trapped in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures. Heat buildup in the passenger and luggage compartment of a parked vehicle can result in temperatures in the vehicle that are much higher than the outside temperatures, particularly in summer. Temperatures can quickly reach levels that can cause unconsciousness and death, particularly to small children. Never remove the key from the ignition switch while the vehicle is moving or rolling to a stop. The steering wheel will lock and you will not be able to steer or control the vehicle.
Page 732 NOTICE Leaving the key in the ignition for a long time when the engine is not running will drain the vehicle battery. Always switch off the ignition before leaving the vehicle. Leaving the selector lever for a long period of time in any position other than Park (P) when the ignition is switched off can drain the vehicle battery. On automatic transmission vehicles , the vehicle key can be removed from the ignition switch only when the transmission is in Park (P) . You may have to press the release button on the transmission selector lever to put the lever into Park (P) . Starter button Fig. 134 In the lower center console: Starter button for the Keyless Access system.
Page 733 Fig. 135 Hold the remote control vehicle key to the right of the steering column: Emergency starting feature on vehicles with Keyless Access. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction For vehicles with Keyless Access with push-button start, → Power locking system , the vehicle can be started and stopped with the starter button in the lower center console → Fig. 134 . The starter button can only be used when an authorized vehicle key is in the vehicle. When leaving the vehicle, the electronic steering column lock is activated when the ignition is switched off and the driver door is opened → Steering .
Page 734 Switching the ignition on and off Briefly press the starter button once without operating the brake or clutch pedals → . Emergency start feature If an authorized remote control vehicle key is in the passenger compartment but the instrument cluster displays No key in range when you push the starter button, the remote control vehicle key battery is weak or dead. You can still start the engine using the Emergency start feature. Make sure the selector lever is in the Park (P) position. Hold the remote control vehicle key to the right of the steering column trim immediately after pressing the starter button → Fig. 135 . The ignition automatically switches on and the engine starts. Emergency shut-off If the engine does not switch off by briefly pressing the starter button, emergency shut-off is necessary: Press the starter button twice within 3 seconds or press and hold...
Page 735 the button longer than 1 second → . The engine switches off automatically. If no authorized remote control vehicle key is identified in the passenger compartment after the engine has been switched off, the engine cannot be restarted. A related message is shown in the instrument cluster display. WARNING Unintended vehicle movement can cause serious personal injury. Do not depress the brake or clutch pedals when switching on the ignition, as the engine could otherwise start immediately.
Page 736 WARNING Improper use of vehicle keys can result in serious personal injury. Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle. Children or unauthorized persons may use it to lock the vehicle, start the engine, and operate vehicle systems such as the power windows, leading to serious personal injury. Never leave children, disabled persons, or anyone who cannot help themselves in the vehicle. The doors can be locked using the remote control vehicle key. This could result in people being trapped in the vehicle in an emergency. For example, depending on the time of year, people trapped in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures. Heat buildup in the passenger and luggage compartment of a parked vehicle can result in temperatures in the vehicle that are much higher than the outside temperatures, particularly in summer. Temperatures can quickly reach levels that can cause unconsciousness and death, particularly to small children. If the ignition is switched on or the engine is running and the driver door is opened, a chime sounds. The chime is also a reminder to switch off the engine and turn off the ignition before leaving and locking the vehicle from the outside.
Page 737 Starting the engine Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Please perform these steps only in the order listed. Vehicles without Keyless Step Vehicles with Keyless Access Access Automatic transmission: Depress the brake pedal and hold it down until step 5 is completed. Manual transmission: Depress clutch pedal fully and hold until the engine has 1 a. started. Shift the transmission into Neutral (N) or Park (P) (automatic), or into Neutral (manual only). Briefly press the starter button Turn the vehicle key to → Fig. 134 – do not depress the position → Fig. 133 ② – do not accelerator pedal. An authorized depress the accelerator pedal. vehicle key must be inside the vehicle in order to start the engine. When the engine starts, release the When the engine starts, release the vehicle key. starter button. If the engine does not start, switch off the ignition and start again after about If the engine does not start, switch off 1 minute. Use the emergency start the ignition and start again after about feature if necessary → Emergency start 1 minute. feature . Release the parking brake when you are ready to start driving → Braking and parking ...
Page 738 WARNING Never leave the vehicle unattended with the engine running, especially when it is in gear. The vehicle could move suddenly or some other unexpected event could occur, resulting in property damage, fire, or personal injury. WARNING Starting fluids can explode and can cause a run-away vehicle condition. Never use starting assist fluids.
Page 739 NOTICE You can damage the starter or the engine if you try to start the engine when the vehicle is still moving, or if you try to restart the engine right after switching it off. Avoid high engine speeds, full throttle acceleration, and heavy engine loads when the engine is cold. Do not try to start the engine by pushing or towing the vehicle. Unburned fuel can get into the catalytic converter and damage it. The steering column may also be locked. Do not let your vehicle warm up while standing; instead, start driving right away after making sure that you have good visibility through all windows. This will help the engine reach operating temperature faster and keep down emissions. Major consumers of electricity are temporarily switched off when the engine is being started. After starting a cold engine, there may be increased operating noises for a few seconds. This is normal and harmless. Stopping the engine Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 740 heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Please perform these steps only in the order listed. Vehicles without Keyless Step Vehicles with Keyless Access Access Bring the vehicle to a complete stop → . Depress and hold down the brake pedal until step 4 is completed. Automatic transmission: Shift the transmission into Park (P). Apply the parking brake to help prevent the vehicle from moving → Braking and parking . Briefly press the starter button Turn the vehicle key to position → Fig. 134 . If the engine will not switch → Fig. 133 ⓪ in the ignition switch. off, carry out the emergency shut-off procedure → Emergency shut-off . Manual transmission: Shift into 1st gear (vehicle on flat surface or pointing uphill) or Reverse (R) (vehicle pointing downhill). Removing the vehicle key from the Opening the doors switches off ignition switches off electrical electrical equipment and activates the equipment and activates the steering steering column lock. column lock.
Page 741 WARNING Never stop the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop. You can lose control of the vehicle, crash, and be seriously injured. The airbags and safety belt pretensioners will not work when the ignition is switched off. The brake booster does not work when the engine is not running. More brake pedal pressure will be needed to stop the vehicle. The power steering system does not work when the engine is not running, and you will need more force to steer the vehicle. Never remove the key from the ignition switch or turn off the ignition with the starter button while the vehicle is moving or rolling to a stop. The electronic steering column could suddenly lock, you would not be able to steer, and you could lose control of the vehicle, crash, and seriously injure yourself and others.
Page 742 NOTICE If the vehicle has been driven hard for a long time, the engine could overheat when it is stopped. To reduce the risk of engine damage, let the engine idle in Neutral for about 2 minutes before you switch off the ignition. If the ignition is switched on or the engine is running and the driver door is opened, a chime sounds. The chime is also a reminder to switch off the engine and turn off the ignition before leaving and locking the vehicle from the outside. On vehicles with automatic transmissions, the vehicle key can only be removed from the ignition when the transmission is in Park (P) . After the engine has been switched off, the radiator fan in the engine compartment may keep running for several minutes, or may start running after the vehicle has been parked for a while, even if the ignition is switched off and the vehicle key has been removed. The radiator fan shuts off automatically when the engine has cooled down enough. Electronic immobilizer Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 743 The immobilizer helps to prevent the engine from being started and driven with an unauthorized vehicle key. There is a microchip inside the vehicle key. The chip deactivates the immobilizer automatically when an authorized vehicle key is inserted into the ignition switch or the starter button is pressed. The electronic immobilizer is automatically activated when the remote control vehicle key is pulled out of the ignition switch. On vehicles with push-button start, the vehicle key must be outside the vehicle → Unlocking or locking the vehicle with Keyless Access . The engine can therefore only be started with an authorized and correctly coded genuine Volkswagen vehicle key. Coded vehicle keys are available from authorized Volkswagen dealers, authorized Volkswagen Service Facilities, and from certain independent repair facilities and locksmiths who are qualified to make these vehicle keys → Vehicle key set . If an unauthorized vehicle key is used, a message may appear in the instrument cluster display. The vehicle cannot be operated with this key. A Declaration of Compliance with the United States FCC and Industry Canada regulations is on → Declaration of Compliance,...
Page 744 Telecommunications and Electronic Systems . Using genuine Volkswagen keys helps minimize the risk of malfunctions.
Page 745 Shifting Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Warning and indicator lights → Pedals → Manual transmission: Gearshift lever → Automatic transmission: Selector lever → Shifting with Tiptronic → Driving with automatic transmission → Automatic transmission malfunction → Gear recommendation Explanatory notes in this section regarding automatic transmissions ® also apply to the DSG automated transmission. ® Your vehicle may be equipped with a special DSG automated transmission that combines the performance and economy of a standard manual transmission with the comfort and convenience of a conventional automatic transmission. The DSG transmission housing contains two clutches, one that works with the odd- numbered gears (1, 3, 5 and R) and the other that works with the even-numbered gears (2, 4, 6). The dual clutch configuration...
Page 746 enables rapid shifts between gears without loss of traction as the dual clutch seamlessly transfers the engine power from one driveshaft to the other during gear shifts. An output shaft for each of the two gearbox units transmits the drive to the driven wheels via a differential. The DSG electronic control unit, sensors, and hydraulic control for clutch engagement and gear selection form one compact weight-saving unit. Thanks to the dual-clutch design, the DSG system is more efficient than a conventional automatic transmission. For example, while idling, a torque converter in a conventional automatic transmission is engaged all the time (increasing load and engine fuel consumption), while the DSG gradually opens the clutch, allowing the engine to idle freely. In most cases, this efficiency combined with its low weight and intelligent control means that DSG can achieve the same or better fuel consumption than a manual transmission. The clutches, like the clutch in a standard manual transmission are subject to wear over time. The DSG transmission requires periodic maintenance that is described in the , ChapterWarranty and Maintenance. When the ignition is switched on and the transmission is in Reverse (R): The backup lights come on.
Page 747 The rear window wiper switches on when the windshield wipers are switched on. The Rear View Camera system switches on (if equipped). The Park Distance Control system switches on (if equipped). More information: Lower center console → Center console overview Instruments → Instrument cluster Braking and parking → Braking and parking Rear View Camera system → Rear View Camera system Park Distance Control → Park Distance Control (PDC) Climate control → Heating and air conditioning Engine control and emission control system → Engine control and emission control system Emergency closing and opening → Emergency closing and opening ...
Page 748 WARNING Rapid acceleration can cause skidding and loss of traction, especially on slippery roads, resulting in a loss of vehicle control, collisions, and serious personal injury. Only use the kick-down feature or fast acceleration if visibility, weather, road, and traffic conditions permit and other drivers will not be endangered by your driving and the vehicle's acceleration. WARNING Constant braking causes the brakes to overheat and even to fail leading to collisions and serious personal injury. Never ride the brakes or apply the brake pedal too often or too long. Riding the brakes will substantially reduce braking performance, increase stopping distance, and can cause complete brake system failure.
Page 749 NOTICE Never ride the brakes by keeping your foot on the brake pedal when you do not want to brake. This will make the brakes wear faster. Before driving downhill, especially on hills that are long or steep, always reduce speed and shift into lower gear (manual or automatic transmission). This will let the vehicle use engine braking and reduce the load on the brakes. Otherwise, the brake system could overheat and even fail. Only use the brakes when you need them to slow the vehicle down more or to stop. Warning and indicator lights Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Lights Possible cause Proper response Do not continue driving! Allow the transmission to cool with the selector lever in the P position. If the warning does not turn off, do not Transmission malfunction.
Page 750 Volkswagen dealer for assistance. Otherwise, serious transmission damage could result → Automatic transmission malfunction . Apply the brake pedal to select a drive Brake pedal not depressed. gear → Braking and parking . Flashes Possible cause Proper response Engage selector lever release button → Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) . The release button in the selector lever did not engage. Vehicle If the vehicle has an electronic parking movement is prevented. brake, refer to → Electronic parking brake . When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds.
Page 751 WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Whenever stalled or stopped for repair, move the vehicle a safe distance off the road, turn on the emergency flashers, stop the engine, and use other warning devices to warn approaching traffic. NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. Pedals...
Page 752 Fig. 136 Pedals in vehicles with manual transmission: ① Accelerator pedal, ② Brake pedal, ③ Clutch pedal. Fig. 137 Pedals in vehicles with automatic transmission: ① Accelerator pedal, ② Brake pedal. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction All pedals must always be able to move freely in and out without interference from floor mats or other things. Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area free and are held securely in place with floor mat fasteners to help prevent sliding.
Page 753 If a brake circuit malfunctions, more brake pedal travel is needed to bring the vehicle to a full stop, and it is important that nothing is in the way when you have to depress the brake pedal harder and farther than normal. WARNING Objects in the driver footwell can prevent the pedals from moving freely. This can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injuries. Always make sure that nothing can interfere with the pedals. Always fasten floor mats securely to the floor. Never put floor mats or other floor coverings on top of already installed floor mats. Always make sure that nothing can fall into the driver footwell while the vehicle is moving.
Page 754 NOTICE Always make sure that the pedals are able to move freely and that nothing can interfere with them. If a brake circuit fails, more brake pedal travel will be needed to bring the vehicle to a stop. The brake pedal must be pressed farther and harder than normal. Manual transmission: Gearshift lever Fig. 138 Gearshift pattern of a 6-speed manual transmission. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The positions of the individual gears are shown on the gearshift lever → Fig. 138 .
Page 755 Depress the clutch pedal all the way and hold. Move the gearshift lever into the desired position → . Release the clutch pedal to engage the gear. The clutch pedal must be fully depressed to start the engine. Shifting into reverse Only shift to the reverse gear when the vehicle is not moving. Depress the clutch pedal fully and hold → . Move the gearshift lever to neutral and press down. Move the shift lever to the left and then push forward into the reverse gear position → Fig. 138 Ⓡ . Release the clutch pedal to engage the gear. Downshifting You should always downshift gear by gear when driving, meaning always into the next lowest gear. Do not downshift when the engine rpm (revolutions per minute) is too high → . At fast speeds or high engine rpm, skipping over one or more gears when downshifting can cause damage to the clutch and transmission, even if a gear is not engaged → .
Page 756 WARNING Downshifting to a lower gear incorrectly can result in loss of vehicle control and can cause accidents and serious personal injuries. WARNING When the engine is running and a gear is engaged, the vehicle will start to move as soon as the clutch pedal is released. This also applies when the parking brake is engaged. Never shift into Reverse (R) when the vehicle is moving. NOTICE Shifting down to a gear that is too low when driving at fast speeds or high engine rpm can cause extensive damage to the clutch and transmission. That is true even if the clutch pedal is pressed so that the clutch is not engaged.
Page 757 NOTICE To help prevent damage and premature wear: Do not rest your hand on the gearshift lever while driving. Over time, the pressure will cause premature wear in the transmission. Make sure that the vehicle has come to a complete stop before shifting into Reverse (R). Always depress the clutch pedal all the way when changing gears. Do not hold the vehicle on a hill using engine power with the clutch pedal partially engaged and the engine running. Automatic transmission: Selector lever...
Page 758 Fig. 139 Automatic transmission selector lever with shift lever release button (arrow). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Automatic transmission vehicles have an Automatic Shift Lock (ASL). With ASL, you must switch on the ignition, depress the brake pedal and hold it down while pressing the release button on the selector lever handle in the direction of the arrow → Fig. 139 to move the selector lever out of Park (P) and into a drive gear. When the selector lever is in Neutral (N), you also have to depress the brake pedal before you can move the selector lever to position (D/S), or Reverse (R). If the ignition is switched on, either the current selector lever setting or the current gear is shown in the instrument cluster display.
Page 759 Selector Designation Meaning → lever position The drive wheels are mechanically locked. Select only when the vehicle is not moving. To change Park the selector lever position, switch on the ignition (if it is off) and then press the selector lever release button while holding down the brake pedal. The Reverse gear is engaged. Reverse Shift into Reverse only when the vehicle is not moving. Transmission is in Neutral position. No power is Neutral transmitted to the wheels and no engine braking is available. Standard driving position D: All forward gears shift up and down automatically. The transmission shifts as needed depending on engine load, individual driving style, and vehicle speed. Drive (standard driving position) Sport driving position S: All forward gears automatically upshift later and downshift earlier than in position D to take full advantage Sport drive (sport of the engine's power reserves. The transmission shifts driving position) as needed depending on engine load, individual driving style, and vehicle speed. The system will not, however, switch to the highest forward gear. The timing of the gear shift is determined by the engine load, your individual driving style, and the vehicle speed. Switch between Drive (D) and Sport drive (S) by pulling the selector lever once to the rear from gear position D/S → Fig. 139 . The selector lever always returns to gear Changing gear position D/S.
Page 760 selection It is possible to access Tiptronic selection from gear position D/S when either Drive (D) or Sport drive (S) is ® active → Shifting with Tiptronic . Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) The Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) in Park (P) and Neutral (N) prevents drive positions from being engaged inadvertently, which would cause the vehicle to move. To release the ASL, depress and hold the brake pedal with the ignition switched on. Press the release button on the selector lever at the same time. The ASL is not engaged if the selector lever is moved quickly through Neutral (N) (e.g., when shifting from Reverse (R) to Drive (D/S)). This makes it possible to rock the vehicle backwards and forwards if it is stuck in snow or mud. The ASL engages automatically if the brake pedal is not depressed and the lever is in Neutral (N) for more than about 1 second and the vehicle is traveling no faster than about 3 mph (5 km/h). ® In rare cases, the ASL may not engage on vehicles with a DSG automated transmission. If this happens, power to the drive wheels will be interrupted to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.
Page 761 The green indicator light will blink and a text message will be displayed. To engage the Automatic Shift Lock (ASL): Depress and then release the brake pedal. Try to engage the ASL again. WARNING Moving the selector lever to the wrong position can cause loss of vehicle control, a collision, and serious personal injury. Never accelerate when moving the selector lever. When the engine is running and a drive position is engaged, the vehicle will start to move as soon as the brake pedal is released. Never shift into Reverse (R) or Park (P) when the vehicle is moving.
Page 762 WARNING Unintended vehicle movement can cause serious personal injury. Never get out of the driver's seat while the engine is running, especially when the transmission is in a drive gear. If you must leave your vehicle while the engine is running, always set the parking brake and shift the transmission into Park (P). Never leave the vehicle in Neutral (N). It will roll down hills, whether the engine is running or not. When the engine is running and a drive gear - Drive or Sport Drive (D/S) or Reverse (R) - has been selected, press and hold the brake pedal to keep the vehicle from moving. The vehicle may creep and move forward or backward even if the engine is idling slowly. Never shift into Reverse (R) or Park (P) when the vehicle is moving.
Page 763 NOTICE Even though the transmission is in Park (P) , the vehicle may move a couple of inches (a few centimeters) forwards or backwards if you take your foot off the brake pedal after stopping the vehicle without first setting the parking brake. If the selector lever is moved into Neutral (N) by mistake when the vehicle is moving, take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Wait until the engine speed has dropped to idle speed before moving the selector lever into a drive gear. Leaving the selector lever for a long period of time in any position other than Park (P) when the ignition is switched off can drain the vehicle battery. ® Shifting with Tiptronic...
Page 764 Fig. 140 Selector lever in Tiptronic position. Fig. 141 Steering wheel with Tiptronic shift paddles (if equipped). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Tiptronic lets you upshift and downshift manually with the automatic transmission. When Tiptronic mode is used, the transmission stays in the current gear and does not upshift or downshift automatically unless the transmission senses a situation where upshifting or downshifting is necessary to keep the engine from over- or under- revving. Using Tiptronic with the selector lever Push the selector lever sideways to the right from the D/S position into the Tiptronic position → .
Page 765 Briefly push the selector lever forward ⊕ to upshift into a higher gear or backward ㊀ to downshift into a lower gear → Fig. 140 . Using Tiptronic with the shift paddles behind the steering wheel (if equipped) The paddles → Fig. 141 (arrows) work when the selector lever is in the Tiptronic position or when the selector lever is in Drive or Sport Drive (D/S). You do not have to move the selector lever over to the right into the Tiptronic position. + To upshift, pull the paddle on the right toward you. – To downshift, pull the paddle on the left toward you. + To switch off Tiptronic mode, pull the paddle on the right toward you and hold it there for about 1 second. Tiptronic will switch off automatically if the shift paddles have not been used for a while and the selector lever is not in the Tiptronic position.
Page 766 NOTICE During acceleration, the transmission will shift automatically into the next higher gear before reaching maximum engine speed (rpm). If you use Tiptronic to shift into a lower gear, the transmission will downshift only when doing so will not over-rev the engine. Driving with automatic transmission Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction All forward gears shift up and down automatically. Driving on hills The steeper the grade, the lower the gear that must be selected. Lower gears increase the braking effect of the engine. Never coast downhill in Neutral (N). Reduce speed.
Page 767 Switch to Tiptronic mode by moving the selector lever from Drive or Sport Drive (D/S) to the right into the Tiptronic position ® → Shifting with Tiptronic . Downshift by pulling the selector lever back briefly (-). OR: Downshift using the paddles on the steering wheel → Using Tiptronic with the shift paddles behind the steering wheel (if equipped) . If you stop and start up again when going uphill, you should use Hill Hold → Starting assistance systems as long as the engine is running. Vehicles without Hill Hold: If you stop on a hill with the vehicle in gear, you must depress the brake pedal or engage the parking brake to keep the vehicle from rolling. Do not release the brake pedal or the parking brake until the vehicle has started to move forward → . Kick-down acceleration The kick-down feature permits maximum acceleration when the selector lever is in the Drive or Sport Drive (D/S) position or in Tiptronic mode.
Page 768 If you push the accelerator all the way down, the vehicle will automatically downshift, depending on vehicle speed and engine speed (rpm). This feature lets you take advantage of the full acceleration capacity of the vehicle → . With kick-down actuated, the transmission will stay in the current gear longer and not upshift until the engine reaches maximum rpm. Launch control program The launch control program lets you take advantage of maximum acceleration from a standstill. Switch off Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR). Golf R only: Switch off Anti- Slip Regulation (ASR) and Electronic Stability Control (ESC) → Braking and parking . Firmly depress and hold the brake pedal with your left foot. Make sure your steering wheel is straight and the front wheels are pointing straight ahead. Move the selector lever into Sport Drive (S) or the Tiptronic position. For vehicles with Driving Mode Selection, select the Sport or Race driving mode → Driving Mode Selection . With your right foot, depress the accelerator pedal until the engine...
Page 769 reaches about 3200 rpm (Golf GTI) or 4000 rpm (Golf R) and hold it there. Remove your left foot from the brake → . The vehicle will accelerate from a stop at the maximum rate. Once you have accelerated, switch ASR back on again! WARNING Rapid acceleration can cause skidding and loss of traction, especially on slippery roads, resulting in a loss of vehicle control, collisions, and serious personal injury. Only use the kick-down feature, Launch Control Program, or fast acceleration if visibility, weather, road, and traffic conditions permit and other drivers will not be endangered by your driving and the vehicle's acceleration. Always adapt your driving to the traffic flow. Note that the drive wheels can spin and the vehicle can swerve when ASR is switched off, especially when the road is slippery. Once you have accelerated, switch ASR back on again.
Page 770 NOTICE When stopping on hills with the transmission in a drive gear, do not use the accelerator to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. This can cause the automatic transmission to overheat and be damaged. Never let the vehicle coast or roll down a hill in Neutral (N), especially when the engine is not running. The transmission will not be lubricated and will be damaged. Launch Control acceleration uses the maximum acceleration capability of the vehicle but places significant loads on the drive train and related parts. If you do use the Launch Control feature, do not use it regularly or often to help prevent unnecessary wear on the vehicle and its systems. Automatic transmission malfunction Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Emergency shift program If all selector lever position indicators in the instrument cluster...
Page 771 ® system malfunction. The automatic transmission or the DSG automated transmission will then operate in the emergency shift program. The emergency shift program lets you drive the vehicle, but at a reduced speed and without being able to use all of the forward gears. ® In some cases, vehicles with a DSG automated transmission may not be able to shift into reverse. It is then impossible to drive the vehicle backwards. In any event, have the automatic transmission checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. ® Overheating of the DSG automated transmission The DSG transmission may overheat, for example, due to frequent starts, extended creeping, or stop-and-go traffic. Overheating is indicated by the warning light and, if applicable, by a text message in the instrument cluster. An additional warning chime may sound. Stop and let the transmission cool down → . The vehicle does not move forward or in reverse even though a...
Page 772 If the vehicle does not move in the desired direction, the system may not have engaged the drive position correctly. Press the brake pedal and select the drive position again. If the vehicle still does not move in the desired direction, there is a system malfunction. See your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance to have the system checked.
Page 773 NOTICE As soon as you get any of these warnings about transmission overheating, you must either park the vehicle in a safe place or drive faster than 12 mph (20 km/h). If the text message and acoustic warning repeat themselves every 10 seconds or so, you must park the vehicle in a safe place as soon as you can safely do so and stop the engine. Let the transmission cool down. To help prevent damage to the transmission, do not drive the vehicle again until the acoustic warning has stopped. As long as the engine is overheated, avoid stop and start driving and avoid low speeds (walking pace). Gear recommendation Fig. 142 In the instrument cluster display: Gear recommendation. Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 774 heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Your vehicle may be equipped with a gear recommendation feature. The gear recommendation displays a gear in the instrument cluster display that can help reduce fuel consumption. For vehicles with an automatic transmission: The selector lever ® must be in the Tiptronic position → Shifting with Tiptronic . Key to → Fig. 142 : Current gear. Recommended gear. If the optimal gear is already selected, another gear is not recommended . Only the current gear is displayed.
Page 775 WARNING The gear recommendation is only intended to assist the driver to select a gear for optimum fuel economy. The gear recommendation cannot take road and traffic conditions into account. The driver is responsible for selecting the correct gear for the current driving conditions, such as when passing, when driving on hills or when towing a trailer. Selecting the optimal gear helps to reduce fuel consumption. The gear recommendation display turns off if you depress the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or move the selector lever out of the Tiptronic position (automatic transmission).
Page 776 Steering Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Warning and indicator lights → Steering system information The power steering system is either hydraulic or electro- mechanical. In both cases, the power steering works only when the engine is running. The hydraulic power steering system uses hydraulic lines, hydraulic oil, a pump, a filter, and other parts to maintain a constant oil pressure in the hydraulic system. The electro-mechanical power steering system automatically adjusts to driving speed, steering torque, and the steering angle of the wheels. It delivers extra steering force only when you are actually turning the wheels. The electro-mechanical power steering works only when the engine is running. In vehicles with Driving Mode Selection, the selected driving mode can affect the steering → Driving Mode Selection .
Page 777 More information: Starting and stopping the engine → Starting and stopping the engine Vehicle battery → Vehicle battery Towing → Towing WARNING Turning the steering wheel is very hard when the power steering system is not working. This makes it harder to steer and control the vehicle. Power steering works only when the engine is running. Never let the vehicle coast with the engine switched off. Never remove the key from the ignition switch or turn off the ignition with the starter button while the vehicle is moving or rolling to a stop. The electronic steering column could suddenly lock, you would not be able to steer, and you could lose control of the vehicle, crash, and seriously injure yourself and others. Warning and indicator lights...
Page 778 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Lights Possible cause Proper response Stop! Have the power steering system checked Power steering malfunction. immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Stop, restart the engine, and drive a short distance. If the yellow warning light does not come on again, you do not need to have the steering system checked. Power steering assist is reduced. Otherwise, have the steering checked immediately by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Vehicle battery was disconnected Drive a short distance at about 10– and has been reconnected. 12 mph (15–20 km/h). Flashes Possible cause Proper response Stop! Electronic steering column lock The ignition cannot be switched on. The malfunction. vehicle must not be towed! Get professional assistance. Steering system stiff. Turn the steering wheel back and forth. Switch the ignition off and then switch it on again. Heed any messages shown in...
Page 779 On vehicles with Keyless Access → Starting the engine , press the Steering column not starter button briefly twice in a row locked/unlocked. without depressing the brake or clutch pedal. Do not drive any farther if the steering column remains locked after you switch on the ignition. Contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance. When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Page 780 NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. Steering system information Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction To help make it more difficult to steal your vehicle, you should always make sure the steering column is locked before leaving the vehicle. Electronic steering column lock Vehicles with Keyless Access: The steering column is locked if the driver door is opened with the ignition switched off. The vehicle must be standing still and the transmission must be in Park (P) on an automatic transmission vehicle. If the driver door is opened before the ignition is switched off, the electronic steering column lock is activated only after the vehicle...
Page 781 has been locked with the vehicle key or via the sensor in the door handle. Mechanical steering column lock Vehicles without Keyless Access: The steering column is locked if the vehicle is stationary and the vehicle key is removed from the ignition switch. Engaging the steering column Disengaging the steering column lock lock Turn the steering wheel slightly to take Park the vehicle → Braking and parking . pressure off the steering column lock. Insert the vehicle key into the ignition Remove the vehicle key. switch. Turn the steering wheel slightly until you Hold the steering wheel in this position and hear the steering column lock engage. turn the ignition switch. Power steering Power steering automatically adjusts to driving speed, steering torque, and the steering angle of the wheels. Power steering works only when the engine is running. If power steering is reduced or lost completely, it will be much harder to steer and control the vehicle.
Page 782 Counter-steering assistance Counter-steering assistance is part of Electronic Stability Control (ESC). This feature makes it easier for the driver to control the vehicle in difficult situations. For example, if you have to brake hard on a surface that provides uneven traction, the vehicle could pull to the right or left. ESC detects this situation and helps the driver counter-steer with additional steering power → . Progressive steering Depending on vehicle equipment, progressive steering can adjust the force of the steering movement in a driving situation. Progressive steering only works when the engine is running. In city traffic, less steering input is required when parking, maneuvering, or turning sharply. When driving on country roads or highways, the progressive steering provides a more sporty, direct steering response and a more dynamic feel.
Page 783 WARNING The counter-steering assistance in ESC can do no more than help the driver steer in difficult situations. The driver must still control the vehicle. The vehicle does not steer by itself with this feature! NOTICE If the ignition is off, the steering column lock will engage and the vehicle cannot be steered. For this reason, you must leave the ignition on when going through an automatic car wash, for example, so that the wheels will still steer.
Page 784 Braking and parking Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Warning and indicator lights → Parking brake → Electronic parking brake → Parking → About the brakes → Braking assistance systems → Switching Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) and ESC Sport mode on and off → Brake fluid The braking assistance systems are the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS), Brake Assist System (BAS), Electronic Differential Lock (EDL), Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR), and Electronic Stability Control (ESC). More information: Trailer towing → Trailer towing ...
Page 785 Tires and wheels → Tires and wheels Starting assistance systems → Starting assistance systems Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications WARNING Driving with bad brakes or worn brake pads can cause a collision and serious personal injury. If the brake pads are worn or you notice changes in the way the vehicle brakes, immediately contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility to have the brake pads checked and, if necessary, replaced. WARNING Parking improperly can cause serious personal injury. Never remove the key from the ignition switch or turn off the ignition with the starter button while the vehicle is moving or rolling to a stop. The electronic steering column could suddenly lock, you would not be able to steer, and you could lose control of the vehicle, crash, and seriously injure yourself and others.
Page 786 and others. Never park the vehicle where the hot exhaust system or catalytic converter could ignite flammable materials, such as brush, leaves, dry grass, spilled fuel, etc. Always apply the parking brake when parking your vehicle. Improper use of the parking brake can seriously injure you and your passengers. Never use the parking brake to slow down the vehicle when it is moving, except in an emergency. The stopping distance is much longer because only the rear wheels are braked. Always use the foot brake to stop the vehicle. Never activate the throttle manually from the engine compartment when the engine is running and the automatic transmission is in gear. The vehicle will start to move as soon as the engine speed increases even if the parking brake is on. Never leave children or anyone who cannot help themselves behind in the vehicle. They could release the parking brake and move the gear selector lever or gear shift, which could cause the vehicle to start moving. This can lead to a crash and serious personal injuries. Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle. The engine can be started and vehicle systems such as the power windows can be operated, leading to serious personal injury. Never leave children, disabled persons, or anyone who cannot...
Page 787 help themselves in the vehicle. The doors can be locked with the remote control vehicle key, trapping passengers in the vehicle in an emergency. For example, depending on the time of year, people trapped in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures. Heat buildup in the passenger and luggage compartment of a parked vehicle can result in temperatures in the vehicle that are much higher than the outside temperatures, particularly in summer. Temperatures can quickly reach levels that can cause unconsciousness and death, particularly to small children.
Page 788 NOTICE Always be careful when you park in areas with parking barriers or high curbs. These vary in height and could damage your bumper and related parts if the front of your vehicle hits a barrier or curb that is too high while you are getting into or out of a parking spot. To help prevent damage, stop before the tires of your vehicle touch a parking barrier or curb. Always be careful when you enter a driveway or drive up or down steep ramps or over curbs or other obstacles. Parts of the vehicle close to the ground may be damaged (such as bumper covers, spoilers, and parts of the engine, suspension, and exhaust systems). Warning and indicator lights Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Possible cause or meaning Lights Proper response → Stop! Parking brake engaged. Release the parking brake → Parking brake .
Page 789 Stop! Brake system malfunction. Get professional assistance immediately → Brake system malfunction . Stop! Brake fluid level too low. Check the brake fluid level → Brake fluid level . See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Together with the ABS indicator Facility. light or : ABS failure. The vehicle brakes will work without ABS. Switch ignition off and on again. You ESC switched off by the system. may have to drive a short distance. See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or ESC malfunction. an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Together with ABS indicator light Facility. : ABS malfunction. The vehicle brakes will work without ABS. Drive a short distance at a speed of 10– 12 mph (15–20 km/h). If the indicator light stays on, see an authorized Vehicle battery has been Volkswagen dealer or an authorized reconnected.
Page 790 ASR automatically turns on when you turn the ignition off and back on again. Together with ESC indicator light : See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or ABS malfunction. an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Together with warning light The vehicle brakes will work without : ABS failure. ABS. See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or Electronic parking brake malfunction an authorized Volkswagen Service (if equipped). Facility. Depress the brake pedal to select a gear Brake pedal not depressed. or drive position. Possible cause or meaning Flashes Proper response → Take foot off accelerator pedal. Adapt ESC or ASR is operating. driving to road conditions. Engage the Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) The release button in the selector → Automatic transmission: Selector lever is not engaged. lever . When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds.
Page 791 WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. WARNING Driving with bad brakes can cause a collision and serious personal injury. If the brake warning light or does not go out, or lights up when driving, either the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there is a fault in the brake system. Stop the vehicle as soon as you can do so safely and get expert assistance → Brake fluid . If the brake warning light or lights up at the same time as the ABS warning light or , the ABS may not be working properly. This could cause the rear wheels to lock up relatively quickly during braking. Rear wheel brake lock-up can cause loss of vehicle control.
Page 792 If you believe the vehicle is safe to drive, drive slowly and very carefully to the nearest authorized Volkswagen dealer, authorized Volkswagen Service Facility, or other qualified workshop and have the brake system inspected. Avoid sudden hard braking and steering. If the ABS indicator light or does not go out, or if it lights up while driving, the ABS system is not working properly. The vehicle can then be stopped only with the standard brakes (without ABS). You will not have the protection ABS provides. Contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility as soon as possible. If the brake pads are worn or you notice changes in the way the vehicle brakes, immediately contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility to have the brake pads checked and, if necessary, replaced. NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. Parking brake...
Page 793 Fig. 143 Between the front seats: Parking brake. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The following information applies to models with a parking brake lever. If your vehicle is equipped with an electronic parking brake, see → Electronic parking brake . Setting the parking brake Pull the parking brake lever up firmly. When the ignition is on, the indicator light or appears in the instrument cluster display to show that the parking brake is engaged → Warning and indicator lights . Releasing the parking brake Pull the lever up slightly and press the release button → Fig. 143 (arrow).
Page 794 While holding the release button down, move the lever all the way down. WARNING Improper use of the parking brake can cause accidents and severe injuries. Never use the parking brake to slow down the vehicle when it is moving, except in an emergency. Braking distance is much longer, since only the rear wheels are braked. Always use the foot brake. Never drive with the parking brake partially engaged. This can cause the brake to overheat and negatively affect the brake system. It will also cause the rear brake pads to wear prematurely. Never activate the throttle manually from the engine compartment when the engine is running and the automatic transmission is in gear. The vehicle will start to move even if the parking brake is engaged.
Page 795 NOTICE Even though the transmission is in Park (P) , the vehicle may move a couple of inches (a few centimeters) forwards or backwards if you take your foot off the brake pedal after stopping the vehicle without first firmly setting the parking brake. A warning signal sounds if you drive faster than about 4 mph (6 km/h) with the parking brake engaged. Electronic parking brake Fig. 144 In the lower center console: Electronic parking brake switch. Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 796 heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The following information applies to models with an electronic parking brake. If your vehicle is equipped with a parking brake lever, see → Parking brake . Setting the electronic parking brake You can engage the electronic parking brake any time the vehicle is not moving - even if the ignition is switched off. Always engage the parking brake when you leave or park the vehicle. Pull and hold the switch → Fig. 144 . The parking brake is engaged when the yellow indicator light in the switch → Fig. 144 (arrow) and the red indicator light in the instrument cluster → Warning and indicator lights light up. Releasing the electronic parking brake Switch the ignition on. Press the switch → Fig. 144 . At the same time, press the brake pedal firmly or press the accelerator pedal lightly if the engine is running. The parking brake is released when the yellow indicator light in...
Page 797 the switch → Fig. 144 (arrow) and the red indicator light in the instrument cluster → Warning and indicator lights go out. Automatic electronic parking brake release when you start driving The electronic parking brake releases automatically when you start driving if the driver's door is closed. With a manual transmission, you must also press the clutch pedal all the way down before you start driving so the system recognizes that the parking brake should be switched off. You can prevent the electronic parking brake from switching off automatically by pulling and holding the switch while pulling away. The electronic parking brake is only switched off after you let go of the switch. This makes it easier to start off with a heavier load. Automatic electronic parking brake activation when the driver leaves the vehicle In vehicles with an automatic transmission, the electronic parking brake automatically switches on to prevent the vehicle from moving when all of the following conditions are met:...
Page 798 The selector lever is in position D/S, R, or Tiptronic position. The ignition is switched on. The vehicle is stationary. The driver door is opened. Emergency braking function Only use the emergency braking function in an emergency, when you cannot stop the vehicle using the brake pedal → ! Pull and hold the switch → Fig. 144 to brake the vehicle hard. An audible warning signal will sound at the same time. To stop the braking maneuver, release the switch or press the accelerator pedal.
Page 799 WARNING Improper use of the electronic parking brake can cause accidents and severe injuries. Never use the parking brake to slow down the vehicle when it is moving, except in an emergency. Braking distance is much longer, since only the rear wheels are braked. Always use the foot brake. Never press the accelerator pedal when a selector lever position or gear is engaged and the engine is running. The vehicle could begin moving, even if the electronic parking brake is set. Never activate the throttle manually from the engine compartment when the engine is running and the automatic transmission is in gear. The vehicle will start to move even if the parking brake is engaged.
Page 800 NOTICE Even though the transmission is in Park (P) , the vehicle may move a couple of inches (a few centimeters) forwards or backwards if you take your foot off the brake pedal after stopping the vehicle without first firmly setting the parking brake. Vehicles with manual transmission: the electronic parking brake switches off automatically when you release the clutch pedal and press the accelerator pedal at the same time. If the vehicle battery is dead, the electronic parking brake cannot be released. Use a jump-start → Jump-starting . You may hear noises when setting or releasing the electronic parking brake. If the electronic parking brake is not used for a while, an automatic system check will occasionally run when the vehicle is parked. This system check makes audible noises. Parking Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Please note legal regulations when stopping and parking your...
Page 801 vehicle. Parking the vehicle Please perform these steps only in the order listed. Stop the vehicle on a suitable surface → . Hold the brake pedal down until the engine is switched off. Apply the parking brake to help prevent the vehicle from moving → Parking brake or → Electronic parking brake (depending on equipment). For automatic transmissions: Shift the transmission into Park (P). Switch off the engine and then take your foot off the brake. Remove the vehicle key from the ignition. If necessary, turn the steering wheel slightly to engage the steering column lock. Shift manual transmission into 1st gear (on level ground or if pointed uphill) or reverse (if pointed downhill) and let the clutch out. Make sure all passengers and especially children leave the vehicle. Take all vehicle keys with you when leaving your vehicle.
Page 802 Lock the vehicle. On hills Before stopping the engine, turn the steering wheel so that, if the vehicle starts to roll, its front wheels will roll into the curb: Facing downhill, turn the front wheels so that they point toward the curb. Facing uphill, turn the front wheels so that they point away from the curb. WARNING The vehicle exhaust system and the catalytic converter get very hot. They can cause fires and serious personal injury. Never park where the hot exhaust system could ignite flammable materials, such as brush, leaves, dry grass, spilled fuel, etc.
Page 803 WARNING Leaving the vehicle when the selector lever is not in Park (P) (automatic transmissions) can cause the vehicle to roll away. This can cause accidents and serious personal injuries. When leaving the vehicle, always move the selector lever to Park (P), engage the parking brake, and pay attention to the warning messages on the instrument cluster display at all times.
Page 804 NOTICE Always be careful when you park in areas with parking barriers or high curbs. These vary in height and could damage your bumper and related parts if the front of your vehicle hits a barrier or curb that is too high while you are getting into or out of a parking spot. To help prevent damage, stop before the tires of your vehicle touch a parking barrier or curb. Always be careful when you enter a driveway or drive up or down steep ramps or over curbs or other obstacles. Parts of the vehicle close to the ground may be damaged (such as bumper covers, spoilers, and parts of the engine, suspension, and exhaust systems). About the brakes Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction New brake pads do not provide full performance during the first 100 to 200 miles (200 to 300 km) and must first be broken in → . To some extent, you can make up for the somewhat reduced performance by applying more pressure to the brake pedal. But, during the break-in period, the stopping distance for hard braking...
Page 805 Brake pad wear depends mostly on operating conditions and the way the vehicle is driven. If you do a lot of city and short-distance driving and/or have a sporty driving style, you should have the brake pads checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility more often than the regular service intervals. Wet brakes (for example, after driving through water or washing the vehicle or after heavy rainfall) will not brake as well. Stopping distances will be longer when brake discs are wet or, in winter, even icy. Wet or icy brakes must be dried as soon as possible by carefully applying the brakes a couple of times while traveling at a relatively high speed. Make sure nobody is behind you and that you do not endanger yourself or others → . Brakes coated with road salt also react slower and need longer stopping distances. If there is salt on the roads and you are not braking regularly, brake carefully and gently from time to time to remove any salt coating from the brake discs and pads → .
Page 806 Brake disc corrosion (rust) and dirt buildup on the brake pads are more likely to occur if the vehicle is not driven much or is driven only for short distances with little braking. If the brakes have not been used and there is some rust on the discs, clean the brake discs and pads once in a while by carefully braking a couple of times while driving at relatively high speed to help clean the brake discs and pads. Make sure nobody is behind you and that you do not endanger yourself or others → . Brake system malfunction If you brake and find that the vehicle doesn't brake nearly as well as it used to (sudden increase in stopping distance), a brake circuit may have failed. The brake warning light or will light up and a message may appear in the instrument cluster display. If you believe the vehicle is safe to drive, immediately take it to the nearest authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for repair. Drive slowly and very carefully, allow for the longer stopping distance, and be ready to push longer and harder on the brake pedal to slow the vehicle down. Brake booster The brake booster works only when the engine is running. It...
Page 807 increases the force on the brakes above and beyond the pressure put on the brake pedal by the driver. If the brake booster is not working, or if the vehicle has to be towed, you will have to push the brake pedal harder to make up for the lack of booster assistance and the resulting longer stopping distance → . WARNING New brake pads do not provide maximum braking performance. New brake pads do not have the best stopping power for the first 200 miles (320 km) and must be broken in. You can compensate for the slightly reduced braking force by putting more pressure on the brake pedal. Drive with extra care while the new brake pads are being broken in. This reduces the risk of collisions and serious personal injuries due to a loss of control over the vehicle. Never follow other vehicles too closely or put yourself into other situations that might require sudden, hard braking, especially when the brake pads have not been broken in.
Page 808 WARNING Overheated brakes will reduce the vehicle's stopping power and increase stopping distances considerably. When driving downhill, the brakes have to work especially hard and heat up quickly. Before driving downhill, especially on hills that are long or steep, always reduce speed and shift into lower gear (manual or automatic transmission). This will let the vehicle use engine braking and reduce the load on the brakes. Otherwise, the brake system could overheat and possibly fail. Only use the brakes when you need them to slow the vehicle down more or to stop. A damaged front bumper or a non-standard spoiler can reduce airflow to the brakes and make them overheat.
Page 809 WARNING Wet brakes or brakes coated with ice or road salt react slower and need longer stopping distances. Carefully apply the brakes to test them. Always dry brakes and clean off ice and salt coatings with a few cautious brake applications when visibility, weather, road and traffic conditions permit. WARNING Driving when the brake booster is not working increases stopping distances and can cause accidents and serious personal injuries. Never let the vehicle coast when the engine is switched off. If the brake booster is not working (such as when the vehicle is being towed), a lot more pedal force is needed to slow down and stop.
Page 810 NOTICE Never ride the brakes by keeping your foot on the brake pedal when you do not want to brake. Constant pressure on the brake pedal can make the brakes overheat. Riding the brakes will substantially reduce braking performance, increase stopping distance, and can cause complete brake system failure. Before driving downhill, especially on hills that are long or steep, always reduce speed and shift into lower gear (manual or automatic transmission). This will let the vehicle use engine braking and reduce the load on the brakes. Otherwise, the brake system could overheat and possibly fail. Only use the brakes when you need them to slow the vehicle down more or to stop. When the front brakes are serviced, you should have the rear brake pads inspected at the same time. The wear of all brake pads should be visually checked regularly. The best way to check for brake pad wear is to have your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility visually inspect the pads through the openings in the wheel rims or from underneath the vehicle. If necessary, the wheels can be taken off for a more thorough inspection. Braking assistance systems...
Page 811 Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The ESC, ABS, BAS, ASR, and EDL braking assistance systems work only when the engine is running. These systems can significantly improve active driving safety. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ESC helps to improve road holding and vehicle dynamics to help reduce the probability of skidding and loss of vehicle control. It works only when the engine is running. ESC detects certain difficult driving situations, including when the vehicle is beginning to spin (yaw) out of control. ESC then helps you to get the vehicle back under control by selectively braking the wheels and/or reducing engine power and by providing steering assistance to help hold the vehicle on the driver's intended course. ESC has limitations. It is important to remember that ESC cannot overcome the laws of physics. It will not always be able to help out under all conditions you may come up against. For example, ESC may not always be able to help you master situations where there is a sudden change in the coefficient of friction of the road surface. When there is a section of dry road that is suddenly covered with water, slush or snow, ESC cannot perform the same way it would...
Page 812 on a dry surface. If the vehicle hydroplanes (rides on a cushion of water instead of the road surface), ESC will not be able to help you steer the vehicle because contact with the pavement has been interrupted and the vehicle cannot be braked or steered. During fast cornering, particularly on winding roads, ESC cannot always deal as effectively with difficult driving situations as it can at lower speeds. When towing a trailer, ESC is not able to help you regain control as it would if you were not towing a trailer. Always adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic, and weather conditions. ESC cannot override the vehicle's physical limits, increase the available traction, or keep a vehicle on the road if road departure is a result of driver inattention. Instead, ESC improves the possibility of keeping the vehicle under control and on the road during extreme maneuvers by using the driver's steering inputs to help keep the vehicle going in the intended direction. If you are traveling at a speed that causes you to run off the road before ESC can provide any assistance, you may not experience the benefits of ESC. ESC includes and/or works together with the ABS, BAS, ASR, EDL, and XDL systems (see below). ESC is switched on all the time. In certain situations when you need less traction or additional traction cannot be achieved, you can switch off ASR by pressing the button → Fig. 145 .
Page 813 On appropriately equipped vehicles, you can also switch off ASR in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by ESC System the and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . ESC Sport mode can also be switched on → Switching Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) and ESC Sport mode on and off . Be sure to switch ASR on again when you no longer need less traction. Automatic Post-Collision Braking System In the event of an accident, the Automatic Post-Collision Braking System can help the driver to reduce the risk of skidding and the danger of secondary collisions through automatic braking. The Automatic Post-Collision Braking System only functions in frontal, side, and rear collisions if the airbag control unit registers the corresponding triggering threshold during the accident, and the accident occurs at a speed greater than 6 mph (10 km/h). The ESC brakes the vehicle automatically, provided that the hydraulic braking system, the ESC, and the electrical system are undamaged in the accident and remain functional.
Page 814 The following actions override automatic braking in the event of an accident: When the driver depresses the accelerator. No automatic braking occurs. When the brake pressure transmitted through the depressed brake pedal is greater than the brake pressure provided by the system. The vehicle is braked manually. Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ABS helps to keep the wheels from locking up and helps to maintain the driver's ability to steer and control the vehicle. This means the vehicle is less likely to skid, even during hard braking: Push the brake pedal down hard and hold it there. Don't take your foot off the pedal or reduce the force on the pedal! Do not pump the brake pedal or let up on it! Steer the vehicle while pushing down hard on the brake pedal. ABS stops working if you release or let up on the brake. When ABS is doing its job, you will notice a slight vibration through the brake pedal and hear a noise. ABS cannot shorten the stopping distance under all conditions. The stopping distance may even be...
Page 815 longer, for instance, when driving on gravel or on newly fallen snow covering an icy or slippery surface. Brake Assist (BAS) The Brake Assist System can help to reduce stopping distances. If you press the brake pedal very quickly, BAS detects an emergency situation. It then very quickly builds up full brake system pressure, maximizing braking power and reducing the stopping distance. This way, ABS can be activated more quickly and efficiently. Do not reduce pressure on the brake pedal! BAS switches off automatically as soon as you release or let up on the brake. Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) ASR reduces engine power directed to spinning wheels and adjusts power to the road conditions. Even under poor road conditions, ASR can make it easier to get moving, accelerate, and climb hills. ASR can be switched on or off manually → Switching Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) and ESC Sport mode on and off .
Page 816 Electronic Differential Lock (EDL and XDL) EDL is applied during regular straight-line acceleration. EDL gently brakes a drive wheel that has lost traction (spinning) and redirects the drive force to other drive wheels. In extreme cases, EDL automatically switches off to keep the brake from overheating. As soon as the brake has cooled down, EDL automatically switches on again. XDL is an extension of the Electronic Differential Lock system. XDL does not react to drive wheel slippage when driving straight ahead. Instead, XDL detects slippage of the inside front wheel during fast cornering. XDL applies enough brake pressure to this wheel in order to stop the slippage. This improves traction, which helps the vehicle stay on track. WARNING Driving fast on icy, slippery, or wet roads can lead to a loss of control and result in serious personal injury for you and your passengers. Always adjust your speed and driving style to road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions. Never let the additional safety that ESC, ABS, BAS, ASR, and EDL can provide tempt...
Page 817 safety that ESC, ABS, BAS, ASR, and EDL can provide tempt you into taking extra risks. Braking assistance systems cannot overcome the laws of physics and always prevent loss of vehicle control. Slippery and wet roads are still dangerous even with ESC and the other systems! Driving too fast on wet roads can cause the wheels to lose contact with the road and hydroplane. A vehicle that has lost road contact cannot be braked, steered, or controlled. These systems cannot reduce the risk of accident, for example if you drive too fast for conditions or if you do not keep your distance from the vehicle in front of you. Although these systems are very effective and can help you control the vehicle in many difficult situations, always remember that your vehicle handling control is limited by tire traction. When accelerating on a slippery surface, for example on ice and snow, depress the accelerator carefully. Even with these systems, the wheels may start to spin, leading to a loss of vehicle control.
Page 818 WARNING The effectiveness of ESC can be significantly reduced if other components and systems that affect vehicle dynamics, including but not limited to brakes, tires, and other systems mentioned above, are not properly maintained or functioning. Always remember that vehicle alterations or modifications can affect the functioning of the ABS, BAS, ASR, EDL, and ESC systems. Changing the vehicle suspension or using an unapproved tire/wheel combination can change the way the ABS, BAS, ASR, EDL, and ESC systems work and reduce their effectiveness. The effectiveness of ESC is also determined by the tires fitted → Tires and wheels . All 4 wheels must be equipped with identical tires in order for ESC and ASR to work properly. Differences in the tread circumference of the tires can cause the system to reduce the engine power when it is not expected. If ABS is not working, ESC, ASR, and EDL will also not work. You may hear noises when these systems are active.
Page 819 Switching Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) and ESC Sport mode on and off Fig. 145 In the center console: Button for switching ASR or ESC Sport mode on and off manually. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) only works when the engine is running. This system includes ABS, EDL and ASR. Switch off ASR only in situations where there is not enough traction, such as the following: When driving in deep snow or on loose surfaces. When rocking the vehicle back and forth when you are stuck. Afterward, activate ASR again.
Page 820 Switching ASR on and off ASR can be switched off by pressing → Fig. 145 while the engine is running. Press the button again to switch ASR back on. OR: on appropriately equipped vehicles, you can also switch ASR off and on in the Infotainment system by pressing the ESC System button followed by and → Vehicle settings menu . Switching ESC Sport on and off Depending on the vehicle model, when switching off the ASR, the ESC can also be switched off or the ESC sport mode (ESC Sport) can be switched on. ESC Sport can also be switched on in addition to switching off the ASR. The brake intervention functions of ESC are limited when ESC Sport is switched on. It can be switched on and off by pressing the button → Fig. 145 . Golf GTI Golf R Button ASR switched off, ESC Sport Press for about 1 second ASR switched off switched on Press and hold longer than ASR switched off, ESC Sport ASR and ESC switched off 3 seconds switched on...
Page 821 Press again ASR (with ESC) switched on In models without a button for switching ASR on and off manually, the ASR can be activated or deactivated in the Infotainment system → Vehicle settings menu . Depending on vehicle equipment, additional text messages may appear in the display on the instrument cluster to provide further information or to ask you to perform certain tasks → Instrument cluster . Brake fluid Fig. 146 In the engine compartment: Brake fluid reservoir cap (cap design may vary depending on vehicle equipment). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Brake fluid absorbs water from the air over time. Too much water in the brake fluid will damage the brake system. Water also lowers the...
Page 822 Vapor lock reduces braking performance, increases stopping distances and can even cause total brake failure. Your safety and the safety of others depends on brakes that are working properly at all times → . Brake fluid specifications Volkswagen has developed a special brake fluid that is optimized for the brake system in your Volkswagen. Volkswagen recommends that you use brake fluid that expressly conforms to quality standard VW Standard 501 14 for optimum performance of the brake system. Check the information on the container for the brake fluid you want to use to make sure it meets the requirements for your vehicle. Brake fluid that complies with VW Standard 501 14 can be purchased from your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. If this special brake fluid is not available you may – under these circumstances – use another high quality brake fluid that complies with U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 116 DOT 4 → .
Page 823 Please note, however, that not all brake fluids that comply with U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 116 DOT 4 have the same chemical composition. Some of these brake fluids can contain chemicals that could, over time, degrade or damage internal parts of the vehicle’s brake system. Volkswagen therefore recommends that you use brake fluid that expressly complies with VW Standard 501 14 for optimum brake system performance over the long term. Brake fluid level The fluid level in the transparent brake fluid reservoir must always be between the MIN and MAX marking → . On some vehicles, engine components may partially block the view of the brake fluid reservoir and make it impossible to see the brake fluid level. If you cannot clearly see the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir, please see an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. The brake fluid level drops slightly when the vehicle is being used as the brake pads wear and the brakes are automatically adjusted.
Page 824 Changing brake fluid Brake fluid must be changed according to the service schedule in your ⇒ BookletWarranty and Maintenance, . Have the brake fluid checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Refill only with new brake fluid that meets the standards listed above.
Page 825 WARNING Brake failure and reduced brake performance can be caused by not having enough brake fluid in the reservoir or by old or incorrect brake fluid. Check the brake system and brake fluid level regularly. Always change the brake fluid according to the service schedule in your ⇒ BookletWarranty and Maintenance, . Hard braking with old brake fluid may cause vapor lock. Vapor lock reduces braking performance, increases stopping distances and can even cause total brake failure. Always make sure that only the correct brake fluid is used. Only use brake fluid that expressly conforms to VW Standard 501 14 or, if it is not available, only use a high-quality brake fluid that conforms to U.S. Standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 requirements. Using another brake fluid, or one that is not of high quality, can impair the function of the brake system and reduce its effectiveness. If the container does not say that the brake fluid complies with VW Standard 501 14, or U.S. Standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4, do not use it. The brake fluid must be new.
Page 826 WARNING Brake fluid is poisonous. To reduce the risk of poisoning, never use food, beverage or other non-original containers to store brake fluid. Someone might be misled by the original label on the container, or by the shape of the container, and drink the brake fluid. This could occur even if you relabel the container as brake fluid. Only store brake fluid in the closed, original container and keep it out of the reach of children. NOTICE Brake fluid will damage vehicle paint, plastic parts, and tires. Wipe any brake fluid off vehicle paint and other vehicle parts immediately. Brake fluid can pollute the environment. Brake fluid that has leaked out must be collected and disposed of properly, following all applicable environmental regulations.
Page 827 Saving fuel and helping the environment Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Efficient driving style → Fuel-efficient driving Fuel consumption, environmental impact, and wear and tear on engine, brakes and tires depend mainly on the following 3 factors: Your personal driving style. External conditions (weather, road conditions). Technical requirements. You can reduce fuel consumption by up to 25% by using a few simple techniques and adjusting your driving style.
Page 828 WARNING Always adjust your speed and the distance you keep between you and the vehicles ahead of you to the road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions. Efficient driving style Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Shifting faster As a rule, the following applies: The higher gear is always the most efficient gear. The rule of thumb for most vehicles is to drive in 3rd gear at 20 mph (30 km/h), 4th gear at 25 mph (40 km/h), 5th gear at 30 mph (50 km/h), and 6th gear at 36 mph (60 km/h). If traffic and driving conditions permit, skipping gears when upshifting also saves fuel. Do not run the gears up to their limit. Use 1st gear only to start moving and then smoothly shift into 2nd gear. Avoid kick-downs in...
Page 829 vehicles with automatic transmissions. Vehicles equipped with the gear recommendation feature aid in fuel efficient driving by indicating the optimum time to shift gears → Gear recommendation . Coasting If you take your foot off the accelerator, fuel delivery to the engine is interrupted, which lowers fuel consumption. Therefore, when nearing a red stop light, for instance, allow the vehicle to coast without using the accelerator. Press the clutch pedal and release it only if the vehicle moving too slowly or the coasting distance is too long. The engine will then continue to run at idle. In situations where the vehicle will be stopped for a longer period of time, such as at a railroad crossing, physically switch off the engine. Defensive driving and flowing with traffic Frequent braking and acceleration increase fuel consumption significantly. Just by driving defensively and keeping a sufficiently...
Page 830 large distance away from the vehicle in front of you can make up for the speed fluctuations caused by taking your foot off the accelerator. Active braking and accelerating is then not necessarily required. Calm and smooth driving Consistency is more important than speed. The more smoothly you drive, the less fuel the vehicle consumes. When driving on the highway or freeway, a constant, moderate speed is more efficient and economical than constantly accelerating and braking. Usually you can reach your destination just as quickly by driving at a moderate, but steady speed. The cruise control can assist in maintaining a uniform driving style. Moderate use of extra electrical loads Comfort inside the vehicle is nice and important, but it is important to use them in an environmentally conscious manner. Some devices can increase fuel consumption when activated (examples):...
Page 831 Climate control system (air conditioner): If the air conditioner has to produce starkly contrasting temperatures, it requires a large amount of energy, which is generated by the engine. The temperature in the vehicle should therefore not be extremely different from that of the outside temperature. It may be helpful to ventilate the vehicle before driving and then to drive a short distance with the windows open. After that, switch on the air conditioner with the windows closed. Keep the windows closed when driving at high speeds. Open windows increase fuel consumption. Switch off seat heating once it has served its purpose. Switch off the rear window defroster as soon as the windows are free of fog and ice. Additional factors that increase fuel consumption (examples): Malfunctioning engine control. Driving in the mountains. Towing a trailer.
Page 832 NOTICE Never let the vehicle coast or roll down a hill in Neutral (N), especially when the engine is not running. The transmission will not be lubricated and will be damaged. Fuel-efficient driving Fig. 147 Fuel consumption in miles per gallon (mpg) at 2 different outside air temperatures.
Page 833 Fig. 148 Fuel consumption in l/100 km at 2 different outside air temperatures. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Driving defensively and economically can easily reduce fuel consumption by 10 to 15%. The vehicle consumes the most fuel when accelerating. Defensive driving requires less braking and therefore less acceleration. If possible, coast the vehicle to a stop, for example, when you can see that the next traffic light is red or about to turn red. Avoid traveling short distances A cold engine consumes significantly more fuel immediately after starting. It takes a few miles (km) before the engine is warmed up...
Page 834 and fuel consumption is stabilized. To reduce fuel consumption and the emission of pollutants effectively, the engine and catalytic converter must reach their optimal operating temperature. Critical in this context is also the outside air temperature. → Fig. 147 and → Fig. 148 display the varying fuel consumption rates for the same distance driven, once at +68 °F (+20 °C) and once at +14 °F (-10 °C). Therefore, avoid driving short distances unnecessarily and consolidate routes. Under the same conditions, the vehicle consumes more fuel in winter than in summer. Letting the engine run to warm up is not only illegal in some places, but also technically not necessary and wastes fuel. Adjust the tire pressure The proper tire pressure helps reduce rolling resistance as well as fuel consumption.
Page 835 When purchasing new tires, always make sure that the tires are optimized for lower rolling resistance. Use low viscosity engine oil Fully synthetic, low viscosity engine oils that expressly comply with Volkswagen oil quality standards reduce fuel consumption. Low viscosity engine oils reduce the frictional resistance on the engine and are distributed more evenly and quickly, particularly when cold- starting the engine. The effect is particularly apparent in vehicles that frequently travel short distances. Always ensure the right engine oil level is maintained and keep to the scheduled service intervals (engine oil changes). Make sure the engine oil that you purchase expressly complies with Volkswagen oil quality standards and is the oil approved by Volkswagen for your vehicle. Avoid unnecessary weight The lighter the vehicle, the more economical and eco-friendly it will be. For example, an extra 220 lbs (100 kg) of weight increases fuel consumption by up to 1 pint per 60 miles (0.3 l/100 km).
Page 836 Remove all unnecessary items and unnecessary dead weight from the vehicle. Remove unnecessary aftermarket components The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the less fuel it will consume. Aftermarket components such as bicycle racks reduce its aerodynamic performance. Therefore, remove unnecessary structures and unused rack systems, particularly if planning to drive at higher speeds.
Page 837 Driver assistance systems Starting assistance systems Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Indicator lights → Hill Hold → Auto Hold More information: Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Tires and wheels → Tires and wheels Braking and parking → Braking and parking Vehicle battery → Vehicle battery Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications ...
Page 838 Jump-starting → Jump-starting WARNING The intelligent technology of the dynamic starting assistance features cannot overcome the laws of physics. Never let the increased convenience provided by the dynamic starting assistance features tempt you into taking risks. Unintended vehicle movement can cause serious personal injury. The dynamic starting assistance features are no substitute for careful and attentive driving. Always adapt your speed and driving style to visibility, weather, road, and traffic conditions. The dynamic starting assistance features cannot keep the vehicle from moving in all hill-start situations (for example, if the ground is slippery or icy). Never activate the throttle manually from the engine compartment when the engine is running and the automatic transmission is in gear. The vehicle will start to move as soon as the engine speed increases, even if the parking brake is set.
Page 839 WARNING Driving with too little fuel in the fuel tank increases the risk of stalling, especially when driving up and down hills. If your vehicle stalls suddenly, this can cause an accident and serious personal injuries. Driver assistance and braking assistance systems can malfunction when there is too little fuel in the tank and cause you to lose control of the vehicle. Never drive until the fuel tank is almost empty. Indicator lights Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Possible cause or meaning Lights Proper response → Switch off the Auto Hold feature, if The vehicle is being held by the Auto Hold feature (if equipped). necessary → Auto Hold . When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few...
Page 840 seconds. WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. Hill Hold Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Hill Hold helps keep the vehicle from rolling backwards when...
Page 841 starting out on a hill, for example after stopping at a traffic light. You don't have to apply and release the parking brake while depressing the accelerator. For Hill Hold to work, the engine must be running and the vehicle must be in First Gear or Reverse (manual transmission) or in Drive or Sport Drive (D/S) or Reverse (R) (automatic transmission) and you must use the foot brake to hold the vehicle before starting to move. Hill Hold keeps the brake applied for almost 2 seconds with the same force you used to prevent the vehicle from moving. This gives you time to take your foot off the brake, let the clutch out on a manual transmission vehicle, and gently depress the accelerator to get the vehicle moving again. If you do not depress the accelerator pedal and get the vehicle moving again within this time, the brakes will release and the vehicle will roll downhill. Furthermore, if any requirement for engaging Hill Hold is no longer met while the vehicle is stopped, Hill Hold disengages and the brakes are automatically released and will no longer hold the vehicle. Hill Hold is activated automatically when points 1 to 3 are met at the same time: Step Manual transmission Automatic transmission Hold the stopped vehicle on an incline with the foot or parking brake. The engine must be running smoothly.
Page 842 A manual transmission vehicle must be An automatic transmission vehicle must in 1st gear (1) if headed up a hill or in be in Reverse (R) or Drive or Sport Reverse (R) if backing up a hill; you Drive (D/S), and the foot brake must be must hold the clutch down and the foot depressed to keep the vehicle from brake must be depressed to keep the moving. vehicle from moving. To drive off, take your foot off the brake pedal as you let the clutch out and To drive off, take your foot off the brake gently depress the accelerator within pedal and gently depress the 2 seconds. If the accelerator is not accelerator within 2 seconds. depressed, the brakes will release automatically. Hill Hold is immediately deactivated: If any requirement listed in the table above is no longer met. If the engine is not running smoothly or the engine malfunctions. If the engine stalls or is switched off. Automatic transmission vehicles: If the transmission is in Neutral (N). Automatic transmission vehicles: If a tire does not have enough road contact (such as when the vehicle is tipped or at an angle).
Page 843 WARNING The intelligent technology of Hill Hold cannot overcome the laws of physics. Never let the increased convenience provided by Hill Hold tempt you into taking risks. The Hill Hold feature cannot hold the vehicle in all hill start situations (for example, if the surface is icy or slippery). Hill Hold can only help keep the vehicle from moving for less than 2 seconds. After that, the brakes will be released and the vehicle can roll down the hill. Auto Hold Fig. 149 In the lower center console: Button for Auto Hold (if equipped). Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 844 heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Depending on vehicle equipment, models equipped with an electronic parking brake may also be equipped with the Auto Hold feature. The indicator light in the button → Fig. 149 (arrow) lights up when the feature is switched on. When switched on, the Auto Hold feature automatically prevents the vehicle from rolling away without the driver having to press the brake pedal. The Auto Hold feature holds the vehicle as soon as it detects that the vehicle is not moving and the brake pedal is released. The green indicator light in the instrument cluster display lights up to show that the vehicle is being held by the electronic parking brake. When the driver accelerates, the Auto Hold feature releases the electronic parking brake again. The green indicator light in the instrument cluster display goes out and the vehicle begins to move, depending on the incline. Requirements for holding the vehicle with Auto Hold: The driver door is closed.
Page 845 The driver is wearing a safety belt. The engine is running. Vehicles with automatic transmission: If the selector lever is moved to position N, Auto Hold will not switch on and will remain deactivated. The vehicle will not be held at a standstill → . If any of the conditions for using Auto Hold change while the vehicle is not moving, the Auto Hold feature switches off automatically and the green indicator light in the instrument cluster display goes out, along with the yellow indicator light in the button. The electronic parking brake may engage automatically to hold the vehicle securely → . The red indicator light or comes on in the instrument cluster display. Switching Auto Hold on and off manually Press the button → . The indicator light in the button → Fig. 149 (arrow) goes out when Auto Hold is switched off. If Auto Hold is switched off while it is holding the vehicle in place, the electronic parking brake switches on automatically. The...
Page 846 electronic parking brake will not switch on if the brake pedal is depressed when Auto Hold is switched off → Switching Auto Hold on and off automatically If Auto Hold has been switched on using the button before switching the ignition off, the Auto Hold feature switches on automatically when the ignition is switched on the next time. The same applies if the Auto Hold feature is switched off – it will remain switched off when the ignition is switched on again. Switching Auto Hold off temporarily using the electronic parking brake You can switch the Auto Hold feature off temporarily so that the vehicle can roll more easily, for example, when maneuvering. With the engine switched on, depress the brake pedal. Press the switch → Electronic parking brake . Auto Hold switches off. Auto Hold switches on again as soon as the brake pedal is depressed and the vehicle comes to a standstill.
Page 847 WARNING The intelligent technology of the Auto Hold feature cannot overcome the laws of physics. Never let the increased convenience provided by the Auto Hold feature tempt you into taking risks. Never leave the vehicle with the engine running and the Auto Hold feature switched on. The Auto Hold feature cannot keep the vehicle from moving in all hill-start situations (for example, if the ground is slippery or icy). Unintended vehicle movement can cause serious personal injury. NOTICE Before entering a car wash, always deactivate Auto Hold. Otherwise, the electronic parking brake can engage automatically and cause damage.
Page 848 Cruise control Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Indicator lights → Cruise control operation Your vehicle may be equipped with cruise control, which helps maintain an individually stored constant speed when driving above about 15 mph (20 km/h). Cruise control slows down the vehicle only by reducing the flow of fuel to the engine, not by braking → . More information: Shifting → Shifting Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications WARNING Using the cruise control when it is not possible to drive safely at a...
Page 849 Using the cruise control when it is not possible to drive safely at a constant speed can be dangerous and can lead to an accident and serious personal injuries. Never use cruise control when driving in heavy or varying traffic or when you cannot keep a safe distance between you and the vehicles ahead of you. Never use cruise control on steep, winding, or slippery roads (such gravel roads, wet roads, or snowy or icy roads) or on roads with standing water. Never use cruise control when driving off-road or on unpaved roads. Always adjust your speed and the distance you keep between you and the vehicles ahead of you to the road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions. To help prevent unintended operation of cruise control, switch the system off when it is not being used. It is dangerous to use the Resume feature when the previously set speed is too high for the existing road, traffic, or weather conditions. When going downhill, the cruise control may not be able to maintain a constant speed. The vehicle will speed up because of its own weight. Downshift and/or use the foot brake to slow the vehicle.
Page 850 Indicator lights Fig. 150 In the instrument cluster display: Cruise control status indications. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Display Different cruise control versions are available. The stored speed is shown in the instrument cluster display on some equipment versions. Status → Fig. 150 Cruise control temporarily deactivated. Stored speed displayed in a darker shade or in smaller numbers.
Page 851 System malfunction. See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Cruise control activated. No speed stored in memory. Cruise control is active. Stored speed displayed in white or in larger numbers. Indicator lights Lights up Possible cause Cruise control is regulating the vehicle speed. When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds.
Page 852 WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. If the cruise control is switched on when the ignition is switched off, it may be switched on automatically the next time the ignition is switched on, depending on vehicle equipment. No speed is stored for the cruise control. The displays may vary depending on vehicle equipment. Cruise control operation...
Page 853 Fig. 151 Left-hand side of the multi-function steering wheel: Buttons for operating the cruise control. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction In order to: Result: You must: → Fig. 151 System is switched on, but Switch on cruise Press the button on the multi- does not regulate vehicle control. function steering wheel. speed until a speed is set. Set cruise Current vehicle speed is Press the button on the multi- control to current set; cruise control helps to function steering wheel. vehicle speed. maintain this speed. Press the button on the multi- function steering wheel. Temporarily Cruise control is temporarily deactivate cruise deactivated. The speed is OR:Briefly press the button in the control. still stored in the memory. multi-function steering wheel. OR: Depress the brake pedal.
Page 854 control. speed previously set. Briefly press the button on the multi-function steering wheel to increase the speed in small increments of 1 mph (1 km/h) and to store the speed. Increase set The vehicle will accelerate speed (while Press the button on the multi- until the new higher speed cruise control is function steering wheel briefly to increase is reached and saves the actively the speed in increments of 5 mph new higher speed in the controlling (10 km/h) and to store the speed. memory. vehicle speed). Press and hold the button on the multi-function steering wheel to increase the speed continuously until the button is released and to store the speed. Briefly press the button on the multi-function steering wheel to reduce the speed in small increments of 1 mph (1 km/h) and to store the speed. Cruise control will slow the Reduce set vehicle down without speed (while Press the button on the multi-function braking by reducing the cruise control is...
Page 855 Changing gears when cruise control is active The cruise control reduces acceleration as soon as the clutch pedal is pressed, and automatically continues to regulate the speed after a gear change. Driving downhill with cruise control If cruise control cannot maintain constant speed while driving downhill, slow the vehicle with the foot brake and downshift if necessary. Automatic deactivation Cruise control speed regulation is automatically deactivated or temporarily interrupted: If the system detects an error that could affect the function of the cruise control. If the vehicle has accelerated and goes faster than the stored speed for a longer time. If the brake pedal is depressed. If regulation related to driving dynamics is taking place, for...
Page 856 example, through ESC. If an airbag deploys. Automatic transmission: If the selector lever is shifted from D/S to another position. The cruise control will not be deactivated when shifting between D/S and Tiptronic mode.
Page 857 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Display, warning and indicator lights → Radar sensor → Operating Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) → When to temporarily deactivate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) → Special driving situations Your vehicle may be equipped with the Adaptive Cruise Control system (ACC), which helps maintain an individually stored constant speed between about 20 mph (30 km/h) and 100 mph (160 km/h) and a previously set distance in time intervals between your vehicle and those in front of you. The vehicle may be braked, if the situation so requires, to a standstill by an active braking maneuver → . Driver intervention warning Adaptive Cruise Control has system-specified limits. As a driver,...
Page 858 Additional information and warnings: Exterior views → Exterior views Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Infotainment system → Infotainment system Cruise control system → Cruise control Front Assist → Front Assist Lane Assist → Lane Assist Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications WARNING Always remember that the Adaptive Cruise Control has limits – Using Adaptive Cruise Control when it is not possible to drive safely at a constant speed can be dangerous and can lead to an accident and serious personal injury.
Page 859 Adaptive Cruise Control will not slow the vehicle down or maintain the set distance when you drive towards an obstacle or something on or near the road that is not moving, such as vehicles stopped in a traffic jam, a stalled or disabled vehicle. Always adjust your speed and the distance you keep between you and the vehicles ahead of you to the road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions. Never use Adaptive Cruise Control on steep, winding, or slippery roads (such gravel roads, wet roads, or snowy or icy roads) or on roads with standing water. Never use Adaptive Cruise Control when driving in heavy or varying stop-and-go traffic. Never use Adaptive Cruise Control when driving off-road or on unpaved roads. Always remember that the Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect a vehicle that is driving towards you in your traffic lane and that it cannot detect narrow vehicles such as motorcycles and bicycles. Never follow a vehicle so closely that you cannot stop your vehicle safely. The Adaptive Cruise Control cannot slow or brake the vehicle safely when you follow another vehicle too closely. Always remember that the Adaptive Cruise Control has a braking power that is only about 30% of the vehicle's maximum braking ability, under certain circumstances the automatic braking function cannot bring the vehicle to a stop in...
Page 860 automatic braking function cannot bring the vehicle to a stop in time. Always turn off Adaptive Cruise Control when entering turn lanes, exit lanes and construction zones or in similar situations because the vehicle will automatically accelerate to the stored speed when the road ahead is clear. To help prevent unintended operation of Adaptive Cruise Control, switch the system off when it is not being used. It is dangerous to use the Resume feature when the previously set speed is too high for the existing road, traffic, or weather conditions. When traveling downhill, the Adaptive Cruise Control may not be able to maintain a constant speed. The vehicle will speed up because of its own weight. Downshift and/or use the foot brake to slow the vehicle. Never allow the closing speed between you and other vehicles to be so high that the Adaptive Cruise Control may not be able to slow your vehicle safely. If closing speed is too high, you must apply the brakes yourself to reduce the risk of a rear-end crash. If a driver intervention warning or Front Assist warning appears in the instrument cluster display, immediately take over the control of the brake and gas pedals and slow down the vehicle or bring it to stop when necessary and according to the traffic situation.
Page 861 Always be prepared to take over the control of the brake and the gas pedal in every situation. NOTICE If you suspect that ACC and Front Assist don't work properly or the sensors are damaged, switch off ACC immediately. Go see an authorized Volkswagen dealer or Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance and have the ACC system checked. The ACC restricts the vehicle speed to 100 mph (160 km/h). If the ACC is active, you may hear noise during the automatic braking procedure. This is normal; the noises are caused by the braking system. Display, warning and indicator lights...
Page 862 Fig. 152 In the instrument cluster display: ACC deactivated temporarily; vehicle detected ahead, time interval set. Fig. 153 In the instrument cluster display: ACC active, vehicle detected ahead, time interval is being set. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Displays...
Page 863 Display fields → Fig. 152 or → Fig. 153 : Vehicle detected ahead (ACC inactive) Selected distance range (ACC inactive) Vehicle detected ahead when ACC is active Setting the time interval to the vehicle ahead while traveling at the stored speed Time interval to the vehicle ahead while traveling at the stored speed has been set Warning and indicator lights Lights up Action Possible cause → The deceleration of the ACC automatic braking system is not Depress the brake pedal! Driver sufficient to bring the vehicle to a intervention warning! full stop in time. Park your vehicle and turn the engine off and on again. Check the sensor for damages or soiling. If the system is still not available, have it checked by an ACC currently not available. authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. ACC is active. No vehicle has been detected ahead. The set speed is – kept constant. When displayed in white: ACC active. Vehicle detected ahead.
Page 864 ACC regulates the speed and the distance from the vehicle ahead. – When displayed in grey: ACC not active. System switched on, does not regulate. ACC is switched on and active. – When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Page 865 NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. When the ACC is switched on, the display in the instrument cluster can be overwritten by other functions, for example, incoming telephone calls. Displayed in color on an instrument cluster with color display. Radar sensor Fig. 154 In the front bumper: Radar sensor.
Page 866 Fig. 155 Area around the radar sensor to be kept clean and free of obstructions. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Vehicles equipped with ACC have a radar sensor below the front bumper to monitor the traffic situation → Fig. 154 ① . The sensor can detect moving vehicles up to about 390 ft (120 m) in front of your vehicle. The radar sensor function can be impaired by things such as mud, slush, or snow, or by conditions such as heavy rain or spray. In cases like these, the ACC may not work. The driver message ACC not available appears in the instrument cluster display. Clean the radar sensor as required → . The ACC and Front Assist systems will automatically be available...
Page 867 The area in front of and around the radar sensor → Fig. 154 ① must not be covered by objects such as stickers, additional headlights, a license plate bracket, or other things, as these items can impair the function of the ACC system. Any structural modifications to the vehicle, for example, lowering the vehicle or alterations to the front end trim, can impair the function of the ACC. Structural modifications should only be carried out by a qualified workshop → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications . Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance. Incorrectly performed repairs to the front end of the vehicle can change the position of the radar sensor and therefore impair the function of the ACC and Front Assist system. Repair work should only be carried out by a qualified workshop. Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance.
Page 868 NOTICE If you notice that the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) or Front Assist doesn't work properly, or if you suspect that the radar sensor has been damaged or if its position has been changed, switch off ACC immediately. This can help prevent further damage. Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility to have the radar sensor realigned. The radar sensor can become misaligned if it is hit, for example, when parking the vehicle. Readjusting the sensor could impair the performance of the system or cause it to switch off. Repairs to the radar sensor require special knowledge and tools. Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance. Remove snow with a brush, and remove ice with a solvent-free deicer spray. A Declaration of Compliance with the United States FCC and Industry Canada regulations is found on → Declaration of Compliance, Telecommunications and Electronic Systems .
Page 869 Operating Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Fig. 156 Left-hand side of the multifunction steering wheel: Buttons for operating the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction When the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is switched on, the green indicator light comes on in the instrument cluster, and the ACC speed memory and status are shown in the display → Fig. 152 . Conditions for starting the Adaptive Cruise Control Vehicles with automatic transmission: The selector lever must be in D/S or the Tiptronic position. Vehicles with manual transmission: A forward gear, but not first...
Page 870 gear, must be selected. The actual speed should be at least 16 mph (25 km/h) if no speed is stored. Controlling speed When switched on, the speed can be stored and set. The stored speed can vary from the speed actually being driven if the distance is being actively controlled. You must: In order to: Result: → Fig. 156 Press the button The ACC is switched on, but not on the multi-function Switch on ACC activated. steering wheel. Press the The current speed is stored and button on the multi- Activate ACC controlled. function steering wheel. Briefly press the button on the multi- function steering wheel. Temporarily Speed regulation is temporarily OR: Depress the deactivate ACC deactivated. The set speed is still stored. brake pedal. OR: Depress the clutch for longer than 30 seconds. The speed regulation resumes at the...
Page 871 The speed regulation resumes at the Resume speed Press the stored speed value. regulation (reactivate button on the multi- ACC) function steering If no speed has yet been stored, the wheel. current speed is stored and controlled. Press the button on the multi-function steering wheel. Press briefly to increase the speed by Increase set speed The vehicle accelerates until the new 1 mph (1 km/h) and (while ACC is actively higher speed is reached and saves the store it. regulating vehicle new higher speed in the memory. speed) Press and hold to increase the stored speed in increments of 5 mph (10 km/h) until you release the button. Press the button on the multi-function steering wheel. Press briefly to reduce Reduce set speed the speed by 1 mph Speed is reduced by accelerator release (while ACC is actively (1 km/h) and store it.
Page 872 multi-function steering The system is switched off and the wheel. Briefly press Switch off ACC stored speed is canceled. the button on the multi-function steering wheel if the ACC is temporarily switched off. Setting the distance level You can set the speed-dependent distance from the vehicle ahead to one of 5 levels. In wet road conditions, you should always set a larger distance than when driving in dry road conditions. The following distances can be selected: Very close Close Medium Very far The distance level to the vehicle ahead is set using the button on the multi-function steering wheel → Fig. 156 . The ACC display...
Page 873 appears when the button is pressed → Display, warning and indicator lights . To set the distance level, press the button. When the highest level is reached, the distance returns to the lowest level when the button is pressed again. The distance level can also be set using the buttons on the multi-function steering wheel immediately after the button on the multi-function steering wheel → Fig. 156 has been pressed. In the Infotainment system, you can set the distance level that should be selected when ACC is switched on by pressing the Assistance systems button followed by the and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Setting the driving mode (if equipped) The following modes can be selected: Normal Sport On appropriately equipped vehicles, you can select the driving mode in the Infotainment system by pressing the button...
Page 874 Assistance systems followed by the and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . The following conditions could prevent the ACC from reacting, or delay its ability to react: When driving in tight curves. When the accelerator pedal is depressed. When Front Assist is switched off or if there is a fault. When no gear is selected. When the ESC is taking corrective action. When the driver safety belt is not buckled. When several brake lights on the vehicle or trailer are faulty. When the radar sensor is dirty or covered. When the vehicle is in Reverse (R). When weather conditions are poor. When narrow vehicles, such as motorcycles, are moving in front of your vehicle. When vehicles are traveling slightly offset to the left or right in front of your vehicle. When there is strong reflected radiation of the radar signal, for...
Page 875 example, in multilevel parking structures. When vehicles are crossing in front of your vehicle. When there is oncoming traffic. When the system cannot detect the traffic situation clearly. When a stationary obstacle, such as a broken-down vehicle, is in front of your vehicle. When loads or attachment parts on other vehicles in front of your vehicle protrude to the side, rear, or above the normal vehicle dimensions. When the vehicle is traveling faster than about 100 mph (160 km/h).
Page 876 DANGER Following other vehicles too closely increases the risk of collisions and serious personal injury or even death. Always obey applicable traffic laws when setting the distance to the vehicles ahead in traffic. Setting short distances to the traffic ahead reduces the time and distance available to bring your vehicle to a safe stop and makes it even more necessary to pay close attention or traffic. Always use good judgment and select a safe following distance for the traffic, road and weather conditions. Never use Adaptive Cruise Control on narrow or winding roads or under poor road conditions (snow, ice, streets covered with standing water or gravel, for example) or when visibility is poor, especially when it is foggy. Always select a greater following distance to the vehicle ahead on wet roads than on dry roads. WARNING Improper use of the Adaptive Cruise Control can cause collisions, other accidents and serious personal injury.
Page 877 other accidents and serious personal injury. Always remember that the Adaptive Cruise Control has limits – it will not slow the vehicle down or maintain the set distance when you drive towards an obstacle or something on or near the road that is not moving, such as vehicles stopped in a traffic jam, a stalled or disabled vehicle. Always remember that the Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect a vehicle that is driving towards you in your traffic lane and that it cannot detect narrow vehicles such as motorcycles and bicycles. Never drive at speeds that are too fast for traffic, road and weather conditions. Never follow a vehicle so closely that you cannot stop your vehicle safely. The Adaptive Cruise Control cannot slow or brake the vehicle safely when you follow another vehicle too closely. Always remember that the Adaptive Cruise Control has a braking power that is only about 30% of the vehicle's maximum braking ability, and the automatic braking function cannot bring the vehicle to a stop. Never use Adaptive Cruise Control when you cannot drive safely at a steady speed, including on city streets, on winding roads or when road conditions are poor (for example, on ice, gravel, in fog, heavy rain or on wet roads that increase the risk of hydroplaning). The radar sensor's vision can be reduced by rain, snow and...
Page 878 The radar sensor's vision can be reduced by rain, snow and heavy road spray. These and similar conditions can prevent vehicles up ahead from being accurately detected and in some cases they may not be detected at all. Do not use ACC when the radar sensors cannot accurately detect vehicles moving ahead of you in traffic. Always turn off Adaptive Cruise Control when entering turn lanes, exit lanes and construction zones or in similar situations because the vehicle will automatically accelerate to the stored speed when the road ahead is clear. Never rest your foot on the accelerator pedal, especially when the Adaptive Cruise Control is being used because doing so will override the braking function. Always pay attention to traffic, especially when Adaptive Cruise Control is switched on. Always maintain a safe speed and distance between your vehicle and other vehicles while considering the traffic situation. This is the duty of the driver. Adaptive Cruise Control is merely an aid to the driver. To prevent unintended operation, always switch ACC off when it is not being used. It is dangerous to use the Resume feature when the previously set speed is too high for existing road, traffic or weather conditions. Always select a speed and distance to traffic ahead that is...
Page 879 Always select a speed and distance to traffic ahead that is safe and appropriate under the prevailing traffic, road, weather and lighting conditions. Never allow the closing speed between you and other vehicles to be so high that the Adaptive Cruise Control may not be able to slow your vehicle safely. If closing speed is too high, you must apply the brakes yourself to reduce the risk of a rear-end crash. The stored speed is canceled when the ignition or the ACC is switched off. ACC is automatically deactivated when ASR is switched off. When to temporarily deactivate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Please deactivate ACC under following conditions due to system limitations → : When driving around curves, turn lanes, highway ramps, or construction sites; to prevent unwanted acceleration of the vehicle. When driving through tunnels.
Page 880 On roads with more than one lane, if other vehicles are driving more slowly in the fast lane. Vehicles in other lanes will normally not be detected and will, in this case, be passed from the slow lane. Under bad weather conditions or bad visibility, for example, in heavy rain, snowfall, or fog. WARNING Not deactivating Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) in the situations mentioned above can cause collisions, other accidents, and serious personal injury. Special driving situations Fig. 157 Driving in a curve. Motorcycle traveling ahead outside of the sensor range.
Page 881 Fig. 158 Vehicle changing lanes. A turning and a stationary vehicle ahead. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Adaptive Cruise Control has physical and system-related limits. The driver may therefore feel that, in certain circumstances, some Adaptive Cruise Control reactions are unwanted or occur with a delay. You should therefore always be prepared to take full control of the vehicle whenever necessary. Deceleration to standstill (vehicles with automatic transmission only) If a vehicle travelling ahead brakes to a standstill, the ACC will also brake your vehicle to a standstill. The vehicle is then held stationary by the brakes for no more than a few seconds. You must press the brake pedal or the vehicle will start moving forward again! Driving off after a stationary phase (vehicles with automatic...
Page 882 transmission only) After a stationary phase, press the button on the multi- function steering wheel and the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will resume speed regulation as long as the vehicle in front is moving again. Passing other vehicles If you switch on the turn signal when starting to pass another vehicle, Adaptive Cruise Control accelerates the vehicle automatically and reduces the distance to the vehicle in front. If you move your vehicle into the passing lane and there is no vehicle ahead of you, the ACC will automatically increase the speed to your set level and maintain it. Acceleration can be stopped at any time by depressing the brake pedal or pressing the button on the multi-function steering wheel → Operating Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . Driving around curves and roundabouts When driving into a curve and driving out of a long curve, the radar...
Page 883 sensor may react to a vehicle in the next lane → Fig. 157 . In such situations, the vehicle might decelerate unnecessarily or not react to the vehicle in front. In this case, you must either override the ACC by depressing the accelerator, interrupt the braking procedure by depressing the brake pedal, or press the button on the multi-function steering wheel → Operating Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . Driving through tunnels The function of the distance radar may be limited when driving in tunnels. Switch off ACC when driving through tunnels. Narrow vehicles and vehicles offset to one side Narrow vehicles and vehicles traveling slightly to the left or right of your vehicle can only be detected by the radar sensor when they are within sensor range → Fig. 157 . This applies especially to narrow vehicles such as motorcycles. If required, brake the vehicle yourself. Vehicles with oversize loads or special equipment...
Page 884 Under certain circumstances, ACC will not correctly recognize vehicles carrying oversize loads or loads that exceed the vehicle dimensions, like flat-bed trailer trucks. Switch off ACC when driving behind or while passing such vehicles. If required, brake the vehicle yourself. Other vehicles changing lanes Vehicles that change into your lane within a short distance can only be detected by the radar sensor once they are within sensor range → Fig. 158 . The result is a delayed reaction by the Adaptive Cruise Control. If required, brake the vehicle yourself. Stationary vehicles The ACC will not detect stationary obstacles, such as the end of a traffic jam or a broken down vehicle, or a vehicle approaching you in the same lane. If a vehicle detected by Adaptive Cruise Control turns or changes lanes and there is a stationary vehicle in front of that vehicle, the system will not react to the stationary vehicle → Fig. 158 . If required, brake the vehicle yourself.
Page 885 Narrow vehicles Narrow vehicles, such as motorcycles traveling ahead, are often detected late or not at all under some circumstances. Oncoming vehicles ACC does not detect oncoming vehicles in your lane. Metal objects on the road Metal objects on the road, such as tracks or metal plates, can lead to unwanted reactions of the system, such as abrupt braking maneuvers. Possible radar sensor function impairments If the radar sensor function is impaired by heavy rain, spray, snow or mud, Adaptive Cruise Control switches off temporarily. A driver information message appears in the instrument cluster display. Clean the radar sensors as required. The Adaptive Cruise Control will automatically be available again as...
Page 886 Control can be reactivated. Strong reflected radiation of the radar signal, for example, in multilevel parking structures, can impair the function of the radar sensor. Overheated brakes Adaptive Cruise Control may switch off temporarily if the brakes overheat significantly, for example from braking maneuvers or driving down steep slopes. A driver information message appears in the instrument cluster display. Adaptive Cruise Control cannot be activated. Adaptive Cruise Control can be activated again once the temperature of the brakes decreases sufficiently. The message on the instrument cluster display switches off. If the message does not go out for a long time, there is a fault. If the message ACC not available does not switch off, there is a malfunction. Contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility.
Page 887 Trailer towing When towing a trailer, ACC and Front Assist may work only with limited functionality. WARNING If ACC brings your vehicle to a complete stop before the system prompts you to brake and the stationary vehicle ahead starts moving, your vehicle will also start moving automatically. In some cases the radar sensor may be unable to detect obstacles in the vehicle's path. This can result in serious injury and accidents. Always check the road ahead before the vehicle pulls away. If necessary, cancel the pulling away procedure by depressing the brake pedal.
Page 888 WARNING The view of the radar sensor can be impaired by rain, snow or heavy spray. Under certain circumstances, this could result in the vehicle ahead being detected inadequately or not at all. Take over yourself if necessary! Switch Adaptive Cruise Control off when driving through tunnels because the function of the system could be impaired. Adaptive Cruise Control distance regulation will not work if the sensors are covered by heavy rain, spray, snow, etc. A driver information message appears in the instrument cluster display. Adaptive Cruise Control switches off temporarily if the brakes overheat too much. ACC not available appears in the instrument cluster display.
Page 889 Front Assist Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Driver warnings and Autonomous Emergency Braking → Radar sensor → Operating Front Assist → Temporarily switch off Front Assist in the following situations → System limits Depending on vehicle equipment, the vehicle may be equipped with Front Assist, which includes Forward Collision Warning and Autonomous Emergency Braking systems. The Forward Collision Warning system, when switched on, uses a radar sensor to help prevent rear-end collisions by providing a warning of a possible collision with a vehicle on the road ahead within physical and technical limits of the system. When Front Assist is switched on, the Autonomous Emergency Braking system can automatically apply the brakes within the Front Assist speed range to help minimize the effects of a collision.
Page 890 The Front Assist system is not a substitute for the driver's full concentration. Additional information and warnings: Exterior views → Exterior views Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Infotainment system → Infotainment system Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications ...
Page 891 WARNING The Front Assist system technology cannot overcome the laws of physics and system-related limits. The driver is always responsible for braking in time. If the Front Assist system issues a warning, immediately apply the brake to slow the vehicle down or avoid the obstacle, depending on the traffic situation. Always adjust your speed and driving style to road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions. The Front Assist system cannot prevent accidents and serious injuries on its own. The Front Assist system can issue unnecessary warnings in certain complex driving situations, for example, at traffic islands. The Front Assist system can issue unnecessary warnings when its function is impaired, for example, if the radar sensor is dirty or if the position of the radar sensor has been changed. The Front Assist system does not react to people, animals, or vehicles crossing or approaching in the same lane. Always be prepared to take full control of the vehicle at all times.
Page 892 Deactivate Front Assist if it does not work as described in this chapter, for example, if multiple unwanted warnings occur. Have the system checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Driver warnings and Autonomous Emergency Braking Fig. 159 Symbols in the instrument cluster display. : Distance warning. : System switched off (symbol displayed in color on an instrument cluster with color display). Fig. 160 In the instrument cluster display: Advance warning...
Page 893 (symbol displayed in color on an instrument cluster with color display). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Distance warning If the vehicle is traveling within a speed range of about 44–100 mph (70–160 km/h), the system warns the driver with a message in the instrument cluster display ( → Fig. 159 ) if it detects that the vehicle is driving too close to the vehicle ahead → . No acoustic warning will sound. The warning period varies according to the traffic situation and your driving style. Increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead. Advance warning If the vehicle is traveling within a speed range of about 18–100 mph (30–160 km/h), the system warns the driver with a warning chime and a message in the instrument cluster display ( → Fig. 160 ) if it detects a possible collision with a vehicle ahead → .
Page 894 The warning period varies according to the traffic situation and your driving style. Brake or take action to avoid the vehicle ahead! However, do not rely solely on Front Assist. Under certain conditions, the reactions of Front Assist may be unexpected or delayed from the driver's viewpoint. Always pay attention and take over if necessary → . Immediate warning If you fail to respond to the advance warning, within a speed range of about 18–100 mph (30–160 km/h), Front Assist can initiate a short active braking maneuver, should you not react accordingly to an advance alert. In this case you will notice brief, jerky braking of the vehicle to warn you of an impending collision. The moment of this alert can vary, depending on the traffic situation and the driving behavior. Autonomous Emergency Braking If you should also fail to react to the immediate warning, within a...
Page 895 speed range of about 3–100 mph (5–160 km/h), Front Assist can initiate an automatic braking maneuver that will abruptly decelerate the vehicle with elevated braking force. The emergency braking maneuver occurs shortly before a potential collision to reduce vehicle speed and help to minimize the effects of a collision. Autonomous Emergency Braking below 18 mph (30 km/h) In case of an impending collision, within a speed range of about 3– 18 mph (5–30 km/h), Front Assist can initiate an automatic braking maneuver without the distance, advance, or immediate warnings to reduce vehicle speed and help to minimize the effects of a collision → . The automatic braking maneuver occurs simultaneously with a warning in the instrument cluster display → Fig. 160 Braking support Front Assist can help to minimize the effects of a collision by supporting with additional braking force in case of an emergency braking situation, should the system detect that the force applied to the brake pedal by the driver is not sufficient to avoid a collision. In order for Front Assist to apply this support, it must have detected an...
Page 896 impending collision with another vehicle ahead of yours and the brake pedal has to be hit hard and suddenly. However, this support only works as long as the brake pedal is depressed. Front Assist considers the driver's response time to give warnings in time. This response time reduces automatically when the system, for example, detects movement of the accelerator or steering wheel. The system thus prevents unnecessary brake interventions, for example, when the driver passes another vehicle. Front Assist cannot react when approaching standing objects ahead of you, for example, when driving up to a line of stopped vehicles in heavy traffic. System deactivated If the system is switched off, a text message and symbol appear in the instrument cluster display → Fig. 159 (magnified view) WARNING The Front Assist technology cannot overcome the laws of physics and system-related limits. The driver is always responsible for braking in time. If the Front Assist system issues a warning,...
Page 897 immediately apply the brake to slow the vehicle down or avoid the obstacle, depending on the traffic situation. Always adjust your speed, driving style, and the distance you keep between you and the vehicles ahead of you to the road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions. The Front Assist system cannot prevent accidents and serious injuries on its own. The Front Assist system can issue unnecessary warnings in certain complex driving situations, for example, at traffic islands. The Front Assist system can issue unnecessary warnings or braking maneuvers when its function is impaired, for example, if the radar sensor is dirty or if the position of the radar sensor has been changed. The Front Assist system does not react to people, animals, or vehicles crossing or approaching in the same lane. Never follow a vehicle so closely that you cannot stop your vehicle safely, under certain circumstances the automatic braking function cannot bring the vehicle to a stop in time. Never allow the closing speed between you and other vehicles to be so high that Front Assist may not be able to slow your vehicle safely. If closing speed is too high, you must apply the brakes yourself to reduce the risk of a rear-end crash. Always be prepared to take full control of the vehicle at all...
Page 898 Always be prepared to take full control of the vehicle at all times. NOTICE If you notice that the Front Assist doesn't work properly or the sensor is damaged, switch off Front Assist immediately. See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance and have the Front Assist checked. If Front Assist initiates a braking maneuver, the braking system is under pressure. In this case the braking pedal will feel harder and the brake pedal travel will be shorter. Automatic braking maneuvers can be interrupted by depressing the clutch or gas pedal, or by moving the steering wheel. Deactivate the Front Assist system if it does not work as described in this chapter, for example, if multiple unwanted warnings or braking maneuvers occur. Have the system checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. When the Front Assist system is switched on, the display in the instrument cluster can be overwritten by displays related to other functions, for example, an incoming telephone call.
Page 899 The Autonomous Emergency Braking system can slow your vehicle down to a standstill, but not hold your vehicle permanently. When necessary, apply the vehicle brakes! Displayed in color on an instrument cluster with color display. Radar sensor Fig. 161 In the front bumper: Radar sensor.
Page 900 Fig. 162 Area around the radar sensor to be kept clean and free of obstructions. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction A radar sensor mounted in the front bumper monitors traffic → Fig. 161 ① and can detect vehicles traveling ahead up to a distance of about 130 yards (120 m). The radar sensor function can be impaired by things such as mud, slush, or snow, or by conditions such as heavy rain or spray. In cases like these, Front Assist will not work. The driver message Front Assist: no sensor view! appears in the instrument cluster display. Clean the radar sensor as required → . The Front Assist system will automatically be available again as soon as the radar sensor is no longer impaired. The message in the instrument cluster display turns off. The function of the Front Assist system can also be impaired when the radar signal radiation is reflected, for example, in multilevel parking structures, or by nearby metallic objects such as rails or metal plates in the road. The area in front of and around the radar sensor → Fig. 162 must...
Page 901 Any structural modifications to the vehicle, for example, lowering the vehicle or alterations to the front end trim, can impair the function of the Front Assist system. Structural modifications should only be carried out by a qualified workshop → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications . Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance. Incorrectly performed repairs to the front end of the vehicle can change the position of the radar sensor and therefore impair the function of the Front Assist system. Repair work should only be carried out by a qualified workshop. Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance.
Page 902 NOTICE Switch off the Front Assist system if you suspect that the radar sensor has been damaged or if its position has been changed. This can help prevent further damage. Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility to have the radar sensor realigned. The radar sensor can become misaligned if it is hit, for example, when parking the vehicle. Readjusting the sensor could impair the performance of the system or cause it to switch off. Repairs to the radar sensor require special knowledge and tools. Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance. Remove snow with a brush, and remove ice with a solvent-free deicer spray. Operating Front Assist Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 903 The Front Assist system is automatically active once the ignition is switched on → Starting and stopping the engine . The advance warning and distance warning are automatically switched off when the Front Assist system is switched off. Volkswagen recommends that the Front Assist system is switched on at all times, except in the specific situations described in this Manual → Temporarily switch off Front Assist in the following situations . Turning Front Assist on or off In the Assist systems menu in the instrument cluster display, select Front Assist → Volkswagen Information System . OR: On appropriately equipped vehicles, you can turn Front Assist on or off in the Infotainment system by pressing the Assistance systems button followed by the and function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . If the system is switched off, a text message and symbol appear in the instrument cluster display → Driver warnings and Autonomous Emergency Braking . Turning the distance warning and advance warning on or off...
Page 904 On appropriately equipped vehicles, you can turn the distance warning and the advance warning on or off in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the Assistance systems function keys → Menu and system settings (SETUP) . Volkswagen recommends that the distance and advance warnings are switched on at all times. Temporarily switch off Front Assist in the following situations Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Front Assist should be switched off in the following situations due to system limitations → : If the vehicle is being towed. If the vehicle is on a dynamometer test bed. If the vehicle is not being driven on public roads, for example, off- road or on a track. If the radar sensor malfunctions.
Page 905 If external force has affected the radar sensor, for example, after a rear-end collision. If the radar sensor is covered (even temporarily) by any accessories or other equipment, for example, auxiliary headlights. If the vehicle is being loaded onto a truck, ferry, or train. WARNING Failure to switch off Front Assist in the situations mentioned can cause accidents and serious personal injury. System limits Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Front Assist has physical and system-related limits. The driver may therefore feel that, in certain circumstances, some Front Assist reactions are unwanted or occur with a delay. You should therefore always be prepared to take full control of the vehicle whenever necessary.
Page 906 The following conditions can prevent Front Assist from reacting, or delay its ability to react: When driving in tight curves. When the accelerator pedal is depressed. When Front Assist is switched off or if there is a fault. When ASR is manually switched off. When the ESC is taking corrective action. When several brake lights on the vehicle or on a trailer connected to the vehicle electrical system are faulty. When the radar sensor is dirty or covered. When there are metal objects, for example, tracks or metal plates in the road. When the vehicle is in Reverse (R). When weather conditions are poor. When narrow vehicles, such as motorcycles, are moving in front of your vehicle. When vehicles are traveling slightly offset to the left or right in front of your vehicle. When vehicles are crossing in front of your vehicle. When there is oncoming traffic.
Page 907 When the system cannot detect the traffic situation clearly. When loads or attachment parts on other vehicles in front of your vehicle protrude to the side, rear, or above the normal vehicle dimensions.
Page 908 Lane Assist Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Display and indicator lights → How Lane Assist works → When to deactivate Lane Assist → Driver information Your vehicle may be equipped with a Lane Assist system, which can warn you if your vehicle unintentionally leaves the current drive lane. Additional information and warnings: Exterior views → Exterior views Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Infotainment system → Infotainment system Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) → Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Blind Spot Monitor → Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert ...
Page 909 Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications WARNING Always remember that Lane Assist has limits – using Lane Assist when it is not possible to drive safely can be dangerous and can lead to an accident and serious personal injury. Always adjust your speed and the distance you keep between you and the vehicles ahead of you to the road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and be ready react – Lane Assist will not release you from the responsibility to control your vehicle. Always pay attention to the messages in the instrument cluster display and act accordingly. Always pay close attention to what is happening around your vehicle.
Page 910 WARNING Under certain circumstances, the Lane Assist may not be able to recognize all lane markings. Bad or wet roads, worn out markings, or objects on the road can lead to the Lane Assist not or mistakenly recognizing lane markings. Always switch off Lane Assist under these conditions. WARNING If the view area of the camera is covered or dirty, Lane Assist may not work properly. Always make sure that the camera area is free of dirt or snow and not covered.
Page 911 NOTICE In order to help maintain the proper function of Lane Assist: Always keep the camera area in the front windshield free of ice, dirt and snow. Never cover the camera area. Regularly check the windshield and especially the area of the camera for damages. Lane Assist has been developed only for on-road driving. If Lane Assist does not work properly and as described here or if there is a system fault, have the system checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Display and indicator lights...
Page 912 Fig. 163 In the instrument cluster display: Lane Assist display. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Displays Display fields → Fig. 163 : Lane marking detected (shown in grey). No regulation is necessary. Lane marking detected (shown in white). System is actively regulating. No lane marking detected. System is not regulating. Lane markings detected. System is regulating. Adaptive lane tracking is active. Indicator lights Lights Possible cause Action The system cannot clearly detect the Lane Assist is switched on but not active. lane. Refer to → Driver information . Lane Assist is switched on and – ready.
Page 913 When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. How Lane Assist works...
Page 914 Fig. 164 In the front windshield: Area of the Lane Assist camera. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction With the help of a camera → Fig. 164 , Lane Assist can recognize possible side markings of the current drive lane. Should the vehicle leave this area unintentionally, for example, when leaving the current drive lane without activating a turn signal, the system will warn you with a corrective steering intervention. The driver can override the corrective steering intervention at any time. When adaptive lane tracking is active → Switching adaptive lane tracking on and off , Lane Assist does not just provide assistance when the vehicle is at risk of leaving the lane. The feature provides continuous assistance while driving if 2 lane markings (one to the left and one to right of the vehicle) are detected by the system. Lane Assist will not warn you of a lane change if you activate the turn signal, because the system will assume that the lane change is happening intentionally.
Page 915 Steering wheel vibration The following (very rare) situations will cause the steering wheel to vibrate and demand active steering intervention by the driver: If the corrective steering intervention is not sufficient to keep the vehicle in its lane. If the system no longer detects a lane during a strong corrective steering intervention. Switching Lane Assist on and off Using the button for driver assist systems (if equipped), select the corresponding menu option → Volkswagen Information System . OR: You can turn Lane Assist on and off in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by Assistance systems function keys → Infotainment system . The indicator light in the instrument cluster shows the status of the system. Automatic deactivation: The Lane Assist system can switch off automatically if there is a system fault. The indicator light goes out. Switching adaptive lane tracking on and off...
Page 916 You can switch adaptive lane tracking on and off in the Infotainment system by pressing the button followed by the Assistance systems function keys → Infotainment system . Before starting to drive, always make sure that the area of the camera → Fig. 164 is not covered. Keep this area clean at all times. When to deactivate Lane Assist Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Please deactivate Lane Assist under following conditions → : In complex traffic situations when it is necessary for the driver to pay special attention. On bad roads or on roads with no or hardly visible side markings. Under bad weather conditions and/or bad visibility. When the vehicle is off road, for example, on construction sites or on race tracks. If the camera is covered by dirt, ice, or snow. In this case, clean the camera area as soon as possible or deactivate the system. When driving with a sporty or dynamic driving style.
Page 917 WARNING Not deactivating Lane Assist in the situations mentioned above can cause collisions, other accidents and serious personal injury. Driver information Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Automatic deactivation of Lane Assist (yellow indicator light comes Under certain circumstances Lane Assist can be deactivated automatically: If the system cannot recognize side markings correctly, for example, in construction sites, on bad roads, when visibility is bad, or when the camera area is covered. If more than 2 side markings are on the lane, for example, in certain construction sites or when markings have been added to the lane. If there is no lane marking or if the distance to the nearest lane...
Page 918 marking is too great. When the speed of your vehicle is less than about 40 mph (65 km/h). In narrow curves. When a turn signal is switched on. If your driving style is very sporty or dynamic (the system may switch off temporarily). If the system does not detect any clear steering activity by the driver over an extended period. If ASR is deactivated and the warning light appears in the instrument cluster display → Braking and parking .
Page 919 Rear View Camera system Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Special considerations → Camera → Operation → Parking Depending on equipment, the vehicle may be equipped with a Rear View Camera system. A camera in the rear hatch assists the driver while backing up or maneuvering. The camera image is shown together with the orientation lines projected by the system on the screen of the factory-installed Infotainment system. The Rear View Camera system may take a few seconds to bring up the camera image. The functions and displays of the Rear View Camera system may vary on vehicles with or without Park Distance Control (PDC) → Park Distance Control (PDC) .
Page 920 More information: Exterior views → Exterior views Infotainment system → Infotainment system Park Distance Control → Park Distance Control (PDC) Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications ...
Page 921 WARNING The Rear View Camera system is not able to give you a clear and undistorted view of all areas behind the vehicle. The Rear View Camera system has blind spots in which it cannot detect people and objects. Always be careful and look around you when parking. The Rear View Camera system cannot show people, animals, and objects in certain situations. Watch out for small children and animals in particular. Due to the screen resolution or low-light conditions, the camera may not pick up thin posts, chain-link fences and similar fences, and other objects, or it may not show them clearly. The camera lens enlarges and distorts the field of vision and causes objects on the screen to appear altered and imprecise. Always keep the camera lens clean and free of snow and ice; do not cover the lens.
Page 922 WARNING The Rear View Camera system technology cannot overcome the laws of physics and the limits of the system. Careless or unintentional use of the Rear View Camera system may result in accidents and severe injuries. Always adjust your speed and driving style to road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions. Always keep an eye on the parking direction and the vehicle surroundings. The front of the vehicle swings out more than the rear of the vehicle. Never pay so much attention to the graphics shown on the screen that you fail to notice what is going on around you. Always watch for people, especially small children, animals, and objects, because the Rear View Camera system may not always be able to detect them. The system may not be able to clearly show everything behind the vehicle. Use the Rear View Camera system only when the rear hatch is completely closed.
Page 923 NOTICE The Rear View Camera system shows only two-dimensional images on the screen. Due to the lack of depth of field, it may be difficult or impossible to identify protruding objects or recesses in the road, for example. Things like thin rods, fences, posts, and trees may not be detected by the Rear View Camera system and could damage the vehicle. Special considerations Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Requirements for parking and maneuvering with the Rear View Camera system Checklist The rear hatch must be closed. A reliable and clear image must be displayed and the camera lens...
Page 924 There must be a clear and complete view of the area behind the vehicle. The rear of the vehicle must not be heavily loaded. The driver must be familiar with the system. The position of the camera has not changed, such as after a rear- end collision. If the position of the camera has changed, have the system checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Volkswagen recommends practicing parking and maneuvering with the Rear View Camera system in a safe place with little or no traffic or in a parking lot under good visibility and weather conditions to familiarize yourself with the system, the orientation lines, and the way they work. Rear View Camera system settings Depending on equipment, various settings, including brightness, contrast, and color, can be adjusted by tapping the function keys , or by moving the corresponding slider.
Page 925 To change the settings follow these instructions: Park the vehicle in a safe place on a firm, level surface. Set the parking brake to help prevent the vehicle from moving → Parking brake or → Electronic parking brake (depending on equipment). Switch on the ignition. Switch on the Infotainment system (if not already on) → Infotainment system . Shift into Reverse (R). Tap the function key. Adjust the desired settings in the menu. It is not possible to open the rear hatch if the Volkswagen emblem is folded out. Camera...
Page 926 Fig. 165 In the rear hatch: Location of the camera. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The camera → Fig. 165 (magnified view) displays only two- dimensional images. Recesses and protruding objects on the ground or protruding parts on other vehicles may be difficult or impossible to identify due to the lack of depth of field. Objects or another vehicle may seem closer or farther away on the screen than they really are. Examples of optical distortion by the camera: – When driving from a level surface onto an upward or downward slope. – When driving up or down a slope onto a level surface. – If the rear of the vehicle is heavily loaded. – When approaching protruding objects. These objects can disappear from the field of view when backing up.
Page 927 Cleaning the camera lens Keep the camera lens clean and free of snow and ice: Park the vehicle in a safe place on a firm, level surface. Switch on the ignition (but do not start the engine). Apply the parking brake to help prevent the vehicle from moving → Parking brake or → Electronic parking brake (depending on equipment). Shift into Reverse (R). Wet the camera lens with a commercially available alcohol-based glass cleaner and clean with a dry cloth → . Remove snow with a brush. Remove ice with deicer spray → . Shift the vehicle out of Reverse (R). Switch off the ignition.
Page 928 NOTICE Never use abrasive cleaning agents to clean the camera lens. Never remove snow or ice on the camera lens with warm or hot water. This can damage the camera lens. Operation Fig. 166 In the Infotainment system: Rear View Camera system display (may vary depending on vehicle equipment). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Screen Function buttons on the screen may vary, depending on vehicle equipment.
Page 929 Key for displays → Fig. 166 Symbol Meaning Depending on vehicle equipment: Switch the PDC display on. Depending on vehicle equipment: Switch the PDC display off. Close the current display. Depending on vehicle equipment: Switch the PDC sound on or off. Setting display: brightness, contrast, color. Depending on vehicle equipment: Display PDC. Switching the Rear View Camera system on and off The Rear View Camera system switches on and off automatically. Action with the ignition on Function Vehicles without Park Vehicles with Park Distance Control Distance Control Switch on the display Shift into Reverse (R). automatically: Switch off the ignition. OR: Drive forward faster than 6 mph (10 km/h) or for longer Switch off the display than 10 seconds. automatically: OR: Shift out of Reverse (R) OR: Shift out of Reverse (R) (display switches off and wait about 10 seconds. immediately). Press one of the Infotainment system buttons or tap the function key on the screen.
Page 930 manually: The PDC full screen mode is displayed → Park Distance Control (PDC) . Shift out of Reverse (R), then shift back into Reverse (R). Show the display again: OR: Tap the function key Parking Fig. 167 On the screen: Orientation lines for the parking space behind the vehicle. : Searching for a parking space, : Backing into the parking space, : Maneuvering. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Key to → Fig. 167 : Meaning Lateral green lines:...
Page 931 Projection of the vehicle (widened somewhat) toward — the rear. The green lines stop about 6 feet (2 meters) behind the vehicle on the road. Horizontal red line: Safety distance (area up to about — 16 inches (40 cm) behind the vehicle on the road). ① Road. Selected parking ② space. Side lines of the ③ selected parking space. Rear boundary of ④ the parking space, such as a curb. All references to orientation line length apply to vehicles on a horizontal surface. Parking using the Rear View Camera system Step Action The requirements for parking and maneuvering with the Rear View Camera system must be fulfilled → Special considerations .
Page 932 system must be fulfilled → Special considerations . Position the vehicle in front of the parking space ② → Fig. 167 Shift into Reverse (R). Reverse slowly and steer the vehicle so that the lateral green orientation lines lead into the parking space ②. Pay attention to the message in the display: Look! Safe to move? → Align the vehicle in the parking space so that the green orientation lines are parallel with the parking space ③. Stop the vehicle before (or at the very latest, when) the horizontal red line reaches the rear boundary, for example, a curb ④.
Page 933 Park Distance Control (PDC) Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Operation → PDC signal chimes and displays → PDC menu Depending on equipment, the vehicle may be equipped with the Park Distance Control system (PDC). The Park Distance Control (PDC) system can help the driver when backing up and parking. PDC uses ultrasonic sensors in the bumpers to measure the distance between the vehicle and objects. The system uses the time it takes for the ultrasonic waves to bounce back from the object to calculate the distance between the vehicle and an object. PDC works only at speeds up to about 5– 10 mph (10–15 km/h). A Declaration of Compliance with United States FCC and Industry Canada regulations is found in the Consumer information section of this Manual → Consumer information .
Page 934 More information: Exterior views → Exterior views Infotainment system → Infotainment system Braking and parking → Braking and parking Rear View Camera system → Rear View Camera system Exterior care and cleaning → Exterior care and cleaning Consumer information → Consumer information Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications ...
Page 935 WARNING Park Distance Control is no substitute for careful and attentive driving. Never rely completely on these systems for information about people and objects that might be in the way of the vehicle and could be struck resulting in serious personal injuries. The sensors have blind spots in which they cannot detect people, animals, and objects. Always be careful and look around you when parking. The sensors cannot always detect people, animals, and objects. Watch out for small children and animals in particular. Certain types of clothing and the surfaces of certain objects do not reflect the ultrasonic waves that the sensors send and receive. Such objects and persons wearing such clothing will not be detected by PDC or will not be detected accurately. Noise in the area can interfere with the signals of the Park Distance Control sensors. Under certain circumstances, the system will not detect people and objects for this reason. NOTICE Things like trailer draw bars, thin rods, fences, trees, narrow painted vertical poles, posts, or a rear hatch that is opening...
Page 936 painted vertical poles, posts, or a rear hatch that is opening may not be detected by the Park Distance Control sensors and could damage the vehicle. If you continue driving closer to an object that the Park Distance Control has already detected and reported, the object may disappear from the sensor range and may no longer be detected. This is especially true for low or high objects. The system will no longer sound warnings about these objects. Ignoring signals from the Park Distance Control system could result in serious damage to the vehicle. The sensors in the bumpers can be damaged or become misaligned in low speed impacts and parking maneuvers. Damaged or misaligned sensors cannot accurately detect or report objects that might be within range of the PDC system. To help make sure that the system works properly, always keep the sensors in the bumpers clean and free of snow and ice; do not cover the sensors with stickers or other objects. When cleaning the sensors with power washers or steam cleaners, only spray the sensors directly for a very short time, and always keep the washer nozzle at least 4 inches (10 cm) from the sensors. Noise from rough roads, cobblestones, other vehicles and the surrounding area, for example, can prevent the Park Distance Control system from accurately detecting and reporting people and objects that may be within range of the sensors.
Page 937 Aftermarket components such as bicycle racks can impair the function of the Park Distance Control system. Volkswagen recommends practicing with the Park Distance Control system in a location or parking space with no traffic in order to become familiar with the system and how it works. Operation Fig. 168 In the front and rear bumpers: Park Distance Control system sensors. Fig. 169 In the lower center console: Button to switch the Park...
Page 938 Distance Control system on or off. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The Park Distance Control (PDC) uses ultrasonic sensors to determine the distance from the front or rear bumpers to an obstacle. Depending on vehicle equipment, there are either 4 or 6 sensors for the PDC located in the rear bumper ( ) and additional sensors in the front bumper ( ) → Fig. 168 (arrows). The intermittent and permanent signal chimes given by the front PDC sensors are of a higher pitch than those given by the rear PDC sensors. This is a standard feature. The warning signals can be adjusted in the Infotainment system menu → Infotainment system . Switching the Park Distance Control (PDC) system on and off In order to Operation (when the ignition is switched on) Manually activate PDC: Press the button once. Manually deactivate Push the button again. PDC: Press a function selection button on the factory-installed Manually deactivate the Infotainment system → Infotainment system . display (sound stays...
Page 939 active): OR: Tap the function key on the screen. Shift into Reverse (R). OR: Depending on vehicle equipment, when the vehicle rolls backwards. Automatically activate OR: Depending on vehicle equipment, when slowly driving PDC: toward an obstacle located in the scanned area in front of the vehicle at a speed below 6–9 mph (10–15 km/h) → PDC signal chimes and displays when automatic activation is switched on in the Infotainment system. A miniature PDC view may be displayed. Shift into Park (P). Automatically deactivate PDC: OR: Drive forward faster than about 5–10 mph (10–15 km/h). Mute the PDC volume: Tap the function key. Shift into Reverse (R). Switch from mini PDC OR: Depending on vehicle equipment, when the vehicle rolls display to full-screen backwards. mode. OR: Tap the mini PDC function key. Switch to the Rear View Shift into Reverse (R). Camera system display OR: Tap the function key. (if equipped): The indicator light in the button → Fig. 169 lights up and stays on as long as the feature is active.
Page 940 appears on the left-hand side of the screen → Fig. 171 . Automatic activation of the PDC when driving slowly towards an obstacle located in front of the vehicle only works when the speed falls below about 6–9 mph (10–15 km/h) for the first time. If the PDC was switched off using the button, performing one of the following actions with the ignition switched on can automatically reactivate the PDC: If the vehicle accelerates to a speed greater than 6–9 mph (10– 15 km/h) and then drops below that speed again. OR: If the ignition is switched off and then switched on again. OR: If the selector lever is moved to Park (P) and then out of that position again. OR: If automatic activation is turned off and on again in the Infotainment system. OR: Depending on vehicle equipment, if the electronic parking brake is switched on and is switched off again. Automatic activation of the mini PDC display can be turned on or off in the Infotainment system → Infotainment system . When the box in the automatic activation function key is checked , signal chimes sound from a distance of about 20 inches (50 cm)
Page 941 WARNING Never rely completely on the PDC for information about people and objects that might be in the way of the vehicle and could be struck by the vehicle causing serious personal injury. The PDC sensors have blind spots where they cannot detect people or objects. Always watch for people, especially small children and animals, because the sensors may not always be able to detect them. If you hear a long beep of about 3 seconds when you first turn PDC on or the indicator light in the button starts blinking, this means there is a malfunction in the Park Distance Control system. Switch off the Park Distance Control system with the button and have it immediately checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. PDC signal chimes and displays...
Page 942 Fig. 170 PDC display of the area surrounding the vehicle. Fig. 171 Mini PDC display of the area surrounding the vehicle. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Key to elements in the color display → Fig. 170 and Meaning → Fig. 171 Ⓐ Scanned area behind the vehicle. Ⓑ Scanned area in front of the vehicle. System fault in the scanned area. The yellow segment represents an obstacle in the vehicle’s path. Red segment depicts an obstacle located close to the vehicle.
Page 943 The grey segment represents an obstacle outside of the vehicle's path. When the factory-installed Infotainment system is switched on, the areas to the front, rear, and side of the vehicle that are scanned by ultrasonic sensors are shown on the screen → Fig. 170 . The positions of potential obstacles are displayed relative to the vehicle → . Signal chimes When the vehicle approaches an obstacle located in the range of the ultrasonic sensors, there are audible signal chimes. An intermittent signal chime means that a sufficiently short distance between the vehicle and an obstacle is detected. The shorter the distance, the shorter the intervals between the chimes. The signal chime will sound continuously if the obstacle is very close. When there is an imminent risk of collision at the front area of the vehicle, the signal chimes beep at the front of the vehicle. When there is a risk of imminent collision at the rear area of the vehicle, the signal chimes beep at the rear of the vehicle. If you continue to drive the vehicle closer to the obstacle despite a continuous signal chime, the system will no longer be able to measure the distance.
Page 944 The intermittent signal chime volume decreases after a few seconds if the distance remains the same. The volume remains constant if the signal chime is continuous. As soon as the vehicle moves away from an obstacle again, the intermittent signal chime switches off automatically. If the vehicle moves towards an obstruction again, the intermittent signal chimes beep automatically. Display The graphic on the screen displays the scanned areas in several segments. The closer the vehicle drives towards an obstacle, the closer the segment will move to the vehicle in the display. The collision area has been reached at the latest when the second to last segment is displayed. Do not keep driving! Vehicles with PDC at the front and rear Segment color if an obstacle has Distance of the Signal been detected Area of the vehicle vehicle from an tone obstacle color display only) about 12 – 63 in. Rear center (31 – 160 cm) Ⓐ...
Page 945 about 12 – 23 in. Rear side Obstacle not in the (31 – 60 cm) – Grey vehicle’s about 12 – 47 in. path Front center (31 – 120 cm) Ⓑ about 12 – 23 in. Front side (31 – 60 cm) about 12 – 63 in. Rear center (31 – 160 cm) Ⓐ about 12 – 23 in. Rear side Obstacle (31 – 60 cm) in the Intermittent Yellow vehicle’s tone about 12 – 47 in. path Front center (31 – 120 cm) Ⓑ about 12 – 23 in. Front side (31 – 60 cm) about 0 – 12 in. Obstacle outside of the Intermittent Ⓐ, Ⓑ...
Page 946 the function key again to turn the beeping signals back on. Switching Park Distance Control back on after it was switched off reactivates the volume. System malfunction warning signals cannot be switched off. If you manually deactivate the display, PDC remains on and the sound is reactivated. Switching on the electronic parking brake also mutes the PDC volume. The mute setting is active if the PDC was switched on using the button when the selector lever is in Park (P). WARNING Do not allow the images shown on the screen to distract you from the traffic around you.
Page 947 NOTICE Failure to observe the illuminated text messages can lead to the vehicle being damaged. It can take a few seconds before the area scanned by the sensors is displayed on the screen of the factory-installed Infotainment system. PDC menu Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction PDC settings in the Infotainment system menu Switch on the ignition. If necessary, switch on the Infotainment system. Press the button. Tap the function key. Parking and maneuvering Tap the function key.
Page 948 Select the required settings in the ParkPilot menu. Function button: action Automatic activation : If the box in the function key is checked , the mini PDC switches on automatically when the vehicle slowly approaches an obstacle to the front. Automatic activation Tap again to switch off this feature. After deactivation, the PDC will not switch on automatically when the vehicle approaches an obstacle to the front. Front volume : Set different volumes for the front signal chimes by tapping the function keys or by adjusting the control. Front pitch : Set different pitches for the front signal chimes by tapping the function keys or by adjusting the control. Rear volume : Set different volumes for the rear signal chimes by tapping the function keys or by adjusting the control. Rear pitch : Set different pitches for the rear signal chimes by tapping the or function keys or by adjusting the control. Audio lowering : Set the level to which the Infotainment system volume should be lowered when the PDC is active. Off: The Infotainment system volume is not lowered. 1-5: The Infotainment system volume is lowered slightly to medium, depending on the number selected. Mute: The Infotainment system volume is muted.
Page 949 Park Assist Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Description of the Park Assist system → Parking while using the Park Assist system → Driving out of a parallel parking space using Park Assist → Park Assist automatic braking The Park Assist system is an extension of the Park Distance Control system → Park Distance Control (PDC) and can assist the driver when: Finding a suitable parking space. Parking in a suitable parallel parking space. Parking in a suitable perpendicular parking space. Pulling out of a parallel parking space. In vehicles with Park Distance Control (PDC), the display of the scanned area to the front, rear, and sides of the vehicle is shown on the screen of the factory-installed Infotainment system. Within the system limits, the position of obstacles can be shown in relation to...
Page 950 the vehicle. The Park Assist system has certain system-related limitations. The driver should exercise caution when using the Park Assist system → . More information: Exterior views → Exterior views Starting and stopping the engine → Starting and stopping the engine Braking and parking → Braking and parking Park Distance Control (PDC) → Park Distance Control (PDC) Exterior care and cleaning → Exterior care and cleaning Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications ...
Page 951 WARNING Park Assist technology cannot overcome the laws of physics and the limits of the system. Do not let the extra convenience Park Assist can provide tempt you into taking extra risks. The system is not a substitute for the driver's full concentration. Careless or unintentional use of Park Assist may result in accidents and severe injuries. Always adjust your speed and driving style to road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions. Certain surfaces of objects and clothing cannot reflect the signals from the ultrasonic sensors. The system is unable to detect objects or people wearing these particular types of clothing, or they may be detected incorrectly. External sources of sound can affect the signals of the ultrasonic sensors. In certain circumstances, the system may not recognize people or objects. The ultrasonic sensors have blind spots in which they cannot detect people and objects. Always be careful and look around you. The sensors cannot detect people, animals, objects in certain situations. Watch out for small children and animals in particular.
Page 952 WARNING Making quick turning movements of the steering wheel when parking or driving out of a parking space can cause serious injuries. When parking or driving out of a parking space, do not reach for the steering wheel until prompted to do so by the system. NOTICE Park Assist uses parked vehicles, the curb, and other objects as guidance. Please ensure that the wheels and tires are not damaged when parking the vehicle. If necessary, stop the parking procedure early enough to prevent damage to the vehicle. Things like trailer draw bars, thin rods, fences, posts, trees, or an open rear hatch may not be detected by the Park Assist system and could damage the vehicle. The sensors in the bumpers can be damaged or become misaligned in low speed impacts and parking maneuvers. Damaged or misaligned sensors cannot accurately detect or report objects that might be within range of the Park Assist system.
Page 953 When cleaning the sensors with power washers or steam cleaners, only spray the sensors directly for a very short time, and always keep the washer nozzle at least 4 inches (10 cm) from the sensors. Aftermarket components such as bicycle racks can impair the function of the Park Assist system and may cause vehicle damage. Noise from rough roads, cobblestones, other vehicles and the surrounding area, for example, can prevent the Park Assist system from accurately detecting and reporting people and objects that may be within range of the sensors. NOTICE If an ultrasonic sensor fails, the corresponding area of the ultrasonic sensor cluster is switched off and cannot be reactivated until the fault has been corrected. Have the system checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Always keep the ultrasonic sensors in the bumpers clean and free of ice, dirt, and snow. Do not cover the sensors with stickers or other objects, as these may prevent the...
Page 954 Volkswagen recommends practicing with the Park Assist system in a location or parking space with no traffic in order to become familiar with the system and how it works. When parking or driving out of a parking space, the system gives a signal tone to tell the driver to switch between driving forward and reversing. The driver should not wait until the Park Distance Control sounds continuously before changing direction. If the Park Assist system turns the steering wheel when the vehicle is stationary, the symbol appears in the instrument cluster display as well. Depress the brake pedal so that the steering movement takes place with the vehicle stationary, keeping the required number of parking maneuvers to a minimum. Description of the Park Assist system Fig. 172 In the lower center console: Button for switching on the Park Assist system. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 955 Park Assist consists of ultrasonic sensors in the front and rear bumpers and the button → Fig. 172 , which turns the Park Assist system and the instrument cluster display on and off. Interrupting or automatically stopping a parking procedure or driving out of a parking space The Park Assist system cancels the procedure of parking or driving out of a parking space if one of the following occurs: The button is pressed. The vehicle speed is faster than about 4 mph (7 km/h). The driver intervenes using the steering wheel. The parking procedure was not completed within about 6 minutes after activating the automatic steering intervention. There is a system fault (system is temporarily unavailable). ASR is switched off. Regulation related to driving dynamics takes place through ASR or ESC. The driver door is opened. If none of the above situations apply, resume Park Assist by pressing the button once more.
Page 956 Special considerations The Park Assist system has system-related limitations. For example, if there is a tight curve in the road, the Park Assist system cannot help you park the vehicle or drive out of a parking space. After a wheel has been changed If after a wheel has been changed, you notice that the system does not park the vehicle or leave a parking space as well as it did before the wheel was changed, the new wheel dimensions may need to be synchronized with the system. The synchronization process happens automatically while the vehicle is in motion. To help the system synchronize the new wheel, drive around curves slowly at speeds of less than about 12 mph (20 km/h) → . Parking while using the Park Assist system...
Page 957 Fig. 173 In the instrument cluster display: Parallel parking. Searching for a parking space, positioning the vehicle for parking, maneuvering. Fig. 174 In the instrument cluster display: Parking perpendicular to the road. Searching for a parking space, positioning the vehicle for parking, maneuvering. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 958 Key to → Fig. 173 and → Fig. 174 : Prompt to drive forward Your vehicle Parked vehicles Parking space detected Arrow indicating the parking suggestion (prompt to park) Prompt to press the brake pedal Progress bar Progress bar The progress bar → Fig. 173 ⑦ or → Fig. 174 ⑦ in the instrument cluster display shows the relative remaining distance using symbols. The higher the progress bar, the longer the remaining distance. When driving forward, the progress level moves up; when driving in reverse, it moves down. Requirements for parking using Park Assist For parking spaces parallel to the For parking spaces perpendicular side of the road to the side of the road The ASR must be switched on → Braking and parking .
Page 959 Do not go faster than about 25 mph Do not go faster than about 12 mph (40 km/h) when driving past the parking (20 km/h) when driving past the parking space. space. Maintain a distance of 1.6–6.5 feet (0.5–2 meters) when driving past the parking space. Length of the parking space: vehicle length Width of the parking space: vehicle width + + 3.3 feet (1.0 meters). 2.6 feet (0.8 meters). Do not go faster than about 4 mph (7 km/h) when parking. Parking Complete the following steps: For parking spaces parallel to For parking spaces the side of the road perpendicular to the side of Step → Fig. 173 the road → Fig. 174 Requirements for parking using Park Assist must be fulfilled → Requirements for parking using Park Assist . Press the → Fig. 172 button Press the → Fig. 172 button once while driving at a speed less than twice while driving at a speed less than about 25 mph (40 km/h). about 12 mph (20 km/h). An indicator light comes on in the button when Park Assist is switched on. The selected parking mode is also stored and displayed in the instrument cluster display. Press the button again to switch between parallel and perpendicular parking modes, if necessary. Activate the turn signal for the side of the street on which you want to park. The corresponding side of the street is shown in the instrument cluster display.
Page 960 Watch the instrument cluster display to see if the parking space has been determined suitable and whether the vehicle has reached the correct position for parking The parking space is only determined suitable when the instrument cluster displays the prompt to park ⑤. Stop the vehicle and after a short stationary period, move the selector lever to Reverse (R). Release the steering wheel when the following message is shown → Steer. interv. Check area around veh.! Check the area around the vehicle and carefully depress the accelerator pedal. Do not exceed 4 mph (7 km/h). The Park Assist system will only operate the steering wheel during the parking procedure. The driver controls the accelerator, the brake, and the transmission selector lever. Reverse the vehicle until there is a continuous tone from the Park Distance Control (PDC) system. OR: Until the prompt to drive forward appears in the instrument cluster display. OR: Until the message Park Assist finished! appears in the instrument cluster display. The progress bar ⑦ displays the remaining distance → Progress bar . Press the brake pedal until Park Assist has finished steering. OR: Until the symbol in the instrument cluster display disappears. Drive the vehicle forward until there is a continuous tone from the Park Distance Control (PDC) system. OR: Until the prompt to drive in reverse appears in the instrument cluster display. The Park Assist system will guide the vehicle when driving forward and reversing until the vehicle is parked straight in the parking space. Wait until Park Assist has completed turning the steering wheel at the end of each parking maneuver to achieve an optimal parking result. A message is displayed in the instrument cluster once parking is completed. A...
Page 961 signal tone may also sound. Stopping the maneuver too soon while parking could lead to less than optimal parking results. If there is not enough space to maneuver the vehicle, the suggested parking space may still be indicated on the instrument cluster display. However, you will not be prompted to park. The Park Assist system can also be activated after driving past a parallel parking space at less than about 25 mph (40 km/h) or a perpendicular parking space at less than about 12 mph (20 km/h) and then pressing the button. Driving out of a parallel parking space using Park Assist Fig. 175 In the instrument cluster display: Driving out of a parallel parking space. Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 962 heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Key to → Fig. 175 : Parked vehicles Your vehicle with reverse gear engaged Progress bar Arrow indicating the suggested procedure for driving out of a space Requirements for driving out of a parallel parking space using Park Assist You must be parked in a parallel parking space. ASR must be switched on → Braking and parking . The parking space length must be vehicle length + 2.6 feet (0.8 meters). You must not drive faster than about 4 mph (7 km/h) when driving out of the parking space. Driving out of a parking space Complete the following steps: Step For parallel parking spaces only...
Page 963 The requirements for driving out of a parking space using Park Assist must be fulfilled → Requirements for driving out of a parallel parking space using Park Assist . Start the engine → Starting and stopping the engine . Press the → Fig. 172 button. An indicator light comes on in the button when the feature is switched on. Use the turn signal lever to select the direction (left or right) in which you would like to drive out of the parking space. Move the selector lever to Reverse (R). Release the steering wheel when the following message is shown → Steer. interv. Check area around veh.! Check the area around the vehicle and carefully depress the accelerator pedal. Do not exceed 4 mph (7 km/h). The Park Assist system will only operate the steering wheel while driving out of the parking space. The driver controls the accelerator, the brake, and the transmission selector lever. Reverse the vehicle until there is a continuous tone from the Park Distance Control (PDC) system. OR: Until the prompt to drive forward appears in the instrument cluster display. The progress bar → Fig. 175 ③ displays the distance left to be traveled → Progress bar . Press the brake pedal until the Park Assist system has finished steering. OR: Until the symbol in the instrument cluster display disappears. Drive the vehicle forward until there is a continuous tone from the Park Distance Control (PDC) system. OR: Until the prompt to drive in reverse appears in the instrument cluster display. The Park Assist system steers the vehicle when driving forward or reversing until the vehicle can be driven out of the parking space. A message is displayed in the instrument cluster when the vehicle can be driven...
Page 964 out of the parking space. A signal tone may also sound. Take over steering with the steering angle turned by the Park Assist system. When traffic permits, drive the vehicle out of the parking space. Park Assist automatic braking Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Park Assist can help the driver by braking automatically in certain situations. The driver is always responsible for braking in time → . Automatic brake intervention to avoid excess speed An automatic brake intervention may occur to prevent the vehicle from exceeding a speed of about 4 mph (7 km/h) when parking or driving out of a parking space. You can continue the maneuver to park or drive out of a parking space after the automatic brake intervention. Automatic brake intervention occurs no more than one time per parking maneuver. The parking maneuver is interrupted if the vehicle speed exceeds 4 mph (7 km/h) again.
Page 965 Automatic brake intervention to minimize damage Depending on certain conditions such as weather, vehicle condition, vehicle load, or vehicle angle, the Park Assist system can bring the vehicle to a stop before it reaches an obstruction. Depress the brake pedal → ! An automatic brake intervention to minimize damage ends the current parking maneuver.
Page 966 WARNING Park Assist technology cannot overcome the laws of physics and the limits of the system. Do not let the extra convenience Park Assist can provide tempt you into taking extra risks. The system is not a substitute for the driver's full concentration. The Park Assist system has system-related limitations. In some situations the automatic brake intervention can be restricted or may not work at all. Always be prepared to brake the vehicle yourself. Automatic braking assistance ends after about 1.5 seconds. Always depress the brake pedal yourself after an automatic braking intervention.
Page 967 Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Indicator lights → Blind Spot Monitor → Driving situations → Rear Traffic Alert → Using the Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert Depending on vehicle equipment, the vehicle may be equipped with the Blind Spot Monitor system. The Blind Spot Monitor assists the driver by using radar sensors to monitor the traffic in the blind spot detection area as well as traffic behind the vehicle. The integrated Rear Traffic Alert system can help the driver when backing out of parking spaces and when maneuvering. The Blind Spot Monitor is only designed for use on paved roads.
Page 968 Supplementary information and warnings: Exterior views → Exterior views Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications → Parts, accessories, repairs, and modifications Consumer information → Consumer information WARNING The Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert technology cannot overcome the laws of physics and limits of the system. Careless or unintentional use of the Blind Spot Monitor and Rear Traffic Alert may result in accidents and serious injuries. The Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert is not a substitute for careful and attentive driving. Always adjust your driving style to road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions. Always keep both hands on the steering wheel so that you are prepared to steer at any time. Pay attention to and heed the indicator lights in the outside mirrors and in the instrument cluster display.
Page 969 mirrors and in the instrument cluster display. The Blind Spot Monitor may react to certain equipment installed on the side of the road, such as high or offset guardrails. False warnings may result. Never use the Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert on unpaved roads. The Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert was designed only for paved roads. Always pay attention to the area surrounding your vehicle. Never use the Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert if the radar sensors are dirty, obstructed, or damaged; the function of the system may be impaired.
Page 970 NOTICE The radar sensors in the rear bumper can be damaged or become misaligned in low-speed impacts and parking maneuvers. The system can switch itself off or may be impaired as a result. Always keep the rear bumper clean and free of snow and ice so that the radar sensors can function properly. Do not cover the radar sensor area. The rear bumper may only be painted with vehicle paint that is approved by Volkswagen. Other paints may impair the function of the Blind Spot Monitor or cause it to malfunction. Sunlight may reduce the visibility of the indicator light in the outside mirror. If the system does not function as described in this chapter or if your vehicle was involved in a collision, do not use the Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert. See an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility to have the system checked. Indicator lights Please first read and note the introductory information and...
Page 971 Introduction Indicator light in the instrument cluster display: Lights up Possible cause Action Contact an authorized Volkswagen dealer or Blind Spot Monitor malfunction. authorized Volkswagen Service Facility for assistance. Indicator light in the outside mirror: Lights up Possible cause Lights up briefly: The Blind Spot Monitor is active and ready. Lights up and stays on: The Blind Spot Monitor detects a vehicle in the blind spot. Flashes Possible cause A vehicle is detected in the blind spot, and the turn signal on that side of the vehicle is switched on → . When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. If the indicator light in the outside mirror does not light up, the Blind Spot Monitor does not currently detect a vehicle in the monitored area around your vehicle → .
Page 972 The brightness of the indicator lights in the outside mirrors are dimmed when the headlights are switched on (night mode). WARNING Failure to heed warning and indicator lights and instrument cluster text messages can result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning and indicator lights or text WARNINGS. Always heed warning and indicator lights and take action where necessary. NOTICE Failure to heed warning and indicator lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. Blind Spot Monitor...
Page 973 Fig. 176 In the outside mirrors: Indicator lights for the Blind Spot Monitor. Fig. 177 Rear of the vehicle: Radar sensor areas. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The Blind Spot Monitor uses sensors to monitor the blind spot detection area and the area behind your vehicle and informs you via indicator lights in the outside mirrors. The system measures the distance to other vehicles and the difference in speed between your vehicle and other vehicles. The Blind Spot Monitor only works at...
Page 974 speeds above about 9 mph (15 km/h). The Blind Spot Monitor automatically deactivates when driving through tight curves in the road. In this situation, the deactivation occurs without a driver information message. No warnings appear in the mirror glass or in the instrument cluster display. After driving through the curve, the Blind Spot Monitor automatically reactivates and the system is available again. Indicator lights in the outside mirrors The indicator light → Fig. 176 in the glass for the respective outside mirror informs you about traffic to the rear, if the system interprets the situation as critical. The indicator light in the driver side outside mirror informs you about traffic to the left, and the indicator light in the passenger side outside mirror informs you about traffic to the right of your vehicle. Tinting on the side windows or aftermarket tinting films can interfere with the indicator lights in the outside mirrors or cause false readings. Keep the glass in the outside mirrors clean and free of snow and ice, and do not cover the mirrors with stickers or other objects.
Page 975 Radar sensors The radar sensors are behind the rear bumper on the left and right → Fig. 177 . They are not visible from outside the vehicle. They monitor an area about 21 yards (20 meters) behind the vehicle as well as the blind spots on the left and right sides of the vehicle. The monitored area next to the vehicle is about one lane wide. The width of the lane is not detected individually on each road, but is preprogrammed into the system. Because of this, the indicators may be incorrect when driving on narrow roads or driving in the center of two lanes. Likewise, vehicles that are two lanes away from you or stationary objects such as guard rails may also be detected and cause a false warning. Driving situations Fig. 178 : Driving situation when passing with traffic behind your vehicle. : Blind Spot Monitor indicator light in the driver side mirror.
Page 976 Fig. 179 : Driving situation when passing and merging into the lane. : Blind Spot Monitor indicator light in the passenger side mirror. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The following situations result in a signal in the outside mirror → Fig. 178 (arrow) or → Fig. 179 (arrow): If your vehicle is being passed by another vehicle → Fig. 178 . When passing another vehicle → Fig. 179 , and the difference in speed between the two vehicles is no more than about 6 mph (10 km/h). There is no signal if the passing speed is clearly faster. The faster another vehicle approaches, the earlier the signal in the outside mirror appears, because the Blind Spot Monitor accounts for the difference in speed between your vehicle and other vehicles. Therefore, the signals may trigger for different vehicles at different times, even when the distance to those vehicles is the same.
Page 977 The Blind Spot Monitor only works at speeds above about 9 mph (15 km/h). The system switches off automatically when the vehicle speed drops below about 6 mph (10 km/h). Physical and system limitations In certain situations, the Blind Spot Monitor may not interpret the traffic situation correctly. These situations may include: When driving in tight curves. When the width of the lanes differs. When there is a rise in the road surface. When there are poor weather conditions. When certain types of equipment are on the side of the road, such as high or offset guard rails. Rear Traffic Alert...
Page 978 Fig. 180 Rear Traffic Alert: Monitored area around the vehicle that is backing out of a parking space. Fig. 181 Rear Traffic Alert display: Colored display shown (may vary depending on vehicle equipment). Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Key to → Fig. 181 Color or symbol Meaning There is a system malfunction in the scanned area (not pictured).
Page 979 The yellow area indicates that the system has possibly detected traffic behind the vehicle. The red area indicates that the system has detected traffic behind the vehicle. The Rear Traffic Alert system uses the radar sensors in the rear bumper → Fig. 177 to monitor the traffic crossing behind your vehicle when you are backing out of a parking space or maneuvering, for example, in traffic situations with poor visibility. A warning sounds if the system detects approaching traffic behind your vehicle when backing up → Fig. 180 (red area). Vehicles without Park Distance Control (PDC): There is a warning tone and a text message in the instrument cluster display. Vehicles with Park Distance Control (PDC): There is a continuous warning tone from the PDC. If PDC is deactivated, a warning for the driver may not be possible, and therefore the Rear Traffic Alert is also deactivated. Automatic braking intervention If the Rear Traffic Alert detects an approaching vehicle and the driver does not press the brake pedal, the system can intervene with automatic braking.
Page 980 The Rear Traffic Alert assists the driver with harsh automatic braking that could help prevent or reduce damage that may result from a collision. The automatic braking occurs while backing up at speeds between 1–7 mph (1–12 km/h). Once the system detects that your vehicle is stationary, it keeps the vehicle from moving for up to 2 seconds. After an automatic braking intervention, about 10 seconds must pass before the system can brake automatically again. The driver can interrupt the automatic braking and take control of the vehicle by pressing firmly on the gas or brake pedal.
Page 981 WARNING The Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert technology cannot overcome the laws of physics and limits of the system. Careless or unintentional use of the Blind Spot Monitor and Rear Traffic Alert may result in accidents and serious injuries. The Rear Traffic Alert is not a substitute for careful and attentive driving. Never use the system when visibility is limited or in confusing traffic situations, for example, on heavily traveled roads or when there are multiple lanes. Always watch for people, especially small children, bicycles, animals, and objects, because the Rear Traffic Alert may not always be able to detect them. Rear Traffic Alert cannot detect people, animals, and things that are moving slowly or not at all. The Rear Traffic Alert does not always brake the vehicle to a complete stop. The harsh automatic braking will be uncomfortable for many people, and if you or your passengers have special conditions or sensitivities, particularly in the neck, you may want to switch off Rear Traffic Alert.
Page 982 Using the Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Switching the Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert on and off On appropriately equipped vehicles, you can turn the Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert on and off in the Assist systems menu in the Volkswagen Information System. Open the Assist systems menu. Rear Traffic Blind Spot Switching the Blind Spot Monitor and Rear Traffic Alert on and off in the Infotainment system Press the button. Tap the function key. Assistance systems Tap the function key to switch the Blind Spot Monitor on or off. Parking and maneuvering Tap the function key to switch the...
Page 983 Rear Traffic Alert on or off. When the box next to the option is checked , the function will turn on automatically when the ignition is switched on. The indicator lights in the outside mirrors will turn on briefly to confirm that the Blind Spot Monitor is ready. The indicator light in the instrument cluster informs you about the status of the system. The last system setting that was stored is kept after switching the ignition off/on. If the Blind Spot Monitor was deactivated automatically, the system can only be activated again after switching the ignition off/on. Automatic deactivation of the Blind Spot Monitor The radar sensors for the Blind Spot Monitor with Rear Traffic Alert turn off automatically if the system detects a permanent obstruction over a radar sensor. This could occur if the radar sensor area is covered by ice or snow, for example. A text message appears in the instrument cluster display when the...
Page 984 system turns off automatically. Trailer towing When towing a trailer, the Blind Spot Monitor and Rear Traffic Alert must be manually switched off.
Page 985 Driving Mode Selection Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Indicator light → Function and operation → Adjusting the driving mode Your vehicle may be equipped with the Driving Mode Selection feature. Additional information and warnings: Infotainment system → Infotainment system Lights → Lights Shifting → Shifting Steering → Steering Cruise control → Cruise control ...
Page 986 WARNING Driving on today's roads demands the full attention of the driver at all times. Driver distraction causes accidents, collisions and serious personal injury! Never let yourself be distracted when selecting a driving mode or using the Infotainment system. Always drive attentively and responsibly. Use the Driving Mode Selection feature and the Infotainment system only if road, traffic, and weather conditions permit and you will not be distracted from your driving. Indicator light Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction Lights Action Possible cause → Have the system checked by an Dynamic Chassis Control (DCC) authorized Volkswagen dealer or system malfunction (if equipped). authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. When the ignition is switched on, several warning and indicator...
Page 987 lights come on briefly for a function check. They go out after a few seconds. WARNING Failure to heed warning and indicator lights and instrument cluster text messages can result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning and indicator lights or text WARNINGS. Always heed warning and indicator lights and take action where necessary. NOTICE Failure to heed warning and indicator lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. Displayed in color on an instrument cluster with color display. Function and operation...
Page 988 Fig. 182 In the lower section of the center console: Driving Mode Selection button Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The driver can choose from different driving modes with a variety of characteristics: Driving mode Recommended driving situations Gives the vehicle a more comfortable driving feel, which may be preferred, for example, on bumpy road conditions or on Comfort long highway drives. Normal Balanced setting for everyday use. Sport Gives the vehicle a sporty driving feel and is suited for a sporty driving style. Race Individual systems can be adjusted to suit your personal Individual requirements → Adjusting the Individual driving mode . The effect on the vehicle settings in the individual driving modes depends on vehicle equipment.
Page 989 The driving mode can be changed while the vehicle is stationary or when it is moving. After selecting a driving mode, the vehicle settings (excluding engine settings) are switched to the new driving mode immediately. When traffic conditions allow, briefly take your foot off the accelerator to activate the newly selected driving mode for the engine. Steering In Sport or Race mode, power steering is reduced and the effort required to steer the vehicle increases. The vehicle's driving response becomes more agile. Powertrain (engine and transmission) The engine and transmission will give either a more dynamic or more balanced response to the movement of the accelerator, depending on the selected driving mode. In vehicles with an automatic transmission, the shift points and the coasting mode will also change. Active cruise control can affect the acceleration response.
Page 990 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) When the ACC is active, vehicle acceleration and deceleration can become more sporty, depending on the selected driving mode. Adaptive front lighting system (AFS) and Light Assist (if equipped) AFS and Light Assist give either a more dynamic or more balanced response to the current driving situation, depending on the selected driving mode. Dynamic Chassis Control (DCC) (if equipped) While driving, DCC continuously adjusts the suspension characteristics to match the current road and driving conditions in accordance with the selected driving mode. If the DCC system malfunctions, the indicator light appears in the instrument cluster display along with a driver information message. Engine sound The engine sound can be adjusted in the Individual driving mode.
Page 991 Front differential lock In the Sport driving mode, the front differential lock provides a more agile driving response. Displaying the driving mode Switch on the ignition. Press the Driving Mode Selection button → Fig. 182 . The Driving Mode Selection menu appears in the Infotainment system display. The active driving mode is highlighted. Information Tap the function key to display additional information about the current driving mode. Tap the function key to close the menu, if necessary. Selecting the driving mode Switch on the ignition. Press the Driving Mode Selection button → Fig. 182 and tap the function key for the selected driving mode in the Infotainment system display. OR: press the Driving Mode Selection button to toggle through the driving modes. The selected driving mode will stay set even after the ignition has...
Page 992 been switched off. In vehicles with an automatic transmission, the transmission automatically shifts to Sport drive (S) when either the Sport or Race driving mode is selected. After the ignition is switched off, the current driving mode remains set but the automatic transmission may return to Drive (D) when the ignition is switched back on again. To shift to Sport drive (S), briefly pull the selector lever back → Shifting . WARNING Changing the driving mode can alter the vehicle handling. Never allow Driving Mode Selection to tempt you into taking extra risks. Always adjust your speed and driving style to road, traffic, weather, and visibility conditions.
Page 993 WARNING Failure to heed warning lights and instrument cluster text messages can cause the vehicle to break down in traffic and result in a collision and serious personal injury. Never ignore warning lights or text WARNINGS. Always stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. NOTICE Failure to heed warning lights or text WARNINGS can result in vehicle damage. The driver can adjust certain vehicle functions, regardless of the selected driving mode. For example, the driver can shift the selector lever to Sport drive (S) , even if the Normal driving mode is selected. Available only on models equipped with Dynamic Chassis Control (DCC). Available only on Golf R models (instead of Sport mode).
Page 994 Adjusting the Individual driving mode Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction The systems that can be adjusted to your individual requirements depend on the vehicle equipment. Switch on the ignition. If necessary, switch on the Infotainment system. Press the Driving Mode Selection button and tap the Individual function key in the Infotainment system display. Adjust Tap the function key to open the Individual menu. If the box in the function key is checked, the function is switched on. Tapping the function key always takes you back to the previously active menu. Individual menu The options shown in the following table may vary depending on vehicle equipment.
Page 995 Menu Submenu Settings options Comfort Normal DCC: Sport Comfort Steering: Normal Sport Normal Drivetrain: Sport Individual Normal Front differential lock: Sport Normal ACC: Sport Normal Adaptive front lighting: Sport Normal Interior engine sound: Sport Reset mode: Settings are reset to Normal. Changes to the settings are applied immediately, with the exception of engine settings.
Page 996 WARNING Driving on today's roads demands the full attention of the driver at all times. Driver distraction causes accidents, collisions and serious personal injury! Never let yourself be distracted when setting, adjusting, or using the Infotainment system. Always drive attentively and responsibly. Use the Infotainment system only if road, traffic, and weather conditions permit and you will not be distracted from your driving. Option only available on models equipped with Dynamic Chassis Control (DCC).
Page 997 Climate control Heating and air conditioning Introduction In this section you'll find information about: → Manual controls → Climatronic controls → Operation via the Infotainment system → Operation → Air vents → Air recirculation Manual air conditioning and Climatronic Your vehicle is equipped with either a manual air conditioning climate control system or a Climatronic climate control system.
Page 998 On vehicles with Climatronic climate control, Climatronic information appears in the Climatronic display and/or on the screen of the factory-installed Infotainment system. The dust and pollen filter The dust and pollen filter with an activated carbon insert reduces the entry of pollutants into the passenger compartment. The dust and pollen filter must be replaced at the intervals recommended in ⇒ BookletWarranty and Maintenance, so that the air conditioner can work properly. If the effectiveness of the filter decreases prematurely due to operating the vehicle where the outside air is heavily polluted, the dust and pollen filter should be replaced more frequently than indicated. More information: Exterior views → Exterior views Passenger compartment → Passenger compartment Volkswagen Information System → Volkswagen Information System ...
Page 999 Infotainment system → Infotainment system Seat functions → Seat functions Windshield wipers and washer → Windshield wipers and washer Starting and stopping the engine → Starting and stopping the engine Exterior care and cleaning → Exterior care and cleaning ...
Page 1000 WARNING Poor visibility increases the risk of collisions and other accidents that cause serious personal injuries. Always make sure all windows are clear of ice, snow and condensation for good visibility to the front, sides, and rear. Maximum heating output and defrosting performance are not possible until the engine has reached operating temperature. Wait until you have good visibility before driving off. Always make sure you know how to properly use the climate control system as well as the rear window defroster that you will need for good visibility. Never use air recirculation for long periods of time. When the air conditioner is off and recirculation mode is on, condensation can quickly form on the windows and greatly reduce visibility. Always switch off recirculation mode when it is not needed.
Page 1001 WARNING Stale air causes driver fatigue and reduces driver alertness, which can cause accidents, collisions and serious personal injury. Never switch off the fan for a long period of time and never use air recirculation for a long period of time because no fresh air will enter the passenger compartment.
Page 1002 NOTICE If you think the air conditioner is not working properly or may be damaged, switch it off to help prevent more damage. Have the air conditioner checked by an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Air conditioner repair requires specialized knowledge and special tools. Volkswagen recommends that you see an authorized Volkswagen dealer or an authorized Volkswagen Service Facility. Do not smoke when air recirculation is switched on. Smoke drawn into the ventilation system can leave residue on the evaporator and on the dust and pollen active carbon filter, resulting in permanent odors whenever the air conditioner is switched on. If the air conditioner is switched off, the fresh outside air will not be dehumidified. To help keep the windows from fogging over, Volkswagen recommends leaving the air conditioner (compressor) switched on. Press the button. The indicator light in the button must light up. When it is very hot and humid outside, water condensation can drip from the air conditioner evaporator and form a puddle under the vehicle. This is normal and does not indicate a leak.
Page 1003 Keep the air intake slots in front of the windshield free of ice, snow, and leaves in order to maintain proper functioning of the heating and ventilation systems. Maximum heating output and defrosting performance are not possible until the engine has reached operating temperature. Emergency starting and starting the engine with a very weak vehicle battery or after the vehicle battery has been replaced may change or delete system settings (including time, date, personal convenience settings, and programming). Check the settings and correct as necessary once the vehicle battery has built up a sufficient charge. Manual controls Fig. 183 In the center console: Manual air conditioning controls. Please first read and note the introductory information and heed the WARNINGS → Introduction...
Page 1004 Press the corresponding button to switch a function on or off. If a function is switched on, an indicator light under the button lights up. To switch off a function, press the button again. Button/Knob More information: Manual air conditioning → Fig. 183 Temperature Turn knob to set the desired temperature. The position ① provides maximum cooling output. Recirculation mode and the cooling system switch on automatically..Setting 0: the fan and manual air conditioning are switched off. Fan ② Setting 6: highest fan speed. Air distribution Direct airflow by turning knob to any setting (continuously adjustable). ③ Defog/defrost: Airflow is directed to the windshield. Recirculation mode switches off automatically in this position. Increases the fan speed to clear the windshield as quickly as possible. The cooling system switches on automatically to dehumidify the air. Air distribution to the upper instrument panel outlets. Air distribution to the upper instrument panel outlets and footwells. Air distribution to the footwells. Air distribution to the windshield and footwells. Rear window defroster: Works only when the engine is running and switches off automatically after 10 minutes or less. Air recirculation mode → Air recirculation . Buttons for seat heating → Seat heating . Press the button to switch the air conditioner on or off. Press the button. If the system is switched off, the indicator light under the button lights up.

This manual is also suitable for:

Golf r 2016

Volkswagen Golf GTI 2016 Owner's Manual

Signs and Symbols

We Thank You for Buying a Volkswagen Vehicle

About this Manual

Vehicle Overview

Before Driving

Quick Links

Summary of Contents for Volkswagen Golf GTI 2016

This manual is also suitable for:

Volkswagen Golf GTI 2016 Owner's Manual

Signs and Symbols

We Thank You for Buying a Volkswagen Vehicle

About this Manual

Vehicle Overview

Before Driving

Quick Links

Related Manuals for Volkswagen Golf GTI 2016

Summary of Contents for Volkswagen Golf GTI 2016

This manual is also suitable for:

Table of Contents